UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
OR
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number 001-38103
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Jersey, Channel Islands | 98-1376360 |
201 Bishopsgate London, United Kingdom | EC2M3AE |
+44 (0) 20 7818 1818
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of each exchange on which registered |
Common Stock, $1.50 Per Share Par Value | JHG | New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ⌧ No ◻
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ◻ No ⌧
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Company was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to the filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ⌧ No ◻
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ⌧ No ◻
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer⌧ | Accelerated filer ◻ | Non-accelerated filer ◻ | Smaller reporting company ☐ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ◻
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ⌧
As of June 30, 2021, the aggregate market value of common equity held by non-affiliates was $6,575,152,080.35. As of February 18, 2022, there were 169,046,154 shares of the Company’s common stock, $1.50 par value per share, issued and outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III of this report incorporates by reference portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement relating to its 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates.
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC
2021 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
PART I
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements in this report not based on historical facts are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”). Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and could cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to differ materially from those discussed. These include statements as to our future expectations, beliefs, plans, strategies, objectives, events, conditions, financial performance, prospects or future events. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as “may,” “could,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “likely,” “will,” “would” and similar words and phrases. Forward-looking statements are necessarily based on estimates and assumptions that, while considered reasonable by us and our management, are inherently uncertain. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made, and are not guarantees of future performance. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise these forward-looking statements.
Various risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and factors that could cause our future results to differ materially from those expressed by the forward-looking statements included in this report include, but are not limited to, risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and factors discussed under headings such as “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” and in other filings or furnishings made by the Company with the SEC from time to time.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
Janus Henderson Group plc (“JHG,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms), a company incorporated and registered in Jersey, Channel Islands, is an independent global asset manager, specializing in active investment across all major asset classes. The predecessor companies to JHG trace back to 1934 when Henderson Group plc (“Henderson”) was founded. Our subsequent growth since the founding of Henderson was achieved organically and from the acquisition of other asset management companies. In May 2017, JHG (previously Henderson) completed a merger of equals with Janus Capital Group (“Merger”). As a result of the Merger, Janus Capital Group (“JCG”) and its consolidated subsidiaries became subsidiaries of JHG.
We are a client-focused global business with approximately 2,200 employees worldwide and assets under management (“AUM”) of $432.3 billion as of December 31, 2021. We have operations in North America, the United Kingdom (“UK”), continental Europe, Latin America, Japan, Asia and Australia. We focus on active fund management by investment managers with unique individual perspectives, who are free to implement their own investment views, within a strong risk management framework. We manage a broad range of actively managed investment products for institutional and retail investors across five capabilities: Equities, Fixed Income, Multi-Asset, Quantitative Equities and Alternatives.
On February 3, 2022, we announced the strategic decision to sell our 97%-owned Quantitative Equities subsidiary, Intech Investment Management LLC (“Intech”), to a consortium composed of Intech management and certain non-executive directors (“Management Buyout”). The Management Buyout is expected to enable both organizations to refocus on their key value propositions: Janus Henderson on providing active, fundamental investing, and Intech on delivering quantitative investment solutions for institutional investors. As part of this decision, JHG and Intech will enter into a transition services agreement that provides for continuation of support services to help ensure a seamless transition in operations and continuity in serving Intech’s clients. The transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2022.
3
Clients entrust money to us, either their own or money they manage or advise on for their clients, and expect us to deliver the benefits specified in their mandate or by the prospectus for the fund in which they invest. We measure the amount of these funds as AUM. AUM increases or decreases primarily depending on our ability to attract and retain client investments, on investment performance, and as a function of market and currency movements. AUM is also impacted when we invest in new asset management teams or businesses or divest from existing businesses.
Clients pay a management fee, which is usually calculated as a percentage of AUM. Certain investment products are also subject to performance fees, which vary based on when performance hurdles or other specified criteria are achieved. The level of assets subject to such fees can positively or negatively affect our revenue. As of December 31, 2021, performance fees were generated from a diverse group of funds and accounts. Management and performance fees are the primary drivers of our revenue. We believe that the more diverse the range of investment strategies from which management and performance fees are derived, the more successful our business model will be through market cycles.
Strategy
Our strategy is Simple Excellence, which is centered on the belief that a combination of relentless focus and disciplined execution across the fundamental parts of our core business will drive future success as a global active asset manager. Specifically, our strategy lays a strong foundation for sustained organic growth and opportunistic inorganic growth to create value for all of our stakeholders: clients, shareholders and employees. Our strategy is based upon our five strategic priorities detailed below; however, modifications to our strategy may occur as a result of the appointment of our new CEO in 2022.
● | Produce dependable investment outcomes — We focus on quality and stability of investment performance. We do this through the combination of attracting and retaining the best talent, consistently delivering on our client promises, and investing in technology that enhances our ability to deliver alpha while providing strong risk management. |
● | Excel in distribution and client experience — We seek to deliver industry-leading client experiences that drive client loyalty and build stronger long-term relationships. We focus on all stages of the client journey, seeking to ensure that each touchpoint between us and the client exceeds expectations. |
● | Focus and increase operational efficiency — We operate a complex, global business in a very competitive industry with increasing pressure on fee rates and growing costs of doing business. Because of these factors, we focus on becoming more efficient in the way we do business by standardizing our global model and modernizing our infrastructure. Our continued focus on growing profits, while investing in investment and distribution technology to modernize and upgrade the existing technology supports our objective of operational efficiency. In addition, consolidating or winding down sub-scale and non-core products amid a continued drive to reduce product complexities and reducing complexities through strategic exits from overlapping and non-core businesses further supports our objective of operational efficiency. |
● | Foster a proactive risk and control environment — We embed a deep sense of understanding and ownership of risk and controls to support our long-term growth initiatives. There are three components to our proactive risk and control environment: |
● | People and engagement — Our senior leaders are engaged to emphasize and own risk culture. In addition, our risk and compliance teams were restructured to operate more effectively and efficiently, with recent hires of key senior level individuals. |
● | Processes and governance — Our controls have been enhanced company-wide, including those related to key investment activities, and our global risk management committees, policies and procedures proactively monitor our risk environment. |
● | Training and awareness — Our risk training and awareness across the organization further embed a strong culture of risk and compliance. |
4
● | Develop new growth initiatives — We are building the businesses of tomorrow by focusing on initiatives that build on our investment and distribution strengths. We are delivering new products by leveraging our breadth of equity, fixed income, alternatives and multi-asset investment expertise across a variety of vehicle types, and expanding into new regions or client distribution channels with nascent demand for our most successful capabilities. |
Financial Highlights
We present our financial results in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”); however, JHG management evaluates the profitability of the Company and its ongoing operations using additional non-GAAP financial measures. We use these performance measures to evaluate the business, and adjusted values are consistent with internal management reporting. See Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, for additional information on non-GAAP adjusted measures, including a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP measure.
5
Assets Under Management
Our AUM by client type, capability and client location as of December 31, 2021, is presented below (in billions).
Client Type and Distribution Channel
We have a diverse group of intermediary, institutional and self-directed clients around the globe. While we seek to leverage our global model where possible, we also recognize the importance of tailoring our services to the needs of clients in different regions. For this reason, we maintain a local presence in most of the markets in which we operate and provide investment material that takes into account local customs, preferences and language needs. We have a global distribution team of over 600 staff. A description of each client type and distribution channel is presented below.
Intermediary Channel
The intermediary channel distributes mutual funds, separately managed accounts (“SMAs”), exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), UK Open Ended Investment Companies (“OEICs”), Société d’Investissement À Capital Variable (“SICAV”) and Undertakings for Collective Investments in Transferable Securities (“UCITS”) through financial intermediaries, including banks, broker-dealers, financial advisors, fund platforms and discretionary wealth managers. Intermediary clients primarily invest in equity, fixed income, alternatives and multi-asset capabilities. We have made significant investments to grow our presence in the financial advisor subchannel, including increasing the number of external and internal wholesalers, enhancing our technology platform and recruiting highly seasoned client relationship managers. At December 31, 2021, AUM in our intermediary channel totaled $215.0 billion, or 50% of total AUM.
Institutional Channel
The institutional channel serves corporations, endowments, pension funds, foundations, Taft-Hartley funds, public fund clients and sovereign entities, with distribution direct to the plan sponsor and through consultants. At December 31, 2021, AUM in our institutional channel totaled $127.2 billion, or 29% of total AUM.
Self-Directed Channel
The self-directed channel serves individual investors who invest in our products through a mutual fund supermarket or directly with us. In July 2020, we reopened certain shares of our U.S. mutual funds through the self-directed channel, which will enable new investors to participate in the benefits of investing directly with us. At December 31, 2021, AUM in our self-directed channel totaled $90.1 billion, or 21% of total AUM.
6
Investment Capabilities
Equities
We offer a wide range of equity strategies encompassing different geographic focuses and investment styles. The equity teams include those with a global perspective, those with a regional focus (including the U.S., Europe and Asia) and those invested in specific sectors. These teams generally apply processes based on fundamental research and bottom-up stock picking.
Fixed Income
Our Fixed Income teams provide coverage across the asset class, applying a wide range of innovative and differentiated techniques in support of a variety of investment objectives and risk criteria. Our fixed income offering includes teams that apply global unconstrained approaches as well as teams with more focused mandates — based in the U.S., Europe, Asia and Australia. The capabilities of these teams can be accessed through individual strategies and, where appropriate, are combined to create multi-strategy offerings.
Multi-Asset
Our Multi-Asset capability includes teams in the U.S. and UK that focus on balanced, multi-asset income and strategic asset allocation, as well as multiple adaptive asset allocation strategies.
Quantitative Equities
Our Intech business applies advanced mathematics and systematic portfolio rebalancing intended to harness the volatility of movements in stock prices — a source of excess returns and risk control. With more than 30 years of volatility expertise, the Intech team employs a distinctive quantitative approach based on observations of actual price movements, not on subjective forecasts of companies’ future performance.
Alternatives
Our Alternatives capability includes teams with various areas of focus and approach. Diversified Alternatives brings together a cross-asset class combination of alpha generation, risk management and efficient beta replication strategies. These include Global Multi-Strategy, Managed Futures, Risk Premia and Global Commodities; Agriculture; and Long/Short Equity. Additionally, the management of our direct UK commercial property offering is subadvised by Nuveen Real Estate.
Client Locations
North America
Our North America region serves clients throughout North America and represents our largest geographical concentration of AUM. The North America distribution network serves a diverse set of clients across financial intermediaries, institutions and self-directed channels. As of December 31, 2021, total North America AUM was $241.0 billion, and we employed 157 and 285 investment and distribution professionals, respectively.
EMEA and Latin America
Our EMEA and Latin America region serves clients throughout the UK, continental Europe and an evolving business in Latin America and the Middle East. The region includes a strong retail and institutional client base in the UK and strong relationships with global distributors in continental Europe. The organic build-out of our Latin America business is gaining momentum. As of December 31, 2021, total EMEA and Latin America AUM was $132.3 billion, and the region employed 153 and 242 investment and distribution professionals, respectively.
7
Asia Pacific
Our Asia Pacific region serves clients throughout Australia, Japan and other regions of Asia. Our strategic co-operation agreement with Dai-ichi Life supports the growth of our Japanese business. Australian distribution offers a suite of global and domestic capabilities. The wider Asian business continues to evolve with growing brand presence. As of December 31, 2021, the Asia Pacific AUM was $59.0 billion, and the region employed 43 and 75 investment and distribution professionals, respectively.
Human Capital
With more than 2,200 employees worldwide, we are proud of our global presence and diversity. It is through the diversity of our people — whose varied skills, backgrounds and cultures shape our outlook — that we can explore unique avenues and uncover opportunities unseen by others in our industry. Our people-focused culture is driven by collaboration and connection. Our employees are results-driven, inspired individuals whose values and actions align to JHG’s values: We put clients first, we succeed as a team, and we act like owners. We recognize that the success of JHG is dependent on the unique talents and contributions of our diverse workforce, and we are invested in our employees’ success. We are committed to:
● | Attracting great people into roles with a sense of purpose; |
● | Helping them realize their highest potential and make a real impact; and |
● | Supporting their ambitions throughout their career. |
Headcount
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had 2,235 and 2,053 full-time equivalent employees, respectively. Our diverse workforce includes: trainees, apprentices and fixed-term employees working alongside our permanent part- and full-time employees.
2021 Headcount | Permanent | Fixed-Term Worker | Trainee | Apprentice | Grand Total |
EMEA | 917 | 45 | 10 | 11 | 983 |
North America | 1,060 | - | - | 1 | 1,061 |
Asia Pacific | 185 | 4 | 2 | - | 191 |
Grand Total | 2,162 | 49 | 12 | 12 | 2,235 |
2020 Headcount | Permanent | Fixed-Term Worker | Apprentice | Grand Total |
EMEA | 789 | 29 | 6 | 824 |
North America | 1,037 | - | 3 | 1,040 |
Asia Pacific | 180 | 9 | - | 189 |
Grand Total | 2,006 | 38 | 9 | 2,053 |
Note: Contractors and other temporary employees excluded. The 2020 trainee program was placed on hold due to the impact of the pandemic.
Recruiting
We build our workforce from within our existing talent pool whenever possible. If we are unable to identify the right candidate for an open position from within, we look externally for the best talent. We search for candidates through a number of different channels to ensure we access a diverse slate of candidates, including working with recruitment consultants and search firms whose values and methods of recruitment align with our goals of finding the best diverse talent in the market. Our recruitment team strives to source a diverse candidate pool for every open position with the goal of creating a workforce that reflects the communities in which we operate.
8
Professional Development
We are committed to helping people realize their highest potential and fostering a culture that prioritizes and supports personal and professional development for individuals, leaders and teams across the organization. Employees own their individual development, and we are invested in a wide variety of programs to support their ambitions. Ongoing development opportunities include business acumen (our industry and products), understanding our clients, leadership development, mentoring schemes, global collaboration and culture, career development, interpersonal communication, presentation skills and technology training. We encourage and financially support continuing education through a tuition reimbursement program for employees wishing to pursue approved degree programs.
Employee Engagement
We value feedback from our employees. We look for opportunities to solicit their opinions and insights to help us understand what we are doing well and potential areas of improvement. In 2021, approximately 87% of our employees responded to our annual employee opinion survey. Results are shared with our Board of Directors and are cascaded from senior leaders to all employees. Managers and employees develop action plans to address topics of concern and continually improve our workplace. In addition to the 2021 employee opinion survey, we:
● | Continued to survey our employees and engage them in creating our future hybrid working model and worked to better understand how we can best support their mental health and overall well-being; and |
● | Launched several initiatives dedicated to career progression: hosted a career day where employees participated in live learning events and discussions, and developed the My Career Path site where employees can explore careers at the company and find helpful tools to drive their careers forward. |
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
We are committed to creating an inclusive environment that promotes equality, cultural awareness and respect by implementing policies, benefits, training, recruiting and recognition practices to support our employees. Diversity, equity and inclusion (“DEI”) are about valuing our differences and continually identifying ways to improve our cultural intelligence, which ultimately leads to better decision-making and a more tailored client experience.
Our recent accomplishments include:
● | 38% of employees globally are women. |
● | 22% of employees globally are ethnically diverse. |
● | Enhanced COVID-19 benefit coverage, including leave options, employee well-being and counselling services, and backup child- and eldercare. |
● | Met our 2022 Women in Finance Charter target goal of 25% representation of women in senior management in the UK. |
● | Introduced DEI performance objectives for all employees as part of our annual performance evaluation process. |
● | Continued our #StrongerTogether initiative to educate employees on racial injustice, privilege, allyship and systemic racism. |
● | Achieved a DEI Employee Engagement score of 83% which is 3% higher than the 75th percentile New Measures industry benchmark. |
● | Signed the CEO Action for Diversity & Inclusion pledge and committed to the Equity Collective. |
● | Recognized by Bloomberg Gender Equality and Human Rights Campaign Index for our transparent and inclusive practices. |
● | Committed to new diverse entry-level talent programs. |
● | Improved our gender pay gap over the past three years. |
● | Implemented new leadership programs for underrepresented talent. |
9
Employee Remuneration and Benefits
Our remuneration framework is designed to reward performance and reinforce the alignment of interests between our employees and our public and fund shareholders. We regularly review industry benchmark data and maintain competitive compensation levels to ensure we are able to attract and retain top talent. Variable incentive remuneration for most of our employees is funded based on JHG profits. While individual awards are fully discretionary, performance assessments take into account financial and strategic (non-financial) factors, including company, department, team and individual performance.
The ongoing health and well-being of our employees is important to us, and the benefits we provide enable employees and their families to achieve healthy, balanced and happy lifestyles. We support our employees’ financial goals and retirement saving by making contributions toward their retirement and pension schemes and offering an employee stock purchase plan.
Turnover
We monitor and analyze turnover, including voluntary, involuntary and reduction in force (“RIF”)/layoffs. Our voluntary turnover rates are relatively low and consistent with a certain benchmark for our industry. We develop talent profiles and succession plans to ensure we are cultivating the next generation of leaders to contribute to our long-term business success. These provide us with the ability to effectively manage turnover and to retain and develop our most highly skilled employees.
COVID-19 Impacts
While the pandemic continues to influence how and where we work, we have maintained focus on our strategic priorities and delivered results for our clients. We have welcomed the majority of our employees back into our offices over the past year; however, our technology capabilities allow them to alternatively work from home effectively. Our detailed business continuity plan puts the health and safety of our employees first and helps to ensure we can operate effectively in a hybrid working model. We modify our business practices in accordance with local requirements and conditions impacting our offices to: implement mask orders and social distancing guidelines, allow work-from-home arrangements and flexible work schedules, and restrict business-related travel as needed. We continue to evolve and learn from our experiences and are becoming more agile in how we operate our business, with increased flexibility in how and where our employees work.
Intellectual Property
We have used, registered and/or applied to register certain trademarks, service marks and trade names to distinguish our sponsored investment products and services from those of our competitors in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the U.S., the UK, the European Union (“EU”), Australia, China, Japan and Singapore. These trademarks, service marks and trade names are important to us and, accordingly, we actively enforce our trademarks, service marks and trade name rights. Our brand has been, and continues to be, extremely well-received both in the asset management industry and with clients.
Seasonality
Our revenue streams are not seasonal in nature, with management fees and other income generally accruing evenly throughout the year. However, performance fee revenue is the exception. Performance fees are specified in certain fund and client contracts and are based on investment performance either on an absolute basis or compared to an established index over a specified period of time. These fees are often subject to a hurdle rate. Performance fees are recognized at the end of the contractual period (typically monthly, quarterly or annually) if the stated performance criteria are achieved. Certain fund and client contracts allow for negative performance fees where there is underperformance against the relevant index. Given the uncertain nature of performance fees, they tend to fluctuate from period to period.
10
Competition
The investment management industry is relatively mature and saturated with competitors that provide similar services. As such, we encounter significant competition in all areas of our business. We compete with other investment managers, mutual fund advisers, brokerage and investment banking firms, insurance companies, hedge funds, venture capitalists, banks and other financial institutions, many of which have proprietary access to certain distribution channels and are larger, have greater capital resources and have a broader range of product choices and investment capabilities than we do. In addition, the marketplace for investment products is rapidly changing, investors are becoming more sophisticated, the demand for and access to investment advice and information are becoming more widespread, passive investment strategies are becoming more prevalent, and more investors are demanding investment vehicles that are customized to their individual requirements.
We believe our ability to successfully compete in the investment management industry depends upon our ability to achieve consistently strong investment performance, provide exceptional client service, and develop and innovate products that will best serve our clients.
Regulation
The investment management industry is subject to extensive federal, state and international laws and regulations intended to benefit and protect investment advisory clients and investors in pooled investment vehicles, such as those managed, advised or subadvised by us. The costs of complying with such laws and regulations have grown significantly in recent years and may continue to grow in the future, which could significantly increase our costs of doing business as a global asset manager. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict the conduct of businesses and to impose sanctions for failure to comply with laws and regulations. Possible consequences for failure to comply include voiding of investment advisory and subadvisory agreements, the suspension of individual employees (particularly investment management and sales personnel), limitations on engaging in certain lines of business for specified periods of time, revocation of registrations, disgorgement of profits, and imposition of censures and fines. Further, failure to comply with such laws and regulations may provide the basis for civil litigation that may also result in significant costs and reputational harm to us.
U.S. Regulation
Certain of our U.S. subsidiaries are subject to laws and regulations from a number of government agencies and self-regulatory bodies, including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the U.S. Department of Labor (“DOL”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and the National Futures Association (“NFA”). We continue to see enhanced legislative and regulatory interest in the regulation of financial services in the U.S. through existing and proposed rules and regulations, regulatory priorities and general discussions around expanded reporting requirements, and transfer agent regulations. For example, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and the DOL’s fiduciary regulations (as well as state and other fiduciary rules, the SEC’s best interest standards and other similar standards) have an impact on our global asset management business, and we continually review and analyze the potential impact of these laws and regulations on our clients, prospective clients and distribution channels.
Investment Advisory Laws and Regulations
Certain of our subsidiaries are registered investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“Advisers Act”), and are regulated by the SEC. The Advisers Act requires registered investment advisers to comply with numerous and pervasive obligations, including fiduciary duties, disclosure obligations, recordkeeping requirements, custodial obligations, operational and marketing restrictions, and registration and reporting requirements. Certain of our employees are also registered with regulatory authorities in various states, and thus are subject to oversight and regulation by such states’ regulatory agencies.
11
Investment Company Laws and Regulations
Certain of our subsidiaries act as adviser or subadviser to mutual funds and ETFs, which are registered with the SEC pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”). Certain of our subsidiaries also serve as adviser or subadviser to investment products that are not required to be registered under the 1940 Act. As an adviser or subadviser to pooled investment vehicles that operate under exemptions to the 1940 Act and related regulations, we are subject to various requirements relating to operations, fees charged, sales, accounting, recordkeeping, disclosure and governance. In addition, the adviser or subadviser to a registered investment company generally has obligations with respect to the qualification of the registered investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”).
Broker-Dealer Regulations
Our subsidiary, Janus Henderson Distributors US LLC (“JHD”), is registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act and is a member of FINRA, the U.S. securities industry’s self-regulatory organization. JHD is a limited-purpose broker-dealer, which acts as the general distributor and agent for the sale and distribution of shares of U.S. mutual funds that are sponsored by certain of our subsidiaries, as well as the distribution of certain exchange-traded products (“ETPs”) and other pooled investment vehicles. The SEC imposes various requirements on JHD’s operations, including disclosure, recordkeeping and accounting. FINRA has established conduct rules for all securities transactions among broker-dealers and private investors, trading rules for the over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets and operational rules for its member firms. The SEC and FINRA also impose net capital requirements on registered broker-dealers.
JHD is subject to regulation under state law. The federal securities laws prohibit states from imposing substantive requirements on broker-dealers that exceed those under federal law. This does not preclude the states from imposing registration requirements on broker-dealers that operate within their jurisdiction or from sanctioning broker-dealers and their employees for engaging in misconduct.
ERISA
Certain of our subsidiaries are also subject to ERISA and related regulations to the extent they are considered “fiduciaries” under ERISA with respect to some of their investment advisory clients. ERISA-related provisions of the Code and regulations issued by the DOL impose duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA and prohibit some transactions involving the assets of each ERISA plan that is a client of a subsidiary of ours as well as some transactions by the fiduciaries and various other related parties of such plans.
CFTC
Certain of our subsidiaries are registered with the CFTC as commodity pool operators (“CPOs”) or commodity trading advisers (“CTAs”), and certain of our subsidiaries have become members of the NFA in connection with the operation of certain of our products. The Commodity Exchange Act and related regulations generally impose certain registration, reporting and disclosure requirements on CPOs, CTAs and products that utilize the futures, swaps and other derivatives that are subject to CFTC regulation. These rules adopted by the CFTC eliminated or limited previously available exemptions and exclusions from many CFTC requirements and impose additional registration and reporting requirements for operators of certain registered investment companies and certain other pooled vehicles that use or trade in futures, swaps and other derivatives that are subject to CFTC regulation. The CFTC or NFA may institute proceedings to enforce applicable rules and regulations, and violations may result in fines, censure or the termination of CPO and/or CTA registration and NFA membership.
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law in July 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act established enhanced regulatory requirements for non-bank financial institutions designated as systemically important financial institutions (“SIFI”) by the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”). In April 2012, the FSOC issued a final rule and interpretive guidance related to the process by which it will designate non-bank
12
financial companies, potentially including large asset managers, as SIFI. Since that time, the FSOC has considered and invited comments on the circumstances under which asset managers might present risks to financial stability. While the FSOC still retains discretion to designate asset managers as SIFI, it has not named any non-bank asset managers as SIFI to date. If we were designated a SIFI, we would be subject to enhanced prudential measures, which could include capital and liquidity requirements, leverage limits, enhanced public disclosures and risk management requirements, annual stress testing by the Federal Reserve, credit exposure and concentration limits, and supervisory and other requirements. These heightened regulatory requirements could adversely affect our business and operations.
International Regulation
UK
The Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) regulates certain of our subsidiaries, as well as products and services we offer and manage in the UK. The FCA’s powers are derived from the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”), and FCA authorization is required to conduct any investment management business in the UK under the FSMA. The FCA’s Handbook of Rules and Guidance governs UK-authorized firms’ capital resources requirements, senior management arrangements, systems and controls, conduct of business, and interaction with clients and the markets. The FCA also regulates the design and manufacture of UK-domiciled investment funds intended for public distribution and, on a more limited basis, those that are for investment by professional investors.
Europe
Certain of our UK-regulated entities previously (until December 31, 2020) had to comply with a range of EU regulatory measures and are now required to comply with EU law, which has been transposed into UK legislation under the European Union (Withdrawal) Act of 2018 (“EUWA”). These measures include the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID II”). MiFID II regulates the provision of investment services and the conduct of investment activities throughout the European Economic Area (“EEA”), and the UK version of MiFID II (implemented through UK primary and secondary legislation under the EUWA and FCA rules) regulates the provision of similar services in the UK. MiFID II establishes detailed requirements for the governance, organization and conduct of business of investment firms and regulated markets. It also includes pre- and post-trade transparency requirements for equity markets and extensive transaction reporting requirements.
The EU’s Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (“AIFMD”) was required to be transposed into EU member state law by July 2013 with a transitional period until July 2014. AIFMD regulates managers of, and service providers to, alternative investment funds (“AIFs”) that are domiciled and offered in the EU and that are not authorized as retail funds under the UCITS directive. The AIFMD also regulates the marketing within the EU of all AIFs, including those domiciled outside the EU. Compliance with the AIFMD’s requirements may restrict AIF marketing and imposes compliance obligations in the form of remuneration policies, capital requirements, reporting requirements, leverage oversight, valuation, reporting stakes in EU companies, the domicile, duties and liability of custodians, and liquidity management. The UK has adopted the AIFMD rules principally via secondary legislation FCA rules.
UCITS are investment funds regulated at the EU level under the UCITS Directive V (“UCITS V”). UCITS are capable of being freely marketed throughout the EU on the basis of a single authorization in a member state — so-called passporting. UCITS V covers a range of matters relating to UCITS, including the fund structure and domicile of UCITS, service providers to UCITS and marketing arrangements. In addition, UCITS funds are distributed in other jurisdictions outside the EU where marketing and sales are governed by local country specific regulations. The UK has adopted the UCITS rules through the framework of secondary legislation and FCA rules, although UCITS established in the UK cannot benefit from the passporting arrangement described below.
Following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU on January 31, 2020, the UK and the EU entered into a “transition period” during which directly effective EU law continued to apply in the UK, and the UK continued to be treated as a member state of the EU. The transition period ended on December 31, 2020, and since then, directly effective EU law is no longer applicable in the UK, although the UK has retained certain EU legislation governing financial services under the EUWA. One of the effects of the end of the transition period (irrespective of the retention of EU law under the EUWA)
13
is that financial services firms authorized in the UK lost their passporting rights. “Passporting” is an arrangement under which firms authorized in an EU member state (or a non-EU state that is an EEA member) can rely on authorization in their “home” EEA member state to provide regulated services throughout the EEA. Because UK-authorized firms can no longer passport their services throughout the EEA, the extent to which UK-authorized firms can continue to provide services to customers in the EEA will now be dependent on regulatory requirements and regulators’ expectations in the individual EEA member states in which the UK-authorized firm wishes to provide services. Discussions between the EU and UK regarding equivalence of the EU and UK regulatory frameworks are ongoing. The way in which UK firms provide services in EEA member states may change depending on the outcome of these discussions.
Luxembourg
In Luxembourg, our subsidiary, Henderson Management S.A. (“HMSA”), is authorized and regulated in Luxembourg by the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier as a UCITS management company, with additional regulatory permissions to provide portfolio management services regulated under MiFID II. HMSA has been appointed management company of the following funds and fund structures:
● | Two UCITS umbrella funds, incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg in the form of a SICAV; |
● | One AIF, incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg in the form of a SICAV; |
● | One UCITS fund, incorporated under the laws of Ireland in the form of an umbrella investment company with segregated liability between funds with variable capital; |
● | One AIF, incorporated under the laws of Ireland in the form of an open-ended unit trust; and |
● | One AIF, incorporated under the laws of Jersey in the form of an unregulated eligible investor fund. |
Jersey
During the course of 2021, Janus Henderson Investors (“Jersey”) Limited applied for and was granted registration under Article 9 of the Financial Services (Jersey) Law 1998, as amended (“Law”) in respect of Fund Services Business. The company was established to operate a fund management business in Jersey, providing portfolio management services to funds and segregated mandates and is authorized and supervised by the Jersey Financial Services Commission in respect of its activities.
Singapore
In Singapore, our subsidiary, Janus Henderson Investors (Singapore) Limited (“JHISL”), is licensed with the Monetary Authority of Singapore (“MAS”) as a Capital Market Services License holder and an exempt financial adviser to conduct regulated activities in fund management. It is subject to various laws, including the Securities and Futures Act, the Financial Advisers Act and the subsidiary legislation promulgated pursuant to these acts, which are administered by the MAS. Our asset management subsidiary and its employees conducting regulated activities specified in the Securities and Futures Act or the Financial Advisers Act are required to be licensed with the MAS. JHISL is also registered with South Korea’s Financial Services Commission (“FSC”) as a Cross-Border Discretionary Investment Manager and Investment Advisor.
Australia
In Australia, our subsidiaries operate under an Australian Financial Services License and their activities are governed primarily by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and its associated regulations. Their main regulator is the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), which is Australia’s integrated corporate, markets, financial services and consumer credit regulator. ASIC imposes certain conditions on licensed financial services organizations that apply to our subsidiaries, including requirements relating to capital resources, operational capability and controls. Our
14
subsidiaries also act as a product issuer for ETFs that are Quoted Managed Funds on the Chi-X Australia stock exchange (“Chi-X”) and the AQUA market of the Australian Securities Exchange (“ASX”). Therefore, our subsidiaries must comply with the Chi-X operating rules and procedures as well as the ASX Operating Rules and the ASX Operating Rules Procedures. Another key regulator is the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre (“AUSTRAC”), which applies a number of reporting and other obligations under the Anti-Money Laundering and Countering Financing of Terrorism Act 2009 (“AML/CFT Act”).
As our CHESS Depository Interests (“CDIs”) are quoted and traded on the ASX, we are also required to comply with the ASX Listing Rules and the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations.
Hong Kong
In Hong Kong, our subsidiary is subject to the Securities and Futures Ordinance (“SFO”) and related legislation, which govern the securities and futures markets and regulate the offerings of investments to the public. This legislation is administered by the Securities and Futures Commission (“SFC”), which is also empowered under the SFO to establish standards for compliance as well as codes and guidelines. Our subsidiary and its employees conducting any of the regulated activities specified in the SFO are required to be licensed with the SFC and are subject to the rules, codes and guidelines issued by the SFC from time to time.
Japan
In Japan, our subsidiary is subject to the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and the Act on Investment Trusts and Investment Corporations. These laws are administered and enforced by the Japanese Financial Services Agency, which establishes standards for compliance, including capital adequacy and financial soundness requirements, customer protection requirements and conduct of business rules.
These regulatory agencies have broad supervisory and disciplinary powers, including, among others, the power to temporarily or permanently revoke the authorization to conduct regulated business, suspend registered employees, and censure and fine both regulated businesses and their registered employees.
Other
Our operations in Taiwan and Ireland are regulated by the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan and the Central Bank of Ireland, respectively. One of our subsidiaries also holds a business registration for cross-border discretionary investment management and investment advisory in South Korea as granted by Korea’s FSC.
Many of the non-U.S. securities exchanges and regulatory authorities have imposed rules (and others may impose rules) relating to capital requirements applicable to our foreign subsidiaries. These rules, which specify minimum capital requirements, are designed to measure general financial integrity and liquidity, and require that a minimum amount of assets be kept in relatively liquid form.
Available Information
We make available free of charge our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments thereto as soon as reasonably practical after such filings are made with the SEC. These reports may be obtained through our Investor Relations website (ir.janushenderson.com) and are available in print at no charge upon request by any shareholder. The contents of our website are not incorporated herein for any purpose. The SEC also maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.
Charters for the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Risk Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of our Board of Directors, as well as our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Business Conduct, and Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers (our “Senior Officer Code”) are posted on the Investor Relations website (ir.janushenderson.com) and are available in print at no charge upon request by any shareholder.
15
Within the time period prescribed by the SEC and New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) regulations, we will post on our website any amendment to our Senior Officer Code or our Code of Business Conduct and any waivers thereof for directors or executive officers. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
Corporate Information
We are a public limited company incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, and tax resident in the UK. Our registered address in Jersey, Channel Islands is 13 Castle Street, St Helier, Jersey JE1 1ES. Our principal business address is 201 Bishopsgate, London, EC2M 3AE, United Kingdom, and our telephone number is +44 (0) 20 7818 1818.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
An investment in our common stock involves various risks, including those mentioned below and those that are discussed from time to time in our periodic filings with the SEC. Investors should carefully consider these risks, along with the other information contained in this report, before making an investment decision regarding our common stock. There may be additional risks of which we are currently unaware, or which we currently consider immaterial. Any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and value of our common stock.
Market and Investment Performance Risks
Our business and operations are subject to adverse effects from the outbreak and spread of contagious diseases such as COVID-19, and we expect such adverse effects to continue.
The outbreak and spread of COVID-19, a highly transmissible and pathogenic disease, has resulted in a widespread national and global public health crisis, which has had, and may continue to have, an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Infectious illness outbreaks or other adverse public health developments in countries where we operate, as well as local, state and/or national government measures implemented in response to such outbreaks, could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, the financial condition of individual issuers or companies, and capital markets in ways that cannot be foreseen, and such impacts could be significant and long term. In addition, these events and their aftermaths may cause investor fear and panic, which could further adversely affect in unforeseeable ways the operations and performance of the companies, sectors, nations, regions in which we invest and financial markets in general. The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected, and will likely continue to adversely affect, global economies and markets, and it has resulted in disruptions in commerce that continue to evolve, including with respect to financial and other economic activities, services, travel and supply chains. Global and national health concerns, and continued uncertainty regarding the impact of COVID-19, could lead to further and/or increased volatility in global capital and credit markets; adversely affect our key executives and other personnel, clients, investors, providers, suppliers, lessees and other third parties; and negatively impact our AUM, revenues, income, business and operations.
Like many other global investment management organizations, our business and the businesses of our asset management affiliates have been impacted by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. The global spread of COVID-19 and the governmental actions and economic effects resulting from the pandemic have had negative impacts on our business and operations, including concerns for and restrictions on our personnel (including health concerns, quarantines, shelter-in-place orders and restrictions on travel), and increased cybersecurity risks. The economic impact of COVID-19 has caused, and may continue to cause, decreases and fluctuations in our AUM, revenues and income; increased liquidity risks and redemptions in our funds and other products (which could result in difficulties obtaining cash to settle redemptions); poor investment performance of our products and corporate investments; increased focus on expense management, capital resources and related planning; and could cause reputational harm, legal claims and other factors that may arise or develop.
To remain competitive, we must continue to perform our asset management and related business responsibilities for our clients and investors properly and effectively throughout the course of the pandemic and the following recovery. Our ability to do this depends upon the health and safety of our personnel and their ability to successfully work remotely,
16
among other things. While we have implemented our business continuity plans globally to manage our business during this pandemic, including broad work-from-home capabilities for our personnel, there is no assurance that our efforts and planning will be sufficient to protect the health and safety of our personnel and/or maintain the success of our business. Further, we depend on a number of third-party providers to support our operations, and any failure of our third-party providers to fulfill their obligations could adversely impact our business. Moreover, we now have an increased dependency on remote equipment and connectivity infrastructure to access critical business systems that may be subject to failure, disruption or unavailability that could negatively impact our business operations. If our cybersecurity diligence and efforts to offset the increased risks associated with greater reliance on mobile, collaborative and remote technologies during this health crisis are not effective or successful, we may be at increased risk for cybersecurity or data privacy incidents.
The pandemic continues to evolve, and it is not possible to predict the extent to which COVID-19, or any inability of the global economy to recover from it successfully, will adversely impact our business, liquidity, capital resources, and financial results and operations. Any such impacts will depend on numerous developing factors that are highly uncertain and rapidly changing, including the duration of the pandemic, the actions taken by governmental authorities to contain its financial and economic impact, the continued or renewed implementation of travel advisories and restrictions, the efficacy and availability of vaccines, and the extent of the pandemic’s disruption to supply chains and economic markets. The impacts and risks described herein relating to COVID-19 augment the discussion of overlapping risks in our risk factors below, which may be heightened by COVID-19.
Our results of operations and financial condition are primarily dependent on the value, composition and relative investment performance of our AUM, all of which are subject to fluctuation caused by factors outside of our control.
We derive our revenues primarily from investment management and related services we provide to institutional and retail investors worldwide through our investment products. Our investment management fees typically are calculated as a percentage of the market value of our AUM. Certain of our investment products are also subject to performance fees, which vary based on a product’s relative performance as compared to a benchmark index. As a result, our revenues are dependent on the value, composition and investment performance of our AUM, all of which are subject to fluctuation caused by factors outside of our control.
Factors that could cause our AUM and revenue to decline include the following:
● | Declines in equity markets. Our AUM is concentrated in the U.S. and European equity markets. Equity securities may decline in value as a result of many factors, including an issuer’s actual or perceived financial condition and growth prospects, investor perception of an industry or sector, changes in currency exchange rates, changes in regulations, inflation, and geopolitical and economic risks. Declines in the equity markets, or in the market segments in which our investment products are concentrated, may cause our AUM to decrease. |
● | Declines in fixed income markets. Fixed income investment products may decline in value as a result of various factors, principally increases in interest rates (partly due to inflationary expectations), changes in currency exchange rates, changes in relative yield among instruments with different maturities, geopolitical and general economic risks, available liquidity in the markets in which a security trades, an issuer’s actual or perceived creditworthiness, or an issuer’s ability to meet its obligations. Declines in the fixed income markets, or in the market segments in which our investment products are concentrated, may cause our AUM to decrease. |
● | Investment performance. Our investment performance, along with achieving and maintaining superior distribution and client services, is critical to the success of our business. Strong investment performance has historically stimulated sales of our investment products. Poor investment performance as compared to third-party benchmarks or competitive products has, in the past, and could in the future, lead to a decrease in sales of investment products we manage and stimulate redemptions from existing products, generally lowering the overall level of our AUM and reducing our management fees, and may have an adverse effect on our revenue and net income. In addition, certain of our investment products are subject to performance fees that are based either on investment performance as compared to an established benchmark index or on positive absolute return over a specified period of time. If our investment products that are subject to performance fees underperform, |
17
our revenue, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. In addition, performance fees subject our revenue to increased volatility. No assurance can be given that past or present investment performance in the investment products we manage is indicative of future performance. |
Our revenue and profitability would be adversely affected by any reduction in our AUM as a result of redemptions and other withdrawals from the funds and accounts we manage.
Investors may reduce their investments in the funds and accounts we manage, or reduce their investments generally, for many reasons, including:
● | In response to adverse market conditions; |
● | To pursue other investment opportunities; |
● | To reallocate investments to lower-fee strategies; |
● | To take profits from their investments; |
● | As a result of poor investment performance of the funds and accounts we manage; |
● | As a consequence of damage to our reputation; or |
● | Due to portfolio risk characteristics, which could cause investors to move assets to other investment managers. |
In addition, the loss of key personnel or significant investment management professionals could reduce the attractiveness of our products to current and potential clients and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
Changes in the value of our seeded investment products could adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.
We have a significant seed portfolio. Periodically, we add new investment strategies to our investment product offering and provide the initial cash investment, or seeding to facilitate the launch of the new product. We may also provide substantial supplemental capital to an existing investment product to accelerate the growth of a strategy and attract outside investment in the product. A decline in the valuation of these seeded investments could negatively impact our earnings and financial condition.
Volatility and disruption of the capital and credit markets, and adverse changes in the global economy may significantly affect our results of operations and may put pressure on our financial results.
The capital and credit markets may, from time to time, experience volatility and disruption worldwide. Declines in global financial market conditions have, in the past, resulted in significant decreases in our AUM, revenues and income, and future declines may negatively impact our financial results. Such declines have had, and may in the future have, an adverse impact on our results of operations. We may need to modify our business, strategies or operations, and we may be subject to additional constraints or costs in order to compete in a changing global economy and business environment.
Disruptions in the markets, to market participants and to the operations of third parties whose functions are integral to our ETF platforms may adversely affect the prices at which ETFs trade, particularly during periods of market volatility.
The trading price of an ETF’s shares or units fluctuates continuously throughout trading hours. While an ETF’s creation/redemption feature and the arbitrage mechanism are designed to make it more likely that the ETF’s shares or units normally will trade at prices close to the ETF’s net asset value (“NAV”), exchange prices may deviate significantly from the NAV. ETF market prices are subject to numerous potential risks, including significant market volatility; imbalances in supply and demand; trading halts invoked by a stock exchange; and the inability or unwillingness of market markers, authorized participants, or settlement systems or other market participants to perform functions necessary for an ETF’s arbitrage mechanism to function effectively. If market events lead to instances where an ETF trades at prices that deviate significantly from the ETF’s NAV or indicative value, or trading halts are invoked by the relevant stock exchange or market, investors may lose confidence in ETF products and sell their holdings, which may cause the ETFs AUM, revenue and earnings to decline.
18
Illiquidity in certain securities in which we invest may negatively impact the financial condition of our investment products and may impede our ability to effect redemptions.
Some of our funds or mandates invest in certain securities or other assets in which the secondary trading market is illiquid or does not exist. Illiquidity may occur with respect to the securities of a specific issuer, based on industry, sector or geographic region, or with respect to an asset class or an investment type. An illiquid trading market may increase market volatility and may make it difficult to sell investments promptly without suffering a loss. This may have an adverse impact on the investment performance of such funds and mandates, and on our AUM, revenues and results of operations.
Investors in certain funds we manage have contractual terms that provide for a shorter notice period for redemptions or withdrawals than the time period during which these funds may be able to sell underlying investments within the fund. This liquidity mismatch may be exacerbated during periods of market illiquidity and, in circumstances in which there are high levels of investor redemptions, it may be necessary for us to impose restrictions on redeeming investors or suspend redemptions. Such actions could increase the risk of legal claims by investors and regulatory investigations and/or fines and may adversely affect our reputation.
We could be adversely impacted by changes in assumptions used to calculate pension assets and liabilities.
We provide retirement benefits for our current and former employees in the UK through the Janus Henderson Group Pension Scheme (“UK Pension Scheme”). The UK Pension Scheme operates a number of defined benefit sections, which closed to new entrants on November 15, 1999, and a money purchase section. As of December 31, 2021, the UK Pension Scheme had a surplus of $2.7 million on a technical provision basis. Our funding obligations for the UK Pension Scheme may be adversely affected by many factors, including poorer than expected long-term return on plan assets, longer life expectancy, changes in actuarial assumptions by reference to which our contributions are assessed, such as changes to assumptions on interest rates and inflation, changes to the regulatory regime for funding defined benefit pension schemes in the UK and other factors. We may also be subject to obligations to contribute funds or take other action imposed by the Pension Protection Fund in connection with the UK Pension Scheme. If we were required to increase our contributions in the future to cover any increased funding shortfall, levy by the Pension Protection Fund and/or expenses in the UK Pension Scheme, our results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
The global scope of our business subjects us to currency exchange rate risk that may adversely impact revenue and income.
We generate a substantial portion of our revenue in pounds sterling, euro (“EUR”) and Australian dollars (“AUD”). As a result, we are subject to foreign currency exchange risk relative to the U.S. dollar (“USD”), our financial reporting currency, through our non-U.S. operations, including through our exposure to non-USD income, expenses, assets and liabilities of our overseas subsidiaries, as well as net assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than USD. Fluctuations in the exchange rates to the USD may affect our financial results from one period to the next. In addition, there is risk associated with the foreign exchange revaluation of balances held by certain of our subsidiaries for which the local currency is different from our functional currency.
We could be impacted by counterparty or client defaults.
In periods of significant market volatility, the deteriorating financial condition of one financial institution may materially and adversely impact the performance of others. We, and the funds and accounts we manage, have exposure to many different counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties across the financial industry. As a result, we and our managed funds and accounts may be exposed to credit, operational or other risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client, or in the event of other unrelated systemic market failures.
19
Business and Strategic Risks
We operate in a highly competitive environment, and revenue from fees may be reduced.
The investment management business is highly competitive. In recent years, established firms and new entrants to the asset management industry have expanded their application of technology, including the use of robo advisers, to provide services to clients. Our traditional fee structures may be subject to downward pressure due to these factors. Moreover, in recent years there has been a trend toward lower fees in the investment management industry, as evidenced by the movement toward passively managed mutual funds and the growth of lower cost funds such as exchange traded, smart beta and quantitative funds. Fees for actively managed investment products may continue to come under increased pressure if such products fail to outperform returns for comparable passively managed products or as a consequence of regulatory intervention. Fee reductions on existing or future new business, as well as changes in regulations pertaining to fees, could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, we compete with investment management companies on the basis of investment performance, fees, diversity of products, distribution capability, scope and quality of services, reputation and the ability to develop new investment products to meet the changing needs of investors. Failure to adequately compete could adversely affect our AUM, results of operations and financial condition.
Our success depends on our key personnel, and our financial performance could be negatively affected by the loss of their services.
The success of our business is highly dependent on our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled and often highly specialized technical, executive, sales and investment management personnel. The market for qualified investment and sales professionals is extremely competitive and is characterized by the frequent movement of portfolio managers, analysts and salespeople among different firms. Any changes to management structure, shifts in corporate culture, changes to corporate governance authority, or adjustments or reductions to compensation could affect our ability to retain key personnel and could result in legal claims. To retain certain key personnel, we may be required to increase compensation to such individuals, resulting in additional expense. Laws and regulations could impose restrictions on the amount of compensation paid by financial institutions as well as the processes for paying and deferring compensation, which could restrict our ability to compete effectively for qualified professionals. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in finding, attracting and retaining qualified individuals, and the departure of key personnel, particularly those personnel responsible for managing client funds that account for a high proportion of our revenue, could cause us to lose clients, which could have a material adverse effect on our AUM, results of operations and financial condition. Effective succession planning is also important to our long-term success. Failure to ensure effective transfer of knowledge and smooth transitions involving key employees could hinder our strategic planning and execution.
On November 18, 2021, we announced that Richard M. Weil had provided notice of his intention to retire as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors, effective as of March 31, 2022. From the period commencing on March 31, 2022, and ending on June 30, 2022, Mr. Weil will remain an employee of the Company and serve as non-executive special advisor to the Company and its affiliates assisting in the transition of the Chief Executive Officer duties. The search for and transition to a new Chief Executive Officer may result in disruptions to our business and uncertainty among our clients, employees and investors, which could adversely impact our business and results of operations.
We are dependent upon third-party distribution channels to access clients and potential clients.
Our ability to market and distribute our investment products is significantly dependent on access to the client base of insurance companies, defined contribution plan administrators, securities firms, broker-dealers, financial advisors, multi- managers, banks and other distribution channels. These companies generally offer their clients various investment products in addition to, and competitive with, products offered by us. In addition, our existing relationships with third-party distributors and access to new distributors could be adversely affected by recent consolidation within the financial services industry. Consolidation may result in increased distribution costs, a reduction in the number of third parties distributing our investment products or increased competition to access third-party distribution channels. Moreover, fiduciary regulations have led to significant shifts in distributors’ business models and more limited product offerings,
20
and additional regulations could lead to further changes, potentially resulting in reduced distribution of certain of our products. Our inability to access clients through third-party distribution channels could adversely affect our business prospects, AUM, results of operations and financial condition.
The global scope of our business subjects us to market-specific political, economic and other risks that may adversely impact our revenue and income generated overseas.
Our global portfolios and revenue derived from managing these portfolios are subject to significant risks of loss as a result of political, economic and diplomatic developments, currency fluctuations, social instability, changes in governmental policies, regulation and enforcement, expropriation, nationalization, asset confiscation and changes in legislation related to ownership of non-U.S. securities.
Individual financial, equity, debt and commodity markets may be adversely affected by financial, economic, political, electoral, diplomatic or other instabilities that are particular to the country or region in which a market is located. Global economic conditions also affect the mix, market values and levels of our AUM and are difficult to predict. Political, economic and environmental events in any country or region could result in significant declines in equity and/or fixed income securities with exposure to such a country or region and, to the extent that we have a concentration of AUM in such a country or region, could result in a material adverse effect on our AUM, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, international trading markets, particularly in some emerging market countries, are often smaller, less liquid, less regulated and significantly more volatile than those in the U.S. Local regulatory environments and may vary widely in terms of scope, adequacy and sophistication. Moreover, regulators in non-U.S. jurisdictions could change their policies or laws in a manner that might restrict or otherwise impede our ability to distribute or authorize products or maintain our authorizations in their respective markets. Similarly, local distributors, and their policies and practices as well as financial viability, may also vary widely, or be inconsistent or less developed or mature than other, more internationally focused distributors. As our business grows in non-U.S. markets, any ongoing and future business, political, economic or social unrest affecting these markets may have a negative impact on the long-term investment climate in these and other areas, and, as a result, our AUM and the revenue and income we generate from these markets may be negatively affected.
Our reputation is critical to the success of our business. Harm to our reputation could reduce our AUM and affect sales, which could adversely affect our revenue and net income.
We believe that our brand name is well-received both in the asset management industry and with our clients, reflecting the fact that our brand, like our business, is based in part on trust and confidence. If our reputation is harmed, existing clients may reduce their investments, or withdraw from funds we manage, or funds may terminate or reduce AUM under their management agreements with us, which could reduce our AUM and negatively impact our revenue and profitability.
As part of our business, we are required to continuously manage actual and potential conflicts of interest, including situations where our services to a particular client conflict, or are perceived to conflict, with the interests of another client or those of JHG or our employees. The willingness of clients to enter into transactions in which such a conflict might arise may be affected if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest. In addition, failure to appropriately manage potential, perceived or actual conflicts could damage our reputation and give rise to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions.
Our reputation could also be damaged by factors such as:
● | Litigation; |
● | Regulatory action; |
● | Loss of key personnel; |
● | Operational failures; |
● | Underperformance of our investment products; |
21
● | Fraud, misconduct or mismanagement, theft, loss or misuse of client data by our personnel or third parties; |
● | Failure to manage conflicts of interest or satisfy fiduciary responsibilities; and |
● | Negative publicity or press speculation (whether or not any such allegations or claims are valid or ultimately disproved, dismissed or withdrawn). |
Reputational harm may cause us to lose current clients and we may be unable to continue to attract new clients or develop new business. If we fail to effectively address the underlying causes of any harm to our reputation, our financial results and future business prospects would likely be adversely affected.
The carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets on our balance sheet could become impaired, which would adversely affect our results of operations.
At December 31, 2021, our goodwill and intangible assets totaled $3,917.0 million. The value of these assets may not be realized for a variety of reasons, including significant redemptions, loss of clients, damage to brand name and unfavorable economic conditions. We have recorded goodwill and intangible asset impairments in the past and could incur similar charges in the future. Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually or more often if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. Other intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment whenever there is an indication of impairment. Should such reviews indicate impairment, a reduction of the carrying value of the intangible asset could occur, resulting in a charge that may, in turn, adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our business depends on investment management agreements that are subject to termination, non-renewal or reductions in fees.
We derive revenue from investment management agreements with investment funds, institutional investors and other investors. With respect to investment management agreements with U.S. mutual funds, these agreements may be terminated by either party with notice, or in the event of an “assignment” (as defined in the Investment Company Act), and must be approved and renewed annually by the independent members of each fund’s board of directors or trustees or its shareholders, as required by law. In addition, the board of directors or trustees of certain investment funds and institutional and other investors generally may terminate their investment management agreements upon written notice for any reason and without penalty. U.S. mutual funds, investment funds or other investors may choose to exercise such termination rights at any time. In addition, the annual review of investment management agreements with U.S. mutual funds, as required by law, could result in a reduction in our advisory fee revenues. The termination of or failure to renew one or more of these agreements could have a material adverse effect on our AUM, results of operations and financial condition.
Our expenses are subject to fluctuations that could materially affect our operating results.
Our results of operations are dependent on our level of expenses, which can vary significantly for many reasons, including:
● | Changes in the level and scope of our operating expenses in response to market conditions or regulations; |
● | Variations in the level of total compensation expense due to changes in bonuses and stock-based awards, changes in employee benefit costs due to regulatory or plan design changes, changes in our employee count and mix, competitive factors, market performance and other factors; |
● | Expenses incurred to support distribution of our investment strategies and services, develop new strategies and services, and enhance our technology, compliance and other infrastructure; |
● | Impairments of intangible assets or goodwill; and |
● | Impact of inflation. |
Increases in the level of our expenses, or our inability to reduce the level of expenses when necessary, could materially affect our operating results.
22
Operational and Technology Risks
We could be subject to losses and reputational harm if we, or our agents, fail to properly safeguard sensitive and confidential information against cyberattacks or other security breaches.
We depend on the continued effectiveness of our information and cybersecurity policies, procedures and capabilities to protect our computer and telecommunications systems and the data that resides in or is transmitted through such systems.
As part of our normal operations, we maintain and transmit confidential information about our clients and employees as well as proprietary information relating to our business operations. We maintain a system of internal controls designed to secure and protect such information. Nevertheless, all technology systems remain susceptible to unauthorized access and may be corrupted by cyberattacks, computer viruses or other malicious software code. In addition, authorized persons could inadvertently or intentionally misappropriate or release confidential or proprietary information. Any breach or other failure of our technology systems, including those of third parties with which we do business, or any failure to timely and effectively identify and respond to a breach or failure, could result in the loss of valuable information, liability for stolen assets or information, remediation costs to repair damage caused by the incident, additional security costs to mitigate against future incidents and litigation costs resulting from the incident. Our use of mobile and cloud technologies could heighten these and other operational risks, and any failure by mobile technology and cloud service providers to adequately safeguard their systems to prevent cyberattacks could disrupt our operations and result in misappropriation, corruption or loss of confidential or proprietary information. Moreover, any loss of confidential customer identification information could harm our reputation, result in the termination of certain contracts by our existing customers, and subject us to liability under laws that protect confidential personal data, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue.
Security breaches, including cyberattacks and phishing attacks, have become increasingly prevalent and sophisticated. There can be no assurance that our investments in precautions and safeguards will protect our business from all attempted cyberattacks or other incidents. Recent well-publicized security breaches at other companies have exposed failures to keep pace with the threats posed by cyberattackers and have led to increased government and regulatory scrutiny, which could lead to increased costs or fines or public censure.
Due to our interconnectivity with third-party vendors, advisors, central agents, exchanges, clearing organizations and other financial institutions, we may be adversely affected if any of them are subject to a successful cyberattack or other information security event, including those arising from the use of mobile technology or a third-party cloud environment. Certain software applications that we use in our business are licensed by, and supported, upgraded and maintained by, third-party vendors. A suspension or termination of certain of these licenses or the related support, upgrades and maintenance could cause temporary system delays or interruption that could adversely impact our business. Also, such third-party applications may include confidential and proprietary data provided by vendors and by us. We may be subject to indemnification costs and liability to third parties if we breach any confidentiality obligations regarding vendor data for losses related to the data, or if data we provide is deemed to infringe upon the rights of others.
Finally, cybersecurity and data privacy have become high priorities for regulators, and many jurisdictions are enacting laws and regulations in these areas. Our failure to comply with these and other applicable requirements could result in regulatory investigations and penalties as well as negative publicity, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Intech’s investment process is highly dependent on key employees and proprietary software.
Intech uses a proprietary investment process (which relates to approximately 9% of our AUM as of December 31, 2021), which is based on complex and proprietary mathematical models that seek to outperform various indices by capitalizing on the volatility in stock price movements while controlling trading costs and overall risk relative to the index. The maintenance of such models for current products and the development of new products are highly dependent on certain key Intech employees. If Intech is unable to retain key personnel or properly transition key personnel responsibilities to others, if the mathematical investment strategies developed by Intech fail to produce the intended results, or if errors
23
occur in the development or implementation of Intech’s mathematical models, Intech may not deliver competitive performance, which could adversely affect our AUM, results of operations and financial condition, and could also result in legal claims against us or regulatory investigations with respect to our operations.
Failure to maintain adequate controls and risk management policies, the circumvention of controls and policies, or fraud, as well as failure to maintain adequate infrastructure or failures in operational or risk management processes and systems could have an adverse effect on our AUM, results of operations and financial condition.
Although we have a comprehensive risk management process, there can be no assurances that our controls, procedures, policies and systems will successfully identify and manage internal and external risks to our business. For example, our employees, contractors or other third parties may deliberately seek to circumvent established controls to commit fraud or act in ways that are inconsistent with our controls, policies and procedures. Any operational errors or negligence by our employees, or others acting on our behalf, or weaknesses in the internal controls over those processes could result in losses for us, and we may be required to compensate clients for losses suffered and/or regulatory fines. Persistent or repeated incidents involving conflicts of interest, circumvention of policies and controls, fraud or insider trading could have a materially adverse impact on our reputation and could lead to costly regulatory inquiries.
Our business is also highly dependent on the integrity, security and reliability of our information technology systems and infrastructure. If any of our critical systems or infrastructure do not operate properly or are disabled, our ability to perform effective investment management on behalf of our clients could be impaired. In addition, if we fail to maintain an infrastructure commensurate with the size and scope of our business, our productivity and growth could be negatively affected, which could have an adverse impact on our AUM, results of operations and financial condition.
Insurance may not be available on a cost-effective basis to protect us from potential liabilities.
We face the inherent risk of liability and costs related to or arising from claims from clients, employees and other third parties; actions taken by regulatory agencies; losses arising from fraud or other criminal activity; and costs and losses associated with cyber incidents. To help protect against these and other potential liabilities, we have purchased insurance in amounts, and against risks, that we consider appropriate, where such insurance is available at prices we deem reasonable. There can be no assurance, however, that a claim or claims will be covered by insurance or, if covered, will not exceed coverage limits; that an insurer will meet its obligations regarding coverage; or that insurance coverage will continue to be available on a cost-effective basis. Insurance costs are impacted by market conditions and the risk profile of the insured, and may increase significantly over relatively short periods. In addition, certain insurance coverage may not be available or may only be available at prohibitive cost. Renewals of insurance policies may expose us to additional costs through higher premiums or the assumption of higher deductibles or co-insurance liability.
Our business may be vulnerable to failures of support systems and client service functions provided by third-party vendors.
Our client service capabilities as well as our ability to obtain prompt and accurate securities pricing information and to process client transactions and reports are significantly dependent on communication and information systems and services provided by third-party vendors. The ability to consistently and reliably obtain securities pricing information, process client transactions and provide reports and other client services to the shareholders of funds and other investment products we manage is essential to our operations. Any delays, errors or inaccuracies in pricing information, processing client transactions or providing reports, and any other inadequacies in other client service functions could impact client relationships, result in financial losses and potentially give rise to regulatory actions and claims against us.
We depend on third-party service providers and other key vendors for various fund administration, accounting, custody, risk analytics, market data, market indices and transfer agent roles, and other distribution and operational needs. If our third-party service providers or other key vendors fail to fulfill their obligations, experience service interruptions, cease providing their services on short notice or otherwise provide inadequate service, it could lead to operational and regulatory problems, including with respect to certain of our products, which could result in losses, enforcement actions, or reputational harm, and which could negatively impact our AUM, results of operations and financial condition.
24
Our inability to recover successfully, should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem, could cause material financial loss, regulatory actions, legal liability and/or reputational harm.
Significant portions of our business operations and those of our critical third-party service providers are concentrated in a few geographic areas, including the UK, the U.S., Luxembourg and Australia. Should we, or any of our critical service providers, experience a significant local or regional disaster or other event that disrupts business continuity, such as an earthquake, hurricane, tsunami, terrorist attack, epidemic or other natural or man-made disaster, our continued success will depend in part on the safety and availability of our personnel, our office facilities and the proper functioning of our technology, computer, telecommunications and other systems and operations that are critical to our business. We have developed various backup systems and contingency plans, but no assurance can be given that they will be adequate in all circumstances that could arise or that material interruptions and disruptions will not occur. In addition, we will rely to varying degrees on outside vendors for disaster recovery support, and no assurance can be given that these vendors will be able to perform in an adequate and timely manner. If we, or any of our critical service providers, are unable to respond adequately to such an event in a timely manner, we may be unable to continue our business operations, which could damage our reputation and lead to a loss of customers and have an adverse effect on our AUM, revenue and net income.
Negative changes in our credit ratings and global market volatility may impair our ability to obtain financing and may increase our borrowing costs.
Our ability to access the capital markets, as well as our borrowing costs under our credit facility, depends significantly on our credit ratings and credit outlook. Changes in our credit ratings or credit outlook, which are determined by rating agencies such as Standard & Poor’s (“S&P’s”) and Moody’s Investors Service, as well as global market volatility, could cause us to incur higher borrowing costs or to have greater difficulty in accessing the capital markets. In addition, volatility in global financial and capital markets may also affect our ability to access the capital markets in a timely manner.
Legal and Regulatory Risks
Regulatory and governmental examinations and/or investigations, litigation and the legal risks associated with our business could adversely impact our AUM, increase costs and negatively impact our profitability and/or our future financial results.
From time to time, we receive and respond to regulatory and governmental requests for documents or other information, subpoenas, examinations and investigations in connection with our business activities. In addition, from time to time, we are named as a party in litigation. Even if claims made against us are without merit, litigation typically is an expensive process. Risks associated with legal liability often are difficult to assess or quantify and their existence and magnitude can remain unknown for significant periods of time. Among other things, such matters may result in fines, censure, legal damages, suspension of personnel, revocation of licenses and reputational damage, which may reduce our sales and increase redemptions. Eventual exposures from and expenses incurred relating to any examinations, investigations, litigation and/or settlements could adversely impact our AUM, increase costs and/or negatively impact our profitability and financial results. Allegations, findings or judgments of wrongdoing by regulatory or governmental authorities or in litigation against us, or settlements with respect thereto, could affect our reputation, increase our costs of doing business and/or negatively impact our revenues, any of which could have a material negative impact on our financial results.
We operate in an industry that is highly regulated in most countries, and any enforcement action or changes in the laws or regulations governing our business could adversely affect our AUM, results of operations or financial condition.
Like all investment management firms, our activities are highly regulated in almost all countries in which we conduct business, including the U.S., the UK, Europe, Australia, Singapore and other international markets. A substantial portion of the products and services we provide are regulated and are accordingly supervised by financial services regulators in the U.S., the UK, Australia, Singapore and Luxembourg. In addition, subsidiaries operating in the EU are subject to EU
25
law as implemented and applied in the EU member states in which they operate. Our operations elsewhere in the world are regulated by similar regulatory organizations.
Laws and regulations applied at the international, national, state or provincial and local levels generally grant governmental agencies and industry self-regulatory authorities broad administrative discretion over our activities, including the power to limit or restrict our business activities, to conduct examinations, risk assessments, investigations and capital adequacy reviews, and to impose remedial programs to address perceived deficiencies. As a result of regulatory oversight, we could face requirements that negatively impact the way in which we conduct business, increase compliance costs, impose additional capital requirements and/or involve enforcement actions that could lead to sanctions, including the potential revocation of licenses to operate certain businesses, the suspension or expulsion from a particular jurisdiction or market of any of our business organizations or key personnel, or the imposition of fines and censures on us or our employees. Judgments or findings of wrongdoing by regulatory or governmental authorities, or in private litigation against us, could affect our reputation, increase our costs of doing business and/or negatively impact our AUM and revenues, any of which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition.
The regulatory environment in which we operate changes frequently and has seen a significant increase in regulation in recent years. Certain enacted provisions and proposals for new regulation are potentially far-reaching and, depending upon their implementation, could increase the cost of offering mutual funds and other investment products and services and have material adverse effects on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
In the U.S., the government and other institutions have taken action, and may continue to take further action, in response to volatility in the global financial markets. For example, certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have required us, and other provisions will or may require us, to change and or impose new limitations on the manner in which we conduct business. More generally, the Dodd-Frank Act has increased our regulatory burdens and related compliance costs. Rulemaking is still ongoing for the Dodd-Frank Act, and any further actions could include new rules and requirements that may be applicable to us, the effect of which could have additional adverse consequences to our business, results of operations or financial condition.
The EU has promulgated or is considering various new or revised legislation pertaining to financial services firms, including investment managers. Such regulatory changes may have a direct impact on the revenue of our business should they result in structural or operational changes and may increase operational or compliance costs. We do not believe implementation of these requirements will fundamentally change the asset management industry or cause us to reconsider our fundamental strategy, but certain provisions may require us to change or impose new limitations on the manner in which we conduct business and may result in increased fee and margin pressure from clients.
The full extent of the impact on us of any laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed, and regulatory reform initiatives and enforcement agendas pursued by regulators such as the SEC and the DOL (which have separately expressed support for investor protection initiatives that may impact how and to whom certain investment products can be distributed in the U.S.), is impossible to determine. Recent changes have imposed, and may continue to impose, new compliance costs and/or capital requirements or impact us in other ways that could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Moreover, certain legal or regulatory changes could require us to modify our strategies, businesses or operations, and these changes may result in the incurrence of other new constraints or costs, including the investment of significant management time and resources in order to satisfy new regulatory requirements or to compete in a changed business environment.
Regulators may impose increased capital requirements on us, which could negatively impact our ability to return capital or pay dividends to our shareholders and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Regulators typically have broad discretion to impose increased regulatory capital requirements on the regulated entities within their jurisdiction. It is possible that the regulatory capital requirements that currently apply to our business could be increased. The imposition of increased regulatory capital requirements could negatively impact our ability to return capital or pay dividends to shareholders, restrict our ability to make future acquisitions or, should we be required to raise additional capital, negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.
26
Failure to comply with client contractual requirements and/or investment guidelines could negatively impact our AUM, results of operations and financial condition.
Many of the investment management agreements under which we manage assets or provide services specify investment guidelines or requirements that we are required to observe. Laws and regulations also impose similar requirements for certain accounts. A failure to follow these guidelines or requirements could result in damage to our reputation or in clients seeking to recover losses, withdrawing their assets or terminating their contracts, any one of which could cause revenues and profitability to decline. In addition, a breach of these investment guidelines or requirements could result in regulatory investigation, censure and/or fines.
The exit of the UK from the EU could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
On June 23, 2016, the UK held a referendum in which voters approved an exit from the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit.” The UK’s withdrawal from the EU occurred on January 31, 2020, and the UK remained in the EU’s customs union and single market until December 31, 2020 (“Transition Period”). The UK and the EU agreed a Trade and Cooperation Agreement on December 24, 2020 (“TCA”), which was operative from the end of the Transition Period and which governs the UK’s relationship with the EU. While the TCA regulates a number of important areas, significant parts of the UK economy are not addressed in detail by the TCA, including in particular the services sector, which represents the largest component of the UK's economy. A number of issues have been the subject of further bilateral negotiations. One of the subjects of these negotiations has been a memorandum of Understanding (“MoU”) between the EU and UK covering financial services. While a technical agreement on the MoU was reached on March 26, 2021, the text of the MoU has not been published, and ratification is subject to further agreement between the EU and the UK, which may not be forthcoming. As a result, the new relationship between the UK and the EU could in the short-term, and possibly for longer, cause disruptions to and create uncertainty in the UK and European economies, prejudice to financial services businesses such as ours that are conducting business in the EU and which are based in the UK, legal uncertainty regarding achievement of compliance with applicable financial and commercial laws and regulations, and the unavailability of timely information as to expected legal, tax and other regimes. A failure to reach an agreement for a sustainable and practical financial services regulatory relationship between the UK and the EU, whether on the basis of equivalence, mutual recognition or otherwise, could harm our operations and returns.
Accordingly, and notwithstanding steps we took prior to the UK’s withdrawal from the EU and the end of the Transition Period, we may incur additional costs due to having to relocate or augment activities within the EU and carry out any related restructuring as well as incur additional costs to address potential new impediments to conducting EU business.
These and related issues, or a decline in trade between the UK and the EU, could affect the attractiveness of the UK as a global investment center and could have a detrimental impact on UK economic growth. Although we have a diverse international customer base, our results could be adversely affected by the market impacts of reduced UK economic growth and greater volatility in the pound sterling.
Any of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We may not effectively manage risks associated with the replacement of benchmark indices.
The withdrawal and replacement of widely used benchmark indices, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), with alternative benchmark rates introduce a number of risks for our business, our clients and the financial services industry more widely. These risks include:
● | Legal implementation risks, as extensive changes to documentation for new and existing clients and transactions may be required; |
● | Financial risks, arising from any changes in the valuation of financial instruments linked to benchmark indices; |
● | Pricing risks, as changes to benchmark indices could impact pricing mechanisms on some instruments; |
● | Operational risks, due to the potential requirement to adapt information technology systems, trade reporting infrastructure and operational processes; and |
27
● | Conduct risks, relating to communications with a potential impact on customers and engagement with customers during the transition away from benchmark indices such as LIBOR. |
The publication of non-USD LIBOR and one-week and two-month USD LIBOR ceased after December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR tenors will cease immediately after June 30, 2023. As a result of LIBOR’s phase out, our credit facility was amended to incorporate the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as the successor rate to USD LIBOR and the Sterling Overnight Index Average ("SONIA") as the successor rate to GBP LIBOR. There are significant differences between how LIBOR and SOFR or SONIA are calculated, which could result in increased borrowing costs. It is not currently possible to determine precisely to what extent the withdrawal and replacement of LIBOR will affect us. However, the implementation of alternative benchmark rates to LIBOR may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We may be subject to claims of lack of suitability.
If our clients suffer losses on funds or investment mandates we manage, they may seek compensation from us on the basis of allegations that these funds or mandates were not suitable for them or that the fund prospectuses or other marketing materials contained material errors or were misleading. Despite the controls relating to disclosure in fund prospectuses and marketing materials, it is possible that such action may be successful, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any claim for lack of suitability could also result in a regulatory investigation, censure or fines, and may damage our reputation.
Risks Related to Taxes
Changes to tax laws could adversely affect us.
The determination of our provision for income taxes requires judgment, the use of estimates and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws. Our provision for income taxes reflects a combination of income earned and taxed in the various U.S. federal and state, UK and other jurisdictions. Jurisdictional tax law changes, increases or decreases in permanent differences between book and tax items, accruals or adjustments of accruals for unrecognized tax benefits or valuation allowances, and any changes in our mix of earnings from these taxing jurisdictions affect the overall effective tax rate and the amount of tax payable by us.
Our tax affairs will, in the ordinary course of business, be reviewed by tax authorities, which may disagree with certain positions that we have taken or will take in the future and assess additional taxes. We regularly assess the likely outcomes of such tax inquiries, investigations or audits in order to determine the appropriateness of their respective tax provisions. However, there can be no assurance that we will accurately predict the outcomes of these inquiries, investigations or audits, and the actual outcomes of these inquiries, investigations or audits could have a material impact on our financial results.
The U.S. Congress is considering a variety of tax legislation proposals. Although the final form of such legislation, and whether it will ultimately be enacted, is uncertain, increases to the income tax rate or other changes to the tax law could materially impact our tax provision, cash tax liability, deferred income tax balances and effective tax rate. In addition, the pressure to generate tax revenue to offset economic relief measures due to the COVID-19 pandemic could increase the likelihood of adverse tax law changes being enacted.
As a result of the Merger, the IRS may assert that we are to be treated as a domestic corporation or otherwise subject to certain adverse consequences for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Although we are a public limited company incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, and tax resident in the UK, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may assert that, as a result of the Merger, we should be treated as a U.S. corporation
28
(and, therefore, a U.S. tax resident) for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 7874 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 7874”).
Section 7874 provides that if, following an acquisition of a U.S. corporation by a non-U.S. corporation, at least 80% of the acquiring non-U.S. corporation’s stock (by vote or value) is considered to be held by former shareholders of the U.S. corporation by reason of holding stock of such U.S. corporation (such percentage referred to as the “ownership percentage” and such test referred to as the “80% ownership test”), and the “expanded affiliated group,” which includes the acquiring non-U.S. corporation, does not have substantial business activities in the country in which the acquiring non-U.S. corporation is created or organized, then the non-U.S. corporation would be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes even though it is a corporation created and organized outside the U.S.
We do not believe that the 80% ownership test was satisfied as a result of the Merger. If the 80% ownership test were satisfied and, as a result, we were treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we could be liable for substantial additional U.S. federal income tax on our operations and income. Additionally, if we were treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, non-U.S. shareholders would generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax on the gross amount of any dividends we pay to such shareholders.
Section 7874 also provides that if, following an acquisition of a U.S. corporation by a non-U.S. corporation, the ownership percentage is equal to or greater than 60% but less than 80% (such test referred to as the “60% ownership test”), then the U.S. corporation and its affiliates could be prohibited from using their foreign tax credits or other U.S. federal tax attributes to offset the income or gain recognized by reason of the transfer of property to a non-U.S. related person or any income received or accrued by reason of a license of any property by such U.S. entity to a non-U.S.-related person. Further, certain JCG stock compensation held directly or indirectly by management prior to the Merger would be subject to an excise tax at a rate equal to 15%. In addition, under U.S. Treasury temporary regulations, our ability to integrate certain non-U.S. operations or to access cash earned by non-U.S. subsidiaries may be limited. We do not believe that the 60% ownership test was satisfied as a result of the Merger.
Because there is only limited guidance on the manner in which the ownership percentage is to be determined, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with the position that we are to be treated as a non-U.S. corporation or that we are not to be subject to the other adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences associated with satisfying the 60% ownership test.
Jersey Company Risks
Our ordinary shares, which we refer to as our common stock, are governed by the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, which may not provide the level of legal certainty and transparency afforded by incorporation in a U.S. state.
We are organized under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, a British crown dependency that is an island located off the coast of Normandy, France. Jersey is not a member of the EU. Jersey, Channel Islands, legislation regarding companies is largely based on English corporate law principles. However, there can be no assurance that the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, will not change in the future or that it will serve to protect investors in a similar fashion afforded under corporate law principles in the U.S., which could adversely affect the rights of investors.
U.S. shareholders may not be able to enforce civil liabilities against us.
Certain of our directors and executive officers are not residents of the U.S. A substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the U.S. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the U.S. upon such persons.
Judgments of U.S. courts may not be directly enforceable outside of the U.S., and the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts outside of the U.S. may be subject to limitations. Investors may also have difficulties pursuing an original action brought in a court in a jurisdiction outside the U.S. for liabilities under the securities laws of the U.S.
29
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We have 27 offices across the UK, Europe, North America, Asia and Australia. Our corporate headquarters is located in London, where it occupies approximately 130,000 square feet on a long-term lease that expires in 2028. We also have significant operations in Denver, Colorado, occupying approximately 162,000 square feet of office space in two separate locations. The primary office building in Denver accounts for 89% of the total square feet of office space in Denver, and its lease expires in 2025. The remaining 24 offices total approximately 97,000 square feet and are all leased. In the opinion of management, the space and equipment we lease is adequate for existing operating needs. See Note 9 — Leases, in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplemental Data, for further information on our property leases.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The information set forth in response to Item 103 of Regulation S-K under “Legal Proceedings” is incorporated by reference from Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 20 — Commitments and Contingencies: Litigation and Other Regulatory Matters.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
JHG Common Stock
Our common stock is traded on the NYSE and our CDIs are traded on the ASX (symbol: JHG). On February 18, 2022, there were approximately 34,384 holders of record of our common stock.
The following graph illustrates the cumulative total shareholder return of our common stock over the five-year period ending December 31, 2021, the last trading day of 2021, and compares it to the cumulative total return on the S&P 500 Index(1) and to the S&P U.S. BMI Asset Management & Custody Banks Index.(2) The S&P 500 Index consists of 500 stocks chosen for market size, liquidity and industry group representation and is one of the most widely used benchmarks of U.S. equity performance. The S&P U.S. BMI Asset Management & Custody Banks Index is a market-value weighted index of 40 asset management companies. This represents the first year the S&P U.S. BMI Asset Management & Custody Banks Index was used as a benchmark in the cumulative shareholder return graph, due to the discontinuance of the asset management index disclosed historically. The comparison assumes a $100 investment on
30
December 31, 2016, in our common stock and in each of the foregoing indices, and assumes reinvestment of dividends, if any. This data is not intended to forecast future performance of our common stock.
(1) STANDARD & POOR’S®, S&P® and S&P 500® are registered trademarks of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC.
(2) As of December 31, 2021, the S&P U.S. BMI Asset Management & Custody Banks Index comprised the following companies: Affiliated Managers Group Inc.; Ameriprise Financial Inc.; Ares Management Corporation; Artisan Ptnrs Asset Mgmt Inc.; AssetMark Financial Hldgs Inc.; Associated Capital Group Inc.; BlackRock Inc.; Blackstone Inc.; Blucora Inc.; Blue Owl Capital Inc.; Bridge Invt Grp Hldgs; BrightSphere Invt Group Inc.; Cohen & Steers Inc.; Diamond Hill Investment Group; Federated Hermes Inc.; Focus Financial Partners Inc.; Franklin Resources Inc.; Galaxy Digital Holdings Ltd.; GAMCO Investors Inc.; Grosvenor Capital Mgmt L.P.; Hamilton Lane Inc.; Invesco Ltd.; Janus Henderson Group Plc; KKR & Co.; Manning & Napier Inc.; Northern Trust Corp.; Pzena Investment Mgmt Inc; Safeguard Scientifics Inc.; Sculptor Capital Mgmt Inc.; SEI Investments Co.; Silvercrest Asset Mgmt Group; State Street Corp.; StepStone Group; T. Rowe Price Group Inc.; The Bank New York Mellon; The Carlyle Group; Victory Capital Holdings Inc.; Virtus Investment Ptnrs Inc.; Westwood Holdings Group Inc.; and WisdomTree Investments Inc.
(3) Data Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.
Common Stock Purchases
On February 4, 2021, Dai-ichi Life announced its intention to sell all 30,668,922 shares of JHG common stock it owned by means of a registered secondary public offering. On February 9, 2021, Dai-ichi Life completed the secondary offering and as part of the offering, we repurchased 8,048,360 shares of common stock from Dai-ichi Life (“Block Repurchase”) for a total of approximately $230.0 million through Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“as underwriter”) at the price at which the shares of common stock were sold to the public in the secondary offering, less the underwriting discount. The Block Repurchase was authorized by the Board and is distinct from our Corporate Buyback Program. As a result of the completion of the secondary offering, Dai-ichi Life no longer owns any shares of JHG common stock. We did not receive any proceeds from Dai-ichi Life’s sale of common stock in the secondary offering.
On July 28, 2021, the Board approved a new on-market share buyback program (“2021 Corporate Buyback Program”), pursuant to which we are authorized to repurchase up to $200.0 million of our common stock on the NYSE and CDIs on the ASX at any time prior to the date of our 2022 Annual General Meeting. We commenced repurchases under the 2021 Corporate Buyback Program in August 2021, and during the three months ended December 31, 2021, we repurchased 1,538,376 shares of our common stock and CDIs for $66.9 million.
31
Some of our executives and employees receive rights to receive shares of common stock as part of their remuneration arrangements and employee entitlements. We satisfy these entitlements by using existing shares of common stock that we repurchased on-market (“Share Plans Repurchases”). These repurchases are in addition to the repurchases under the Corporate Buyback Program discussed above. As a policy, we do not issue new shares to employees as part of our annual compensation practices. During the year ended December 31, 2021, our Share Plans Repurchases totaled 2,403,941 shares at an average price of $30.95.
During the first quarter of 2022, we intend to repurchase shares on-market for the annual share grants associated with the 2021 variable compensation payable to our employees.
The following table summarizes our on-market repurchases of common stock and CDIs during the three months ended December 31, 2021, and includes repurchases under the Corporate Buyback Program and Share Plans Repurchases.
ITEM 6 – [Reserved]
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Business Overview
We are an independent global asset manager, specializing in active investment across all major asset classes. We actively manage a broad range of investment products for institutional and retail investors across five capabilities: Equities, Fixed Income, Multi-Asset, Quantitative Equities and Alternatives.
Segment Considerations
We are a global asset manager and manage a range of investment products, operating across various product lines, distribution channels and geographic regions. However, information is reported to the chief operating decision-maker, the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), on an aggregated basis. Strategic and financial management decisions are determined centrally by the CEO and on this basis, we operate as a single segment investment management business.
Revenue
Revenue primarily consists of management fees and performance fees. Management fees are generally based on a percentage of the market value of our AUM and are calculated using either the daily, month-end or quarter-end average asset balance in accordance with contractual agreements. Accordingly, fluctuations in the financial markets have a direct effect on our operating results. Additionally, our AUM may outperform or underperform the financial markets and, therefore, may fluctuate in varying degrees from that of the general market.
Performance fees are specified in certain fund and client contracts, and are based on investment performance either on an absolute basis or compared to an established index over a specified period of time. These fees are often subject to a hurdle rate. Performance fees are recognized at the end of the contractual period (typically monthly, quarterly or
32
annually) if the stated performance criteria are achieved. Certain fund and client contracts allow for negative performance fees where there is underperformance against the relevant index.
2021 SUMMARY
2021 Highlights
● | Solid long-term investment performance, with 54%, 58%, 76% and 84% of our AUM outperforming benchmarks on a one-, three-, five- and 10-year basis, respectively, as of December 31, 2021. |
● | AUM increased to $432.3 billion, up 7.6% from the year ended December 31, 2020, due to positive markets, partially offset by net outflows. |
● | 2021 diluted earnings per share was $3.59, or $4.28 on an adjusted basis. Refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section for information on adjusted non-GAAP figures. |
● | During the year ended December 31, 2021, we acquired 11.4 million shares of our common stock for $372.1 million, resulting from both our share buyback program and the Dai-ichi Life secondary offering. |
Financial Summary
Results are reported on a U.S. GAAP basis. Adjusted non-GAAP figures are presented in the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section.
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $2,767.0 million, an increase of $468.4 million, or 20%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. Key drivers of the increase include the following:
● | An improvement of $395.3 million in management fees and $51.5 million in shareowner servicing fees due to an increase in average AUM primarily driven by market appreciation. |
Total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021, were $1,943.6 million, a decline of $197.2 million, or (9%), compared to operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020. Key drivers of the variance include the following:
● | A decrease of $391.8 million in intangible asset and goodwill impairment charges. |
● | An increase of $87.2 million in distribution expenses driven by an improvement in average AUM. |
● | An increase of $74.7 million in employee compensation and benefits due to higher variable compensation charges. |
Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $823.4 million, an increase of $665.6 million, or 422%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. Our operating margin was 29.8% in 2021 compared to 6.9% in 2020.
Net income attributable to JHG for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $622.1 million, an increase of $460.5 million, or 285%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. In addition to the aforementioned factors affecting revenue and operating expenses, key drivers of the variance include the following:
● | An increase of $146.2 million in our provision for income taxes, primarily due to the enactment of Finance Act 2021, which increased the UK corporation tax rate, as well as an increase in pre-tax income driven by fewer impairment charges of our goodwill and intangible assets. |
33
● | Investment gains, net moved unfavorably by $56.7 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily due to fair value adjustments in relation to our seeded investment products and derivative instruments and the consolidation of third-party ownership interests in seeded investment products. |
Investment Performance of Assets Under Management
The following table is a summary of our investment performance as of December 31, 2021:
Percentage of AUM outperforming benchmark |
| 1 year |
| 3 years |
| 5 years |
| 10 years |
|
Equities |
| 39 | % | 37 | % | 68 | % | 81 | % |
Fixed Income |
| 91 | % | 96 | % | 96 | % | 98 | % |
Multi-Asset |
| 99 | % | 96 | % | 96 | % | 97 | % |
Quantitative Equities |
| 8 | % | 58 | % | 53 | % | 21 | % |
Alternatives |
| 91 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % |
Total |
| 54 | % | 58 | % | 76 | % | 84 | % |
Assets Under Management
Our AUM as of December 31, 2021, was $432.3 billion, an increase of $30.7 billion, or 7.6%, from December 31, 2020, driven primarily by market appreciation of $51.3 billion, partially offset by net redemptions of $16.2 billion.
Our non-USD AUM is primarily denominated in Great British pounds (“GBP”), EUR and AUD. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the USD strengthened against GBP, EUR and AUD, resulting in a $4.4 billion decrease in our AUM. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 31% of our AUM was non-USD-denominated.
VelocityShares ETNs and certain index products are not included within our AUM because we are not the named adviser or subadviser to ETNs or index products. VelocityShares ETN assets totaled $0.2 billion and $0.6 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. VelocityShares index product assets not included within AUM totaled $1.9 billion and $2.7 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Our AUM and flows by capability for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, were as follows (in billions):
| Closing AUM |
|
|
|
|
|
| Closing AUM | ||||||||||||||||
December 31, | Net sales | Reclassifications | December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2019 |
| Sales |
| Redemptions(1) |
| (redemptions) |
| Markets |
| FX(2) |
| and disposals(3) |
| 2020 | |||||||||
By capability |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||||||
Equities | $ | 204.0 | $ | 32.8 | $ | (49.1) | $ | (16.3) | $ | 33.6 | $ | 2.2 | $ | (4.1) | $ | 219.4 | ||||||||
Fixed Income |
| 74.8 |
| 28.9 |
| (30.0) |
| (1.1) |
| 4.6 |
| 3.2 |
| — |
| 81.5 | ||||||||
Multi-Asset |
| 39.8 |
| 11.4 |
| (7.9) |
| 3.5 |
| 4.8 |
| 0.1 |
| (0.2) |
| 48.0 | ||||||||
Quantitative Equities |
| 45.2 |
| 2.4 |
| (11.8) |
| (9.4) |
| 6.0 | 0.2 |
| — |
| 42.0 | |||||||||
Alternatives |
| 11.0 |
| 2.8 |
| (3.9) |
| (1.1) |
| 0.2 |
| 0.5 |
| 0.1 |
| 10.7 | ||||||||
Total | $ | 374.8 | $ | 78.3 | $ | (102.7) | $ | (24.4) | $ | 49.2 | $ | 6.2 | $ | (4.2) | $ | 401.6 |
34
(1) | Redemptions include the impact of client transfers, which could cause a positive balance on occasion. |
(2) | FX reflects movements in AUM resulting from changes in foreign currency rates as non-USD-denominated AUM is translated into USD. |
(3) | Reclassifications relate to a reclassification of an existing fund from Equities to Alternatives, and disposals relate to the sale of Geneva Capital Management LLC (“Geneva”). Refer to Note 4 — Dispositions in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for information regarding the sale. |
Our AUM and flows by client type for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, were as follows (in billions):
| Closing AUM |
|
|
|
|
|
| Closing AUM | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | Net sales |
| Reclassifications | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2019 | Sales | Redemptions | (redemptions) | Markets | FX | and disposals | 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
By client type: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
Intermediary | $ | 172.7 | $ | 52.1 | $ | (53.4) | $ | (1.3) | $ | 21.5 | $ | 2.5 | $ | (2.5) | $ | 192.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutional |
| 132.1 |
| 23.0 |
| (42.4) |
| (19.4) | 13.1 |
| 3.5 |
| (1.7) |
| 127.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Self-directed |
| 70.0 |
| 3.2 |
| (6.9) |
| (3.7) |
| 14.6 |
| 0.2 |
| — |
| 81.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 374.8 | $ | 78.3 | $ | (102.7) | $ | (24.4) | $ | 49.2 | $ | 6.2 | $ | (4.2) | $ | 401.6 |
Average Assets Under Management
The following table presents our average AUM by capability for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in billions):
Average AUM | Average AUM | Average AUM | |||||||
Year ended | Year ended | Year ended | |||||||
By capability |
| December 31, 2021 |
| December 31, 2020 |
| December 31, 2019 | |||
Equities |
| $ | 236.4 |
| $ | 187.7 |
| $ | 189.4 |
Fixed Income |
| 80.6 |
| 73.3 |
| 73.5 | |||
Multi-Asset |
| 53.2 |
| 41.5 |
| 35.0 | |||
Quantitative Equities |
| 41.3 |
| 40.2 |
| 47.1 | |||
Alternatives |
| 10.5 |
| 10.0 |
| 12.1 | |||
Total |
| $ | 422.0 |
| $ | 352.7 |
| $ | 357.1 |
35
Closing Assets Under Management
The following table presents our closing AUM by client location, as of December 31, 2021 (in billions):
| Closing AUM | ||
By client location | December 31, 2021 | ||
North America | $ | 241.0 | |
EMEA and Latin America |
| 132.3 | |
Asia Pacific |
| 59.0 | |
Total | $ | 432.3 |
Valuation of Assets Under Management
The fair value of our AUM is based on the value of the underlying cash and investment securities of our funds, trusts and segregated mandates. A significant proportion of these securities is listed or quoted on a recognized securities exchange or market and is regularly traded thereon; these investments are valued based on unadjusted quoted market prices. However, for non-U.S. equity securities held by the U.S. mutual funds, excluding ETFs, the quoted market prices may be adjusted to capture market movement between the time the local market closes and the NYSE closes. Other investments, including OTC derivative contracts (which are dealt in or through a clearing firm, exchanges or financial institutions), are valued by reference to the most recent official settlement price quoted by the appointed market vendor, and in the event no price is available from this source, a broker quotation may be used. Physical property held is valued monthly by a specialist independent appraiser.
When a readily ascertainable market value does not exist for an investment, the fair value is calculated using a variety of methodologies, including the expected cash flows of its underlying net asset base, taking into account applicable discount rates and other factors; comparable securities or relevant indices; recent financing rounds; revenue multiples; or a combination thereof. Judgment is used to ascertain if a formerly active market has become inactive and to determine fair values when markets have become inactive. Our Fair Value Pricing Committee is responsible for determining or approving these unquoted prices, which are reported to those charged with governance of the funds and trusts. For funds that invest in markets that are closed at their valuation point, an assessment is made daily to determine whether a fair value pricing adjustment is required to the fund’s valuation. This may be due to significant market movements in other correlated open markets, scheduled market closures or unscheduled market closures as a result of natural disaster or government intervention.
Third-party administrators hold a key role in the collection and validation of prices used in the valuation of the securities. Daily price validation is completed using techniques such as day-on-day tolerance movements, invariant prices, excessive movement checks and intra-vendor tolerance checks. Our data management team performs oversight of this process and completes annual due diligence on the processes of third parties.
In other cases, we and the sub-administrators perform a number of procedures to validate the pricing received from third-party providers. For actively traded equity and fixed income securities, prices are received daily from both a primary and secondary vendor. Prices from the primary and secondary vendors are compared to identify any discrepancies. In the event of a discrepancy, a price challenge may be issued to both vendors. Securities with significant day-to-day price changes require additional research, which may include a review of all news pertaining to the issue and issuer, and any corporate actions. All fixed income prices are reviewed by our fixed income trading desk to incorporate market activity information available to our traders. In the event the traders have received price indications from market makers for a particular issue, this information is transmitted to the pricing vendors.
We leverage the expertise of our fund management teams across the business to cross-invest assets and create value for our clients. Where cross investment occurs, assets and flows are identified and the duplication is removed.
36
Results of Operations
Foreign Currency Translation
Foreign currency translation impacts our Results of Operations. The translation of GBP to USD is the primary driver of foreign currency translation in expenses. The GBP weakened against the USD during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to December 31, 2020. Meaningful foreign currency translation impacts to our operating expenses are discussed in the Operating Expenses section below. Revenue is also impacted by foreign currency translation, but the impact is generally determined by the primary currency of the individual funds.
Revenue
Year ended December 31, | 2021 vs. | 2020 vs. |
| |||||||||||
2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 |
| |||||
Revenue (in millions): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Management fees | $ | 2,189.4 | $ | 1,794.1 | $ | 1,792.3 |
| 22 | % | 0 | % | |||
Performance fees |
| 102.7 |
| 98.1 |
| 17.6 |
| 5 | % | n/m | * | |||
Shareowner servicing fees |
| 260.7 |
| 209.2 |
| 185.4 |
| 25 | % | 13 | % | |||
Other revenue |
| 214.2 |
| 197.2 |
| 197.1 |
| 9 | % | 0 | % | |||
Total revenue | $ | 2,767.0 | $ | 2,298.6 | $ | 2,192.4 |
| 20 | % | 5 | % | |||
* n/m - Not meaningful. |
Management fees
Management fees increased $395.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to the impact of higher average AUM and an increase in management fee margins, which contributed $377.3 million and $23.6 million to the increase in management fees, respectively.
Management fees increased by $1.8 million, or less than 1%, during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to an improvement in management fee margins, which contributed $19.2 million to the increase in management fees as well as a $4.9 million increase due to one more day in 2020 compared to 2019. This increase was partially offset by a $21.7 million decrease in management fees driven by a decline in average AUM subject to management fees.
Average net management fee margins, by capability, consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:
Total average net management fee margins increased by 1.4 bps, or 3%, from 2020 to 2021. Net management fee margins were higher in 2021 primarily due to a product mix shift toward higher yielding products.
37
Performance fees
Performance fees are derived across a number of product ranges. U.S. mutual fund performance fees are recognized on a monthly basis, while all other product range performance fees are recognized on a quarterly or annual basis. The investment management fee paid by each U.S. mutual fund subject to a performance fee is the base management fee plus or minus a performance fee adjustment, as determined by the relative investment performance of the fund compared to a specified benchmark index. Performance fees by product type consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in millions):
For the year ended December 31, 2021, performance fees increased $4.6 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to a $69.1 million improvement in performance fee crystallizations within SICAVs, UK OEICs and unit trusts, and investment trusts. The strategies contributing to the improvement in the performance of SICAVs were primarily the Absolute Return Strategy and European Equities. These increases were partially offset by a $65.2 million decrease in performance fees from segregated mandates during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, performance fees increased $80.5 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily due to the performance fee increase of $41.5 million earned from segregated mandates, particularly the Global Life Sciences and Global Tech strategies. The increase in performance fees was further driven by a $36.7 million increase in fees related to SICAVs, offshore absolute return funds and UK OEICs due to higher performance fee crystallizations.
The following table outlines performance fees by product type and includes information on fees earned, number of funds generating performance fees, AUM generating performance fees, number of funds eligible to earn performance fees, AUM with an uncrystallized performance fee, performance fee participation rate, performance fee frequency and performance fee methodology (dollars in millions, except where noted):
38
(1) | For offshore absolute return funds, this excludes funds earning a performance fee on redemption and only includes those with a period-end crystallization date. Also, the number of funds that earned a performance fee during the year can exceed the number of funds eligible to earn a performance fee at the end of the year due to fund closures. |
(2) | Reflects the total AUM of all funds with a performance fee opportunity at any point in the relevant year. |
(3) | Participation rate related to non-U.S. mutual fund products reflects our share of outperformance. Participation rate related to U.S. mutual funds represents an adjustment to the management fee. |
(4) | Relative performance is measured versus applicable benchmarks and is subject to a high water mark (“HWM”) for relevant funds. |
Shareowner servicing fees
Shareowner servicing fees are primarily composed of mutual fund servicing fees. For the year ended December 31, 2021, shareowner servicing fees increased $51.5 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to an increase in mutual fund average AUM and fee margins, which contributed $41.6 million and $6.9 million to the increase in shareowner servicing fees, respectively.
39
For the year ended December 31, 2020, shareowner servicing fees increased $23.8 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase in mutual fund average AUM, which contributed a $21.7 million increase in certain servicing fees.
Other revenue
Other revenue is primarily composed of 12b-1 distribution fees, general administration charges, VelocityShares ETN fees and other fee revenue. General administration charges include reimbursements from funds for various fees and expenses paid for by the investment manager on behalf of the funds. Other revenue increased $17.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to increases of $19.7 million in 12b-1 distribution fees and other servicing fees, and $7.5 million in general administration charges driven by an improvement in average AUM. These increases were partially offset by a $9.5 million decrease in ETN licensing fees due to the delisting and the ongoing liquidation of VelocityShares ETNs.
Other revenue increased by $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase of $5.8 million in 12b-1 fees and servicing fees driven by an improvement in average AUM, partially offset by a $4.1 decrease in ETN licensing fees due to the delisting and liquidation of ETN products and a $1.6 million reduction in other advisory fees.
Operating Expenses
Year ended December 31, | 2021 vs. | 2020 vs. |
| |||||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 |
| ||||
Operating expenses (in millions): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Employee compensation and benefits | $ | 693.3 | $ | 618.6 | $ | 602.5 |
| 12 | % | 3 | % | |||
Long-term incentive plans |
| 181.0 |
| 170.1 |
| 184.3 |
| 6 | % | (8) | % | |||
Distribution expenses |
| 551.6 |
| 464.4 |
| 444.3 |
| 19 | % | 5 | % | |||
Investment administration |
| 51.6 |
| 50.0 |
| 47.9 |
| 3 | % | 4 | % | |||
Marketing |
| 31.7 |
| 19.6 |
| 31.1 |
| 62 | % | (37) | % | |||
General, administrative and occupancy |
| 271.8 |
| 255.2 |
| 260.8 |
| 7 | % | (2) | % | |||
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets | 121.9 | 513.7 | 18.0 | (76) | % | n/m | * | |||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
| 40.7 |
| 49.2 |
| 62.6 |
| (17) | % | (21) | % | |||
Total operating expenses | $ | 1,943.6 | $ | 2,140.8 | $ | 1,651.5 |
| (9) | % | 30 | % | |||
* n/m - Not meaningful. |
Employee compensation and benefits
Employee compensation and benefits increased by $74.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily driven by increases of $59.0 million in variable compensation, mainly due to a higher annual bonus pool and other variable compensation, unfavorable foreign currency translation of $16.5 million, and annual and one-time base-pay increases of $10.1 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $10.8 million in project charges driven by more internal labor costs capitalized during the year ended December 31, 2021.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, employee compensation and benefits increased $16.1 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily driven by increases of $9.3 million in variable compensation mainly due to a higher bonus pool and other variable compensation. Variable compensation including bonus pools is generally calculated as a percentage of operating income excluding incentive compensation (pre-incentive operating income) and is allocated to employees by management on a discretionary basis. Annual base-pay increases of $6.6 million and
unfavorable foreign currency translation of $1.4 million also contributed to the increase in employee compensation and benefits. These increases were partially offset by a $2.4 million decrease in other fixed compensation mainly due to final deferred consideration adjustments recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019.
40
Long-term incentive plans
Long-term incentive plan expenses increased by $10.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily driven by a $7.2 million increase in mark-to-market adjustments related to mutual fund share awards and certain long-term incentive awards, unfavorable foreign currency translation of $5.0 million and $1.7 million in higher payroll taxes on vested awards. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $3.0 million due to the roll-off of vested awards exceeding new awards during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Long-term incentive plan expenses decreased by $14.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily driven by decreases of $14.5 million due to the roll-off of vested awards exceeding new awards and $2.0 million in mark-to-market adjustments related to mutual fund share awards and valuation adjustments for certain Intech long-term incentive awards.
Distribution expenses
Distribution expenses are paid to financial intermediaries for the distribution of our retail investment products and are typically calculated based on the amount of the intermediary-sourced AUM. Distribution expenses increased $87.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to an increase of $88.7 million from an improvement in average AUM subject to distribution charges.
Distribution expenses increased $20.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the
year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase of $18.4 million driven by an improvement in average intermediary-sourced AUM. A $1.2 million increase in other international distribution expenses also contributed to the year-over-year increase in distribution expenses.
Investment administration
Investment administration expenses, which represent back-office operations (including fund administration and fund accounting), increased by $1.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, and by $2.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. There were no significant items driving the increases in investment administration expenses year over year.
Marketing
Marketing expenses increased $12.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to an increase in marketing events, sponsorships and advertising campaigns during the year ended December 31, 2021.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, marketing expenses decreased $11.5 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to fewer marketing events and advertising campaigns during the COVID-19 pandemic.
General, administrative and occupancy
General, administrative and occupancy expenses increased $16.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to an $11.9 million increase in information technology costs, driven by an increased investment in non-capitalizable hardware and software, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $9.7 million. These increases were partially offset by decreases of $1.2 million in travel expenses as a result of reduced travel during the COVID-19 pandemic and $1.1 million in consultancy fees related to certain project costs during the year ended December 31, 2021.
General, administrative and occupancy expenses decreased $5.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to a $17.4 million reduction in travel expenses as a result of reduced travel during the COVID-19 pandemic and a $3.4 million decrease in the impairment of sub-leased office space. These decreases were partially offset by increases of $5.7 million in consultancy fees related to
41
upgrades to our order management system and certain project costs, $3.4 million in software licensing and upgrade costs, $2.3 million in charitable contributions, $2.0 million in regulatory insurance fees, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $1.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2020.
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges decreased by $391.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease is primarily due to a $487.3 million impairment of our goodwill, certain mutual fund investment management agreements and client relationships, and a $26.4 million impairment of the VelocityShares ETN definite-lived intangible asset recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020. These decreases are partially offset by a $121.9 million impairment of certain indefinite-lived intangible assets and trademarks recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021. For more information, refer to Note 8 — Goodwill and Intangible Assets in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges increased by $495.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was due to a $123.5 million impairment of our goodwill, $363.8 million impairment of certain mutual fund investment management agreements and client relationships, and a $26.4 million impairment of the VelocityShares ETN definite-lived intangible asset recognized
during the year ended December 31, 2020. These increases were partially offset by an $18.0 million impairment related to certain mutual fund investment management agreements recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased $8.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to a decrease in the amortization of intangible assets resulting from the sale of Geneva and the impairment of certain client relationships recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020, as well as a $3.5 million decrease in the depreciation of internally developed software during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased $13.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the amortization of intangible assets resulting from the sale of Geneva and the impairment of certain client relationships, partially offset by an increase in the amortization of internal software of $1.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2020.
Non-Operating Income and Expenses
Year ended December 31, | 2021 vs. | 2020 vs. |
| |||||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 |
| ||||
Non-operating income and expenses (in millions): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Interest expense | $ | (12.8) | $ | (12.9) | $ | (15.1) |
| 1 | % | 15 | % | |||
Investment gains, net |
| 0.8 |
| 57.5 |
| 34.2 |
| (99) | % | 68 | % | |||
Other non-operating income, net |
| 8.8 |
| 39.7 |
| 23.5 |
| (78) | % | 69 | % | |||
Income tax provision |
| (205.7) |
| (59.5) |
| (137.8) |
| n/m | * | 57 | % | |||
* n/m - Not meaningful. |
Interest expense
Interest expense decreased by $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, and by $2.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. There were no significant items driving the decreases in interest expenses year over year.
42
Investment gains, net
The components of investment gains, net for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, were as follows (in millions):
Investment gains, net moved unfavorably by $56.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. Movements in investment gains, net are primarily due to fair value adjustments in relation to our seeded investment products, deferred equity plan and consolidation of third-party ownership interests in seeded investment products. The carrying value of our seeded investment products increased $265.9 million since December 31, 2020.
Investment gains, net moved favorably by $23.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to fair value adjustments in relation to our seeded investment products and the consolidation of third-party ownership interests in seeded investment products.
Other non-operating income, net
Other non-operating income, net declined $30.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to a $16.2 million gain in relation to the sale of Geneva recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020, and $13.4 million of unfavorable foreign currency translation when comparing the year ended December 31, 2021, to the year ended December 31, 2020.
Other non-operating income, net improved $16.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to a $16.2 million gain and $7.1 million contingent consideration adjustment in relation to the sale of Geneva, and favorable foreign currency translation of $19.3 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020. These increases were partially offset by a $20.0 million contingent consideration adjustment associated with Geneva due to an updated forecast recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019, and an $8.0 million decrease in interest income driven by lower interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2020.
Income Tax Provision
Our effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, were as follows:
Year ended December 31, |
| ||||||
2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 |
| ||
Effective tax rate | 25.1 | % | 24.6 | % | 23.6 | % |
The effective tax rate for 2021 was impacted by the enactment of Finance Act 2021, which increased the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 25% beginning in April 2023. As a result, the UK deferred tax assets and liabilities expected to be settled after 2023 were revalued from 19% to 25%, creating a non-cash deferred tax expense of $29.0 million. In
43
addition, a reduction of income before taxes related to impairment charges did not have a direct impact on the effective tax rate as these amounts related to temporary differences that adjusted our deferred tax balances.
We anticipate our annual statutory tax rate will be in the 23% to 25% range in 2022. The primary influence driving the annual statutory tax rate above the average statutory tax rate for 2022 is the mix shift in regional profitability with different tax jurisdictions. Any tax legislative changes and new or proposed Treasury regulations may result in additional income tax impacts, which could be material in the period any such changes are enacted.
Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests
The components of net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, were as follows (in millions):
* n/m - Not meaningful.
Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling improved by $28.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, and declined by $2.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. Movements in net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests primarily relate to third-party ownership interests in consolidated seeded investment products and fair value adjustments in relation to our seeded investment products.
2022 Outlook
Our philosophy of maintaining strong financial discipline while reinvesting in the business to deliver against our strategy of Simple Excellence continues in 2022. In 2022, areas of focus for reinvestment include distribution, technology and investment themes, such as environmental, social and governance factors (“ESG”). In addition, we expect an increase in spending on travel and entertainment where we plan for pandemic-related restrictions to ease. Non-compensation operating expenses are expected to increase in the low teens, on a percentage basis, while adjusted compensation to revenue ratio is expected to be in the low 40s in 2022.
Performance fees associated with U.S. mutual funds are expected to deteriorate in 2022. With flat performance in 2022, we expect the U.S. mutual fund performance fees of approximately negative $55 million on an annual basis.
On February 3, 2022, we announced the strategic decision to sell our 97%-owned Quantitative Equities subsidiary, Intech, to a consortium comprised of Intech management and certain non-executive directors (“Management Buyout”). During the fourth quarter 2021, Intech contributed approximately $5 million to operating income.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. However, JHG management evaluates our profitability and our ongoing operations using additional non-GAAP financial measures. These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, GAAP, and our financial measures may be different from non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Management uses these performance measures to evaluate the business, and adjusted values are consistent with internal management reporting. We have provided a reconciliation below of our non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures.
44
Alternative performance measures
The following is a reconciliation of revenue, operating expenses, operating income, net income attributable to JHG and diluted earnings per share to adjusted revenue, adjusted operating expenses, adjusted operating income, adjusted net income attributable to JHG and adjusted diluted earnings per share, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in millions, except per share and operating margin data):
(1) | We contract with third-party intermediaries to distribute and service certain of our investment products. Fees for distribution and servicing related activities are either provided for separately in an investment product’s prospectus or are part of the management fee. Under both arrangements, the fees are collected by us and passed through to third-party intermediaries who are responsible for performing the applicable services. The majority of distribution and servicing fees we collect are passed through to third-party intermediaries. JHG management believes that the deduction of distribution and service fees from revenue in the computation of adjusted revenue reflects the pass-through nature of these revenues. In certain arrangements, we perform the distribution and servicing activities and |
45
retain the applicable fees. Revenues for distribution and servicing activities performed by us are not deducted from GAAP revenue. |
(2) | Adjustments primarily represent rent expense for subleased office space. In addition, the adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2021, includes a one-time charge related to the employee benefits trust. JHG management believes these costs do not represent our ongoing operations. |
(3) | Investment management contracts have been identified as a separately identifiable intangible asset arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries and businesses. Such contracts are recognized at the net present value of the expected future cash flows arising from the contracts at the date of acquisition. For segregated mandate contracts, the intangible asset is amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected life of the contracts. Adjustments also include impairment charges of our goodwill, certain mutual fund investment management contracts, client relationships and trademarks. JHG management believes these non-cash and acquisition-related costs do not represent our ongoing operations. |
(4) | Operating margin is operating income divided by revenue. |
(5) | Adjusted operating margin is adjusted operating income divided by adjusted revenue. |
(6) | Adjustments primarily represent contingent consideration adjustments associated with prior acquisitions. JHG management believes these expenses do not represent our ongoing operations. |
(7) | The tax impact of the adjustments is calculated based on the U.S. or foreign statutory tax rate as they relate to each adjustment. Certain adjustments are either not taxable or not tax-deductible. The impairment of goodwill and intangible assets impacted both periods but the impact was more significant in 2020. In addition, the 2021 adjustment includes non-cash deferred tax expense resulting from the revaluation of certain UK deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the enactment of the Finance Act 2021, which increased the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 25% beginning in April 2023. |
(8) | Diluted earnings per share is net income attributable to JHG common shareholders divided by weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding. |
(9) | Adjusted diluted earnings per share is adjusted net income attributable to JHG common shareholders divided by weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding. |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our capital structure, together with available cash balances, cash flows generated from operations, and further capital and credit market activities, if necessary, should provide us with sufficient resources to meet present and future cash needs, including operating and other obligations as they fall due and anticipated future capital requirements.
The following table summarizes key balance sheet data relating to our liquidity and capital resources as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in millions):
Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of cash at banks held in money market funds. Cash and cash equivalents exclude cash held by consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”) and consolidated voting rights entities (“VREs”),
46
and investment securities exclude noncontrolling interests as these assets are not available for general corporate purposes.
Investment securities held by us represent seeded investment products (exclusive of noncontrolling interests), investments related to deferred compensation plans and other less significant investments.
We believe that existing cash and cash from operations should be sufficient to satisfy our short-term capital requirements. Expected short-term uses of cash include ordinary operating expenditures, seed capital investments, interest expense, dividend payments, income tax payments and common stock repurchases. We may also use available cash for other general corporate purposes and acquisitions.
Cash Flows
A summary of cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, was as follows (in millions):
| Year ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | ||||
Cash flows provided by (used for): |
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Operating activities | $ | 895.4 | $ | 645.7 | $ | 463.2 | |||
Investing activities |
| (283.3) |
| 129.4 |
| (389.3) | |||
Financing activities |
| (588.1) |
| (491.0) |
| (207.0) | |||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
| (13.5) |
| 27.5 |
| 13.0 | |||
Net change in cash and cash equivalents |
| 10.5 |
| 311.6 |
| (120.1) | |||
Cash balance at beginning of period |
| 1,108.1 |
| 796.5 |
| 916.6 | |||
Cash balance at end of period | $ | 1,118.6 | $ | 1,108.1 | $ | 796.5 |
Operating Activities
Fluctuations in operating cash flows are attributable to changes in net income and working capital items, which can vary from period to period based on the amount and timing of cash receipts and payments.
Investing Activities
Cash (used for) provided by investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, was as follows (in millions):
Year ended December 31, | |||||||||
2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | |||||
(Purchases) sales of investment securities, net | $ | (177.1) | $ | 134.8 | $ | 1.5 | |||
Purchases of investment securities by consolidated seeded investment products, net | (97.4) | (20.2) | (320.8) | ||||||
Purchase of property, equipment and software |
| (10.4) |
| (17.8) |
| (37.8) | |||
Cash paid on settled seed capital hedges, net | (27.0) | (11.6) | (34.9) | ||||||
Receipt of contingent consideration payments from sale of Geneva | 25.4 | 3.2 | — | ||||||
Proceeds from sale of Geneva | — | 38.4 | — | ||||||
Other |
| 3.2 |
| 2.6 |
| 2.7 | |||
Cash (used for) provided by investing activities | $ | (283.3) | $ | 129.4 | $ | (389.3) |
Cash outflows from investing activities were $283.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, and cash inflows from investing activities were $129.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. Cash outflows from investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2021, were primarily due to net purchases of investment securities and net purchases of investment securities by consolidated seeded investment products. When comparing the year ended
47
December 31, 2021, to the year ended December 31, 2020, the change in cash (used for) provided by investing activities was primarily due to increases in the net purchases of investment securities, net purchases of investment securities by consolidated seeded investment products and net cash paid to settle hedges related to our seed capital hedge program. These increases were partially offset by the receipt of contingent consideration payments related to the sale of Geneva recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021, and proceeds from the sale of Geneva recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020.
We periodically add new investment strategies to our investment product offerings by providing the initial cash investment, or seeding. The primary purpose of seeded investment products is to generate an investment performance track record in a product to attract third-party investors. We may redeem invested seed capital for a variety of reasons, including when third-party investments in the relevant product are sufficient to sustain the investment strategy.
Cash inflows from investing activities were $129.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to net sales of investment securities, proceeds from the sale of Geneva and net sales of investment securities by consolidated seeded investment products. When comparing the year ended December 31, 2020, to the year ended December 31, 2019, the change in cash provided by (used for) investing activities was primarily due to an increase in cash received from net sales of investment securities within consolidated investment products. The increase was driven by third-party redemption activity within the consolidated investment products resulting in a lower VIE investment securities balance, which decreased from $924.8 million at December 31, 2019, to $214.6 million at December 31, 2020. The sale of Geneva in March 2020 and an increase in sales of investment securities, less net cash paid to settle hedges related to our seed capital hedge program, also contributed to the year-over-year change in cash provided by (used for) investing activities.
Cash outflows from investing activities were $389.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to net purchases of securities by consolidated investment products; purchases of property, equipment and software; and net cash paid on settled hedges.
Financing Activities
Cash used for financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, was as follows (in millions):
| Year ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | ||||
Dividends paid to shareholders | $ | (256.0) | $ | (262.9) | $ | (272.4) | |||
Third-party sales (purchases) in consolidated seeded investment products, net |
| 100.3 |
| (34.0) |
| 320.8 | |||
Purchase of common stock for stock-based compensation plans |
| (71.8) |
| (49.1) |
| (39.0) | |||
Purchase of common stock from Dai-ichi Life and share buyback program |
| (372.1) |
| (130.8) |
| (199.9) | |||
Payment of contingent consideration | — | (13.8) | (14.1) | ||||||
Proceeds from stock-based compensation plans | 12.5 | 1.0 | — | ||||||
Other |
| (1.0) |
| (1.4) |
| (2.4) | |||
Cash used for financing activities | $ | (588.1) | $ | (491.0) | $ | (207.0) |
Cash outflows from financing activities were $588.1 million and $491.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Cash outflows from financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2021, were primarily due to purchases of common stock from Dai-ichi Life, the share buyback program and stock-based compensation plans, and dividends paid to shareholders, partially offset by net sales of investment securities within consolidated seeded investment products. When comparing the year ended December 31, 2021, to the year ended December 31, 2020, the change in cash used for financing activities was primarily due to the purchase of common stock from Dai-ichi Life and the purchase of common stock for stock-based compensation plans. These increases were partially offset by net sales of investment securities within consolidated seeded investment products.
48
Cash outflows from financing activities were $491.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to dividends paid to shareholders and the purchase of common stock for the share buyback program and stock-based compensation plans. When comparing the year ended December 31, 2020, to the year ended December 31, 2019, the change in cash used for financing activities was impacted by net third-party redemptions within consolidated seeded investment products primarily due to lower VIE investment securities balance, which decreased from $924.8 million at December 31, 2019, to $214.6 million at December 31, 2020. A decrease in the purchase of common stock as part of the 2020 share buyback program also contributed to the year-over-year change in cash used for financing activities.
Cash outflows from financing activities were $207.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to dividends paid to shareholders and the purchase of common stock for the share buyback program, partially offset by third-party sales in consolidated seeded investment products.
Other Sources of Liquidity
At December 31, 2021, we had a $200 million unsecured, revolving credit facility (“Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility includes an option for us to request an increase to our borrowing of up to an additional $50.0 million. The maturity date of the Credit Facility is February 16, 2024. Additionally, as a result of LIBOR’s phase out, our credit facility was amended to incorporate other short term borrowing rates. Specifically, the SOFR was designated as the successor rate to USD LIBOR and the SONIA was designated as the successor rate to GBP LIBOR. For more information, refer to Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors.
The Credit Facility may be used for general corporate purposes and bears interest on borrowings outstanding at the relevant interbank offer rate plus a spread.
The Credit Facility contains a financial covenant with respect to leverage. The financing leverage ratio cannot exceed 3.00x EBITDA. At the latest practicable date before the date of this report, we were in compliance with all covenants and there were no borrowings under the Credit Facility.
Regulatory Capital
We are subject to regulatory oversight by the SEC, FINRA, the CFTC, the FCA and other international regulatory bodies. We strive to ensure that we are compliant with our regulatory obligations at all times. Our primary capital requirement relates to the FCA-supervised regulatory group (a sub-group of our company), comprising Janus Henderson (UK) Holdings Limited, all of its subsidiaries and Janus Capital International Limited (“JCIL”). JCIL is included to meet the requirements of certain regulations under the Banking Consolidation Directive. The combined capital requirement is £198.4 million ($268.7 million), resulting in £296.4 million ($401.5 million) of capital above the requirement as of December 31, 2021, based upon internal calculations and taking into account the effect of dividends related to fourth quarter 2021 results that will be paid in early 2022. As of January 1, 2022, the FCA-supervised regulatory group is subject to the new Investment Firm Prudential Regime (“IFPR”) for MiFID investment firms (“MIFIDPRU”). We have been preparing for these new rules and do not expect that our capital requirements will be materially impacted. Capital requirements in other jurisdictions are not significant in aggregate.
Contractual Obligations
Contractual obligations and associated maturities relate to debt, interest payments and finance and operating leases. As of December 31, 2021, our contractual obligations related to debt and interest payments was $352.4 million, with $14.6 million payable within 12 months. As of December 31, 2021, we had operating and finance lease payment obligations of $145.2 million, with $30.2 million payable within 12 months.
Short-Term Liquidity Requirements
Common Stock Purchases
On February 4, 2021, Dai-ichi Life announced its intention to sell all 30,668,922 shares of JHG common stock it owned by means of a registered secondary public offering. On February 9, 2021, Dai-ichi Life completed the secondary offering
49
and as part of the offering, we repurchased 8,048,360 shares of common stock from Dai-ichi Life (“Block Repurchase”) for a total of approximately $230.0 million through Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“as underwriter”) at the price at which the shares of common stock were sold to the public in the secondary offering, less the underwriting discount. The Block Repurchase was authorized by the Board and is distinct from the Corporate Buyback Program. As a result of the completion of the secondary offering, Dai-ichi Life no longer owns any shares of JHG common stock. We did not receive any proceeds from Dai-ichi Life’s sale of common stock in the secondary offering.
On July 28, 2021, the Board approved the 2021 Corporate Buyback Program, pursuant to which we are authorized to repurchase up to $200.0 million of our common stock on the NYSE and CDIs on the ASX at any time prior to the date of our 2022 Annual General Meeting. We commenced repurchases under the 2021 Corporate Buyback Program in August 2021, and during the three months ended December 31, 2021, we repurchased 1,538,376 shares of our common stock and CDIs for $66.9 million.
Some of our executives and employees receive rights to receive shares of common stock as part of their remuneration arrangements and employee entitlements. We satisfy these entitlements by using existing shares of common stock that we repurchased on-market (“Share Plans Repurchases”). These repurchases are in addition to the repurchases under the Corporate Buyback Program discussed above. As a policy, we do not issue new shares to employees as part of our annual compensation practices. During the year ended December 31, 2021, our Share Plans Repurchases totaled 2,403,941 shares at an average price of $30.95.
During the first quarter of 2022, we intend to repurchase shares on-market for the annual share grants associated with the 2021 variable compensation payable to our employees.
Dividends
The payment of cash dividends is within the discretion of our Board and depends on many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, general business conditions and legal requirements.
Dividends declared and paid during the year ended December 31, 2021, were as follows:
Dividend | Date | Dividends paid | Date | |||||
per share |
| declared | (in US$ millions) |
| paid | |||
$ | 0.36 | February 3, 2021 |
| $ | 61.7 | March 3, 2021 | ||
$ | 0.38 | April 28, 2021 | $ | 65.0 | May 27, 2021 | |||
$ | 0.38 | July 28, 2021 | $ | 64.8 | August 25, 2021 | |||
$ | 0.38 | October 27, 2021 | $ | 64.5 | November 24, 2021 |
On February 2, 2022, our Board declared a cash dividend of $0.38 per share. The quarterly dividend will be paid on February 28, 2022, to shareholders of record at the close of business on February 14, 2022.
Long-Term Liquidity Requirements
Expected long-term commitments as of December 31, 2021, include principal and interest payments related to our 4.875% Senior Notes due 2025 (“2025 Senior Notes”) and operating and finance lease payments. We expect to fund our long-term commitments with existing cash and cash generated from operations or by accessing capital and credit markets as necessary.
2025 Senior Notes
The 2025 Senior Notes have a principal amount of $300.0 million, pay interest at 4.875% semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, and mature on August 1, 2025.
50
Defined Benefit Pension Plan
The main defined benefit pension plan sponsored by us is the defined benefit section of the Janus Henderson Group UK Pension Scheme (“JHGPS” or the “Plan”), previously the Henderson Group Pension Scheme, which closed to new members on November 15, 1999. The December 31, 2021, triennial valuation of our defined benefit pension plan resulted in a surplus on a technical basis of $2.7 million. For more information, refer to Note 17 — Retirement Benefit Plans in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We are not party to any off-balance sheet arrangements that may provide, or require us to provide, financing, liquidity, market or credit risk support that is not reflected in the consolidated financial statements.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods.
We continually evaluate the accounting policies and estimates used to prepare the consolidated financial statements. In general, management’s estimates are based on historical experience, information from third-party professionals, as appropriate, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under current facts and circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates made by management. The critical accounting policies and estimates relate to the areas of investment securities, goodwill and intangible assets, retirement benefit plans and income taxes.
Valuation of Investment Securities
Fair value of our investment securities is generally determined using observable market data based on recent trading activity. Where observable market data is unavailable due to a lack of trading activity, we use internally developed models to estimate fair value and independent third parties to validate assumptions, when appropriate. Estimating fair value requires significant management judgment, including benchmarking to similar instruments with observable market data and applying appropriate discounts that reflect differences between the securities that we are valuing and the selected benchmark. Any variation in the assumptions used to approximate fair value could have a material adverse effect on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and results of operations.
Accounting for Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The recognition and measurement of goodwill and intangible assets require significant management estimates and judgment, including the valuation and expected life determination in connection with the initial purchase price allocation and the ongoing evaluation for impairment. The judgment exercised by management in arriving at these valuations includes the selection of market growth rates, fund flow assumptions, expected margins and costs.
Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of acquired companies and is not amortized.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily represent investment management agreements and trademarks. Investment management agreements without a contractual termination date are classified as indefinite-lived intangible assets based upon the following: (i) there is no legal or statutory limitation on the contract period to manage these investment products; (ii) we expect to, and have the ability to, operate these investment products indefinitely; (iii) the investment products have multiple investors and are not reliant on an individual investor or small group of investors for their continued operation; (iv) the current competitive environment does not indicate a finite life; and (v) there is a high likelihood of continued renewal based on historical experience. The assumption that investment management agreements
51
are indefinite-lived assets is reviewed at least annually or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate that the useful life is no longer indefinite.
Definite-lived intangible assets represent certain other investment management contracts, which are amortized over their estimated lives using the straight-line method. The initial estimated lives of the definite-lived contracts vary and range from eight years to 21 years.
Impairment Testing
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. We perform our annual impairment assessment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 1. We may first assess goodwill for impairment using qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. We chose to forego the qualitative test and instead perform a quantitative impairment test, determining the enterprise value of the reporting unit and comparing it to our equity balance (carrying amount). The results of the goodwill assessment revealed the estimated fair value of the reporting unit greater than the carrying value as of October 1, 2021. The most significant input into the enterprise value assessment is our stock price. As such, although our stock price at the date of our assessment resulted in significant headroom, we could be at risk of failing step one of the assessment in the future if the price of our stock declines significantly and the deterioration of the stock price becomes sustained. Outside of the indefinite-lived intangible assets that were impaired, detailed below, the remaining assets representing the majority of our intangible balance, have substantial headroom to impairment.
During the first quarter of 2021, as part of our ongoing strategic initiatives and looking globally at delivering excellent service to our clients and positioning our business for success, we completed a review of Perkins Investment Management (“Perkins”). To right-size our product portfolio and better align with the changing needs of clients, certain strategies were closed and the funds were liquidated during the second quarter of 2021. The majority of the Perkins value equity strategies were unaffected by this reorganization and they have continued under the Janus Henderson brand. The Perkins brand was discontinued and the marketing efforts for value equity strategies were incorporated under the Janus Henderson brand. During the first quarter 2021, we impaired the entire balance of the intangible asset associated with the Perkins trademark. The impairment charge of $3.6 million is included in the table above and recorded in goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
Certain indefinite-lived intangible assets composed of investment management agreements were tested for impairment in the second quarter 2021 due to a significant decrease in AUM and unfavorable changes in the forecast on this specific asset. A discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model was used to determine the estimated fair value of the investment management agreements. The results of the valuation indicated a negative estimated value. As such, the asset was fully impaired, and a $40.8 million impairment was recorded in impairment of goodwill and intangible assets expense in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income to bring the carrying value of the intangible asset as of December 31, 2021 (post-impairment) to $0.
We also assessed our indefinite-lived intangible assets as part of the annual impairment assessment. A qualitative approach was used to determine the likelihood of impairment, with AUM being the focus of the assessment. After reviewing the results of the qualitative assessment, a certain intangible asset composed of investment management agreements with a carrying value of $117.8 million as of October 1, 2021, required further review to determine if it was impaired. We prepared a DCF model to determine the estimated fair value of the intangible asset. The results of the valuation indicated a fair value of $43.0 million. As such, a $74.8 million impairment was recorded in impairment of goodwill and intangible assets expense in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income to bring the carrying value of the intangible asset as of December 31, 2021 (post-impairment) to $43.0 million.
Some of the inputs used in the interim and annual DCF models required significant management judgment, including the discount rates, terminal growth rates, forecasted financial results and market returns.
Additionally, in conjunction with the indefinite-lived intangible asset annual impairment assessment, we considered the results of the AUM analysis included above to determine if there were indicators of impairment of our trademark
52
intangible assets. Based on that qualitative assessment, certain trademarks with a $2.7 million carrying value as of October 1, 2021, required further review to determine if they were impaired. We prepared a DCF model to arrive at the estimated fair value of the intangible asset, which was below the carrying value of the asset. As such, we impaired the entire asset, and a $2.7 million impairment was recorded in impairment of goodwill and intangible assets expense in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income to bring the carrying value of the intangible asset as of December 31, 2021 (post-impairment), to $0. As discussed above, some of the inputs in the DCF model require significant management judgment. For the remaining indefinite-lived intangible assets, we concluded it is more likely than not that the fair values of our intangible assets exceed their carrying values; no additional impairment was recorded.
Our definite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. There were no definite-lived intangible asset impairments identified during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Retirement Benefit Plans
We provide certain employees with retirement benefits through defined benefit plans.
The defined benefit obligation is determined annually by independent qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method and is measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows using a discount rate based on AA-rated corporate bond yields of appropriate duration. The plan assets are recognized at fair value. The funded status of the defined benefit pension plan (“plan”), being the resulting surplus or deficit of defined benefit assets less liabilities, is recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, net of any taxes that would be deducted at source.
Actuarial gains and losses arise as a result of differences between actual experience and actuarial assumptions. We have adopted the “10% corridor” method for recognizing actuarial gains and losses. This means that cumulative actuarial gains or losses up to an amount equal to 10% of the higher of the liabilities and the assets of the scheme (“corridor”) have no immediate impact on net income and are instead recognized through other comprehensive income. Cumulative gains or losses greater than this corridor are amortized to net income over the average remaining future working lifetime of the active members in the plan.
Net periodic benefit cost is recorded as a component of net income in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and includes service cost, interest cost and the expected return on plan assets.
The costs of and period-end obligations under defined benefit pension plans are determined using actuarial valuations. The actuarial valuation involves making a number of assumptions, including those related to the discount rate, the expected rate of return on assets, future salary increases, mortality rates and future pension increases. Due to the long-term nature of these plans, such estimates are subject to significant uncertainty.
The table below shows the movement in funded status that would result from certain sensitivity changes (in millions):
Decrease in | |||
funded status at | |||
| December 31, 2021 | ||
Discount rate: -0.1% | $ | 13.5 | |
Inflation: +0.1% | $ | 1.8 | |
Life expectancy: +1 year at age 65 | $ | 39.3 | |
Market value of return seeking portfolio falls 25% | $ | 87.1 |
Income Taxes
We operate in several countries, states and other taxing jurisdictions through various subsidiaries and branches, and must allocate income, expenses and earnings under the various laws and regulations of each of these taxing jurisdictions. Accordingly, the provision for income taxes represents the total estimate of the liability that we have incurred for doing business each year in all of the locations. Annually we file tax returns that represent filing positions within each
53
jurisdiction and settle return liabilities. Each jurisdiction has the right to audit those returns and may take different positions with respect to income and expense allocations and taxable earnings determinations. Because the determinations of the annual provisions are subject to judgments and estimates, it is possible that actual results will vary from those recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements. As a result, it is likely that additions to, or reductions of, income tax expense will occur each year for prior reporting periods as actual tax returns and tax audits are settled.
In the assessment of uncertain tax positions, significant management judgment is required to estimate the range of possible outcomes and determine the probability, on a more likely than not basis, of favorable or unfavorable tax outcomes and the potential interest and penalties related to such unfavorable outcomes. Actual future tax consequences on settlement of our uncertain tax positions may be materially different than management’s current estimates.
Deferred tax assets, net of any associated valuation allowance, have been recognized based on management’s belief that taxable income of the appropriate character, more likely than not, will be sufficient to realize the benefits of these assets over time. In the event that actual results differ from expectations, or if historical trends of positive operating income change, we may be required to record a valuation allowance on some or all of these deferred tax assets, which may have a significant effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In assessing whether a valuation allowance should be established against a deferred income tax asset, we consider the nature, frequency and severity of recent losses, forecasts of future profitability and the duration of statutory carryback and carryforward periods, among other factors.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The following information describes the key aspects of certain items for which we are exposed to market risk.
Management Fees
Management fee revenues are generally based upon a percentage of the market value of AUM and are calculated as a percentage of either the daily, month-end or quarter-end average asset balance in accordance with contractual agreements. Accordingly, fluctuations in the financial markets have a direct effect on our operating results. Although fluctuations in the financial markets have a direct effect on our operating results, AUM may outperform or underperform the financial markets. As such, quantifying the impact of correlation between AUM and our operating results may be misleading.
Performance Fees
Performance fee revenue is derived from a number of funds and clients. As a result, our revenues are subject to volatility beyond market-based fluctuations discussed in the “Management Fees” section above. Performance fees are specified in certain fund and client contracts and are based on investment performance either on an absolute basis or compared to an established index over a specified period of time. Certain U.S mutual funds contracts allow for negative performance fees where there is underperformance against the relevant index. In many cases, performance fees are subject to a hurdle rate. Performance fees are recognized at the end of the contractual period (typically monthly, quarterly or annually). Our performance fees depend on internal performance and market trends, and are, therefore, subject to volatility year-over-year. We recognized performance fees of $102.7 million, $98.1 million and $17.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, $99.4 billion and $105.8 billion of AUM generated performance fees during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
54
Investment Securities
At December 31, 2021, we were exposed to market price risk as a result of investment securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following is a summary of the effect that a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in market prices would have on our investment securities subject to market price fluctuations as of December 31, 2021 (in millions):
|
| Fair value | Fair value | ||||||
assuming a 10% | assuming a 10% | ||||||||
| Fair value |
| increase |
| decrease | ||||
Investment securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Seeded investment products (including VIEs) | $ | 646.6 | $ | 711.3 | $ | 581.9 | |||
Investments related to deferred compensation plans | 50.3 | 55.3 | 45.3 | ||||||
Other | 5.4 | 5.9 | 4.9 | ||||||
Total investment securities | $ | 702.3 | $ | 772.5 | $ | 632.1 |
Certain investment securities include debt securities that contribute to the achievement of defined investment objectives. Debt securities are exposed to interest rate risk and credit risk. Movement in interest rates would be reflected in the value of the securities; refer to the quantitative analysis above.
Derivative Instruments
Derivative Instruments Used to Hedge Seeded Investment Products
We maintain an economic hedge program that uses derivative instruments to mitigate market volatility of certain seeded investments. Market fluctuations are mitigated using derivative instruments, including futures, credit default swaps, index swaps and total return swaps. We also operate a rolling program of foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate the non-functional currency exposures arising from certain seed capital investments. We were party to the following derivative instruments as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in millions):
Notional value | ||||||
| December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | ||||
Futures | $ | 368.7 | $ | 164.5 | ||
Credit default swaps | $ | 207.2 | $ | 166.2 | ||
Total return swaps | $ | 55.0 | $ | 35.6 | ||
Foreign currency forward contracts and swaps | $ | 415.6 | $ | 205.0 |
Changes in fair value of derivative instruments are recognized during the period in which they occur in investment gains, net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
Derivative Instruments Used in Foreign Currency Hedging Program
In January 2021, we implemented a balance sheet foreign currency hedging program (“Program”) to take reasonable measures to minimize the income statement effects of foreign currency remeasurement of monetary balance sheet accounts. The Program is not designed to eliminate all impacts of foreign currency risk; rather it is designed to reduce income statement volatility. The Program utilizes foreign currency forward contracts and swaps to achieve its objectives, and it is considered an economic hedge for accounting purposes.
The notional value of the foreign currency forward contracts and swaps was $171.4 million at December 31, 2021. Changes in fair value of the derivatives are recognized in other non-operating income, net on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
Foreign Currency Exchange Sensitivity
Foreign currency risk is the risk that we will sustain losses through adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, where we transact in currencies that are different from our functional currency.
55
As our functional currency is USD, we are exposed to foreign currency risk through our exposure to non-USD income, expenses, assets and liabilities of our overseas subsidiaries, as well as net assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than USD. We manage our currency exposure by monitoring foreign currency positions. We seek to naturally offset exposures where possible and actively hedge certain exposures on a case-by-case basis.
The following table illustrates the impact of the below currencies weakening by 10% on all hedged and unhedged financial assets and liabilities denominated in currencies material to us other than USD (in millions):
56
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Index to Financial Statements
Page | |||
Financial Statements: | |||
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PCAOB ID 238) | 58 | ||
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting | 61 | ||
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 | 62 | ||
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 | 63 | ||
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 | 64 | ||
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 | 65 | ||
66 | |||
Financial Statement Schedules: | |||
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or are insignificant, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. | |||
57
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Janus Henderson Group plc
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Janus Henderson Group plc and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, of changes in equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing
58
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Impairment Assessments of Certain Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets Composed of Investment Management Agreements
As described in Notes 2 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s net intangible assets balance of $2,542.7 million as of December 31, 2021 is net of $121.9 million of impairment recognized in 2021, and includes indefinite-lived investment management agreements, indefinite-lived trademarks and definite-lived client relationships. The indefinite-lived intangible asset balance related to investment management agreements was $2,114.8 million as of December 31, 2021, which is net of $115.6 million of impairment recognized in 2021. Management performs its annual impairment assessment of indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 1 of each year, or more frequently if changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. If the fair value of the intangible asset is less than the carrying amount, an impairment is recognized. During the second quarter of 2021, management performed an interim impairment assessment on a certain indefinite-lived intangible asset composed of investment management agreements due to a significant decrease in assets under management and unfavorable changes in the forecast on this specific asset. A discounted cash flow model was used to determine the estimated fair value of the investment management agreements. The results of the discounted cash flow model revealed a fair value of nil and management therefore impaired the entire $40.8 million balance of the intangible asset. As part of management’s annual impairment assessment, management used a qualitative approach to determine the likelihood of impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets, with assets under management being the focus of the assessment. After reviewing the results of the qualitative assessment, a certain intangible asset composed of investment management agreements with a carrying value of $117.8 million as of October 1, 2021 required further review to determine if it was impaired. Management prepared a discounted cash flow model to determine the estimated fair value of the intangible asset, which was below the carrying value of the asset and a $74.8 million impairment was recorded. Some of the inputs used in the interim and annual discounted cash flow models required significant management judgment, including the discount rates, terminal growth rates, forecasted financial results and market returns.
59
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the impairment assessments of certain indefinite-lived intangible assets composed of investment management agreements is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when determining the fair value of certain indefinite-lived intangible assets and (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to the forecasted financial results and market returns.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s impairment assessments of intangible assets, including controls over the valuation of certain indefinite-lived intangible assets composed of investment management agreements. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing management’s process for determining the fair value of certain indefinite-lived intangible assets composed of investment management agreements; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the discounted cash flow model; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the discounted cash flow model; and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of significant assumptions used by management related to the forecasted financial results and market returns. Evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to the forecasted financial results and market returns involved evaluating whether the significant assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of investment companies subject to the investment management agreements; (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data; and (iii) whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Denver, Colorado
February 24, 2022
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.
60
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
JHG management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over JHG’s financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. JHG’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
JHG management has assessed the effectiveness of JHG’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, JHG management used the framework set forth in the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013). Based on the assessment using those criteria, JHG management determined that as of December 31, 2021, JHG’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.
JHG’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited the effectiveness of JHG’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, as stated in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
February 24, 2022
61
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in Millions, Except Share Data)
December 31, | December 31, | |||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 | |||
ASSETS | ||||||
Current assets: | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1,107.3 | $ | 1,099.7 | ||
Investment securities |
| 451.4 |
| 268.1 | ||
Fees and other receivables |
| 351.6 |
| 373.6 | ||
OEIC and unit trust receivables |
| 84.4 |
| 114.7 | ||
Assets of consolidated VIEs: | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | 11.3 | 8.4 | ||||
Investment securities | 250.9 | 214.6 | ||||
Other current assets | 2.1 | 3.5 | ||||
Other current assets | 150.2 | 111.1 | ||||
Total current assets |
| 2,409.2 |
| 2,193.7 | ||
Non-current assets: | ||||||
Property, equipment and software, net |
| 63.3 |
| 77.9 | ||
Intangible assets, net |
| 2,542.7 |
| 2,686.3 | ||
Goodwill |
| 1,374.3 |
| 1,383.9 | ||
Retirement benefit asset, net | 165.1 | 191.3 | ||||
Other non-current assets |
| 172.9 |
| 157.7 | ||
Total assets | $ | 6,727.5 | $ | 6,690.8 | ||
LIABILITIES | ||||||
Current liabilities: | ||||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | $ | 271.6 | $ | 232.1 | ||
Current portion of accrued compensation, benefits and staff costs |
| 420.0 |
| 371.0 | ||
OEIC and unit trust payables | 92.2 | 121.5 | ||||
Liabilities of consolidated VIEs: | ||||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
| 2.6 |
| 3.2 | ||
Total current liabilities |
| 786.4 |
| 727.8 | ||
Non-current liabilities: | ||||||
Accrued compensation, benefits and staff costs | 45.7 | 53.7 | ||||
Long-term debt |
| 310.4 |
| 313.3 | ||
Deferred tax liabilities, net |
| 619.2 |
| 627.4 | ||
Retirement benefit obligations, net | 4.8 | 4.7 | ||||
Other non-current liabilities |
| 134.4 |
| 144.3 | ||
Total liabilities |
| 1,900.9 |
| 1,871.2 | ||
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 20) | ||||||
REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS |
| 163.4 |
| 85.8 | ||
EQUITY | ||||||
Common stock, $1.50 par value; 480,000,000 shares authorized, and 169,046,154 and 180,403,176 shares and as of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively |
| 253.6 |
| 270.6 | ||
Additional paid-in-capital | 3,771.8 | 3,815.0 | ||||
Treasury shares, 1,133,934 and 2,548,063 shares held at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively |
| (55.1) |
| (107.3) | ||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax |
| (396.1) |
| (324.0) | ||
Retained earnings | 1,073.6 | 1,062.1 | ||||
Total shareholders’ equity |
| 4,647.8 |
| 4,716.4 | ||
Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests |
| 15.4 |
| 17.4 | ||
Total equity |
| 4,663.2 |
| 4,733.8 | ||
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity | $ | 6,727.5 | $ | 6,690.8 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
62
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Data)
Year ended December 31, | |||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | ||||
Revenue: | |||||||||
Management fees | $ | 2,189.4 | $ | 1,794.1 | $ | 1,792.3 | |||
Performance fees |
| 102.7 |
| 98.1 |
| 17.6 | |||
Shareowner servicing fees |
| 260.7 |
| 209.2 |
| 185.4 | |||
Other revenue | 214.2 | 197.2 | 197.1 | ||||||
Total revenue |
| 2,767.0 |
| 2,298.6 |
| 2,192.4 | |||
Operating expenses: | |||||||||
Employee compensation and benefits |
| 693.3 |
| 618.6 |
| 602.5 | |||
Long-term incentive plans |
| 181.0 |
| 170.1 |
| 184.3 | |||
Distribution expenses | 551.6 | 464.4 | 444.3 | ||||||
Investment administration | 51.6 | 50.0 | 47.9 | ||||||
Marketing |
| 31.7 |
| 19.6 |
| 31.1 | |||
General, administrative and occupancy |
| 271.8 |
| 255.2 |
| 260.8 | |||
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets | 121.9 | 513.7 | 18.0 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
| 40.7 |
| 49.2 |
| 62.6 | |||
Total operating expenses |
| 1,943.6 |
| 2,140.8 |
| 1,651.5 | |||
Operating income |
| 823.4 | 157.8 |
| 540.9 | ||||
Interest expense |
| (12.8) |
| (12.9) |
| (15.1) | |||
Investment gains, net |
| 0.8 |
| 57.5 |
| 34.2 | |||
Other non-operating income, net | 8.8 | 39.7 | 23.5 | ||||||
Income before taxes |
| 820.2 |
| 242.1 |
| 583.5 | |||
Income tax provision |
| (205.7) |
| (59.5) |
| (137.8) | |||
Net income |
| 614.5 |
| 182.6 |
| 445.7 | |||
Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests |
| 7.6 |
| (21.0) |
| (18.1) | |||
Net income attributable to JHG | $ | 622.1 | $ | 161.6 | $ | 427.6 | |||
Earnings per share attributable to JHG common shareholders: | |||||||||
Basic | $ | 3.60 | $ | 0.87 | $ | 2.21 | |||
Diluted | $ | 3.59 | $ | 0.87 | $ | 2.21 | |||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: | |||||||||
Foreign currency translation gains (losses) | $ | (50.1) | $ | 71.8 | $ | 74.7 | |||
Actuarial losses |
| (22.4) |
| (29.5) |
| (5.6) | |||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax |
| (72.5) |
| 42.3 |
| 69.1 | |||
Other comprehensive loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests |
| 0.4 |
| 0.8 |
| (12.7) | |||
Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to JHG | $ | (72.1) | $ | 43.1 | $ | 56.4 | |||
Total comprehensive income | $ | 542.0 | $ | 224.9 | $ | 514.8 | |||
Total comprehensive loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests |
| 8.0 |
| (20.2) |
| (30.8) | |||
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to JHG | $ | 550.0 | $ | 204.7 | $ | 484.0 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
63
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in Millions)
Year ended December 31, | |||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED FOR): | |||||||||
Operating activities: | |||||||||
Net income | $ | 614.5 | $ | 182.6 | $ | 445.7 | |||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 40.7 | 49.2 | 62.6 | ||||||
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets | 121.9 | 513.7 | 18.0 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes | (2.2) | (104.8) | (4.7) | ||||||
Stock-based compensation plan expense | 68.2 | 66.7 | 74.2 | ||||||
Impairment of right-of-use operating asset | — | 1.3 | 4.7 | ||||||
Gain on sale of Geneva | — | (16.2) | — | ||||||
Investment gains, net | (0.8) | (57.5) | (34.2) | ||||||
Contributions to pension plans in excess of costs recognized | 1.2 | (4.6) | 1.0 | ||||||
Contingent consideration fair value adjustment | — | (7.1) | (20.0) | ||||||
Other, net | (8.4) | (20.5) | (11.1) | ||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | |||||||||
OEIC and unit trust receivables and payables | 1.0 | 7.6 | 0.4 | ||||||
Other assets | (44.1) | (53.4) | (16.4) | ||||||
Other accruals and liabilities | 103.4 | 88.7 | (57.0) | ||||||
Net operating activities | 895.4 | 645.7 | 463.2 | ||||||
Investing activities: | |||||||||
Sales (purchases) of: | |||||||||
Investment securities, net | (177.1) | 134.8 | 1.5 | ||||||
Property, equipment and software | (10.4) | (17.8) | (37.8) | ||||||
Investment securities by consolidated seeded investment products, net | (97.4) | (20.2) | (320.8) | ||||||
Cash paid on settled seed capital hedges, net | (27.0) | (11.6) | (34.9) | ||||||
Dividends received from equity-method investments | 1.2 | 0.4 | 0.4 | ||||||
Receipt of contingent consideration payments from sale of Volantis | 2.0 | 2.2 | 2.3 | ||||||
Receipt of contingent consideration payments from sale of Geneva | 25.4 | 3.2 | — | ||||||
Proceeds from sale of Geneva | — | 38.4 | — | ||||||
Net investing activities | (283.3) | 129.4 | (389.3) | ||||||
Financing activities: | |||||||||
Proceeds from stock-based compensation plans | 12.5 | 1.0 | — | ||||||
Purchase of common stock for stock-based compensation plans | (71.8) | (49.1) | (39.0) | ||||||
Purchase of common stock from Dai-ichi Life and share buyback program | (372.1) | (130.8) | (199.9) | ||||||
Dividends paid to shareholders | (256.0) | (262.9) | (272.4) | ||||||
Payment of contingent consideration | — | (13.8) | (14.1) | ||||||
Distributions to noncontrolling interests | (0.5) | (0.8) | (1.3) | ||||||
Third-party sales (purchases) in consolidated seeded investment products, net | 100.3 | (34.0) | 320.8 | ||||||
Principal payments under capital lease obligations | (0.5) | (0.6) | (1.1) | ||||||
Net financing activities | (588.1) | (491.0) | (207.0) | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents: | |||||||||
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes | (13.5) | 27.5 | 13.0 | ||||||
Net change | 10.5 | 311.6 | (120.1) | ||||||
At beginning of period | 1,108.1 | 796.5 | 916.6 | ||||||
At end of period | $ | 1,118.6 | $ | 1,108.1 | $ | 796.5 | |||
Supplemental cash flow information: | |||||||||
Cash paid for interest | $ | 14.6 | $ | 14.6 | $ | 14.6 | |||
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds | $ | 217.6 | $ | 159.0 | $ | 160.0 | |||
Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents: | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1,107.3 | $ | 1,099.7 | $ | 733.9 | |||
Cash and cash equivalents held in consolidated VIEs | 11.3 | 8.4 | 62.6 | ||||||
Total cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1,118.6 | $ | 1,108.1 | $ | 796.5 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
64
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(Amounts in Millions)
|
|
|
| Accumulated |
|
|
| ||||||||||||||||
Additional | other | Nonredeemable | |||||||||||||||||||||
Number of | Common | paid-in | Treasury | comprehensive | Retained | noncontrolling | Total | ||||||||||||||||
shares | stock | capital | shares | loss | earnings | interests | equity | ||||||||||||||||
Balance January 1, 2019 | 196.4 | $ | 294.6 | $ | 3,824.5 | $ | (170.8) | $ | (423.5) | $ | 1,314.5 | $ | 21.5 | $ | 4,860.8 | ||||||||
Net income | — | — | — | — | — | 427.6 | (1.1) | 426.5 | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income | — | — | — | — | 56.4 | — | — | 56.4 | |||||||||||||||
Dividends paid to shareholders ($1.44 per share) | — | — | 0.1 | — | — | (272.5) | — | (272.4) | |||||||||||||||
Share buyback program | (9.4) | (14.1) | — | — | — | (185.8) | — | (199.9) | |||||||||||||||
Distributions to noncontrolling interests | — | — | — | — | — | — | (0.7) | (0.7) | |||||||||||||||
Fair value adjustments to redeemable noncontrolling interests | — | — | — | — | — | 0.3 | — | 0.3 | |||||||||||||||
Purchase of common stock for stock-based compensation plans | — | — | (33.8) | (5.2) | — | — | — | (39.0) | |||||||||||||||
Vesting of stock-based compensation plans | — | — | (36.5) | 36.5 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation plan expense | — | — | 74.2 | — | — | — | — | 74.2 | |||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2019 | 187.0 | 280.5 | 3,828.5 | (139.5) | (367.1) | 1,284.1 | 19.7 | 4,906.2 | |||||||||||||||
Net income | — | — | — | — | — | 161.6 | (1.5) | 160.1 | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income | — | — | — | — | 43.1 | — | — | 43.1 | |||||||||||||||
Dividends paid to shareholders ($1.44 per share) | — | — | 0.1 | — | — | (263.0) | — | (262.9) | |||||||||||||||
Share buyback program | (6.6) | (9.9) | — | — | — | (120.9) | — | (130.8) | |||||||||||||||
Distributions to noncontrolling interests | — | — | — | — | — | — | (0.8) | (0.8) | |||||||||||||||
Fair value adjustments to redeemable noncontrolling interests | — | — | — | — | — | 0.3 | — | 0.3 | |||||||||||||||
Purchase of common stock for stock-based compensation plans | — | — | (45.4) | (3.7) | — | — | — | (49.1) | |||||||||||||||
Vesting of stock-based compensation plans | — | — | (35.9) | 35.9 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation plan expense | — | — | 66.7 | — | — | — | — | 66.7 | |||||||||||||||
Proceeds from stock-based compensation plans | — | — | 1.0 | — |
| — | — | — |
| 1.0 | |||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2020 | 180.4 | 270.6 | 3,815.0 | (107.3) | (324.0) | 1,062.1 | 17.4 | 4,733.8 | |||||||||||||||
Net income | — | — | — | — | — | 622.1 | (1.5) | 620.6 | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive loss | — | — | — | — | (72.1) | — | — | (72.1) | |||||||||||||||
Dividends paid to shareholders ($1.50 per share) | — | — | 0.1 | — | — | (256.1) | — | (256.0) | |||||||||||||||
Share buyback program | (11.4) | (17.0) | — | — | — | (355.1) | — | (372.1) | |||||||||||||||
Distributions to noncontrolling interests | — | — | — | — | — | — | (0.5) | (0.5) | |||||||||||||||
Fair value adjustments to redeemable noncontrolling interests | — | — | — | — | — | 0.6 | — | 0.6 | |||||||||||||||
Purchase of common stock for stock-based compensation plans | — | — | (70.3) | (1.5) | — | — | — | (71.8) | |||||||||||||||
Vesting of stock-based compensation plans | — | — | (53.7) | 53.7 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation plan expense | — | — | 68.2 | — | — | — | — | 68.2 | |||||||||||||||
Proceeds from stock-based compensation plans | — | — | 12.5 | — |
| — | — | — |
| 12.5 | |||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2021 | 169.0 | $ | 253.6 | $ | 3,771.8 | $ | (55.1) | $ | (396.1) | $ | 1,073.6 | $ | 15.4 | $ | 4,663.2 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
65
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC
NOTES TO the CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1 — Description of the Business
As used herein, “JHG,” “we,” "us,” “our” and similar terms refer to Janus Henderson Group plc and its subsidiaries, unless indicated otherwise.
JHG is an independent global asset manager, specializing in active investment across all major asset classes. We actively manage a broad range of investment products for institutional and retail investors across five capabilities: Equities, Fixed Income, Quantitative Equities, Multi-Asset and Alternatives.
JHG is a public limited company incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, and is tax-resident and domiciled in the UK. Our common stock is traded on the NYSE and our CDIs are traded on the ASX.
Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared according to U.S. GAAP and include all majority-owned subsidiaries and consolidated seeded investment products. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Events subsequent to the balance sheet date have been evaluated for inclusion in the accompanying consolidated financial statements through the issuance date.
Certain prior year amounts in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation. Specifically, intangible asset impairments recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019, that were previously classified in depreciation and amortization were reclassified to impairment of goodwill and intangible assets on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. There is no change to total operating expenses as a result of this change in classification.
Accounting Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and the differences could be material. Our significant estimates relate to investment securities, acquisition accounting, goodwill and intangible assets, retirement benefit assets and obligations, contingent consideration, equity compensation and income taxes.
Segment Information
We are a global asset manager and manage a range of investment products, operating across various product lines, distribution channels and geographic regions. However, resources are allocated and the business is managed by the chief operating decision-maker, the CEO, on an aggregated basis. Strategic and financial management decisions are determined centrally by the CEO and, on this basis, we operate as a single segment investment management business.
Consolidation of Investment Products
We perform periodic consolidation analyses of our seeded investment products to determine if the product is a VIE or a VRE. Factors considered in this assessment include the product’s legal organization, the product’s capital structure and equity ownership, and any de facto agent implications of our involvement with the product. Investment products that are determined to be VIEs are consolidated if we are the primary beneficiary of the product. VREs are consolidated if we hold the majority voting interest. Upon the occurrence of certain events (such as contributions and redemptions, either by
66
JHG or third parties, or amendments to the governing documents of our investment products), management reviews and reconsiders its previous conclusion regarding the status of a product as a VIE or a VRE. Additionally, management continually reconsiders whether we are considered a VIE’s primary beneficiary and thus would be required to consolidate such product or discontinue consolidation of the VIE if we are no longer considered the primary beneficiary.
Variable Interest Entities
Certain investment products for which a controlling financial interest is achieved through arrangements that do not involve or are not directly linked to voting interests are considered VIEs. We review factors, including whether or not (i) the product has equity that is sufficient to permit it to finance its activities without additional subordinated support from other parties and (ii) the equity holders at risk have the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns and the right to direct the activities of the product that most significantly impact the product’s economic performance, to determine if the investment product is a VIE. We reevaluate such factors as facts and circumstances change.
We consolidate a VIE if we are the VIE’s primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is defined as the variable interest holder that has a controlling financial interest in the VIE. A controlling financial interest is defined as (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the product or the right to receive benefits from the product that potentially could be significant to the VIE.
We are the manager of various types of seeded investment products, which may be considered VIEs. Our involvement in financing the operations of the VIEs is generally limited to our investments in the products.
VIEs are generally subject to consolidation by us at lower ownership percentages than the 50% threshold applied to VREs and are also subject to specific disclosure requirements.
Voting Rights Entities
We consolidate seeded investment products accounted for as VREs when we are considered to control such products, which generally exists if we have a greater than 50% voting equity interest.
Property, Equipment and Software
Property, equipment and software are recorded at cost. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the related assets (or the lease term, if shorter).
The following table presents depreciation expense for the December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in millions):
Year ended | |||||||||
December 31, | |||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||
Depreciation expense |
| $ | 23.5 |
| $ | 26.0 | $ | 23.5 |
67
Property, equipment and software as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, are summarized as follows (in millions):
Computer software is recorded at cost and depreciated over its estimated useful life. Internal and external costs incurred in connection with researching or obtaining computer software for internal use are expensed as incurred during the preliminary project stage, as are post-implementation training and maintenance costs. Internal and external costs incurred for internal use software during the application development stage are capitalized until such time that the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Application development stage costs are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software.
An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. The amount of the impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value. The evaluation is based on an estimate of the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposal. If expected future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying amount of the asset over the fair value of the asset. There were no impairments of property, equipment and software for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Cloud Computing Arrangements
Costs paid to vendors for third-party cloud-based hosting services are recorded to other long-term assets and subsequently amortized to general, administration and occupancy expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract. Implementation costs incurred related to the cloud hosting arrangement are accounted for similarly to internal use software. Implementation costs are capitalized or expensed depending on the nature of the costs and the project stage during which they are incurred. We capitalize costs incurred during the application development stage to other long-term assets and subsequently amortize those costs to general, administration and occupancy expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract beginning when the asset is ready for its intended use.
Deferred Commissions
Initial sales commissions paid to financial intermediaries on sales of certain wholesale products are deferred and amortized over various periods, not exceeding four years. The amortization period is based on the average expected life of the product on which the commission is received. Deferred commissions are recognized as components of other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Equity Method Investments
Our investment in equity method investees, where we do not control the investee but can exert significant influence over the financial and operating policies (generally considered to be ownership between 20% and 50%), is accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
Investments are initially recognized at cost when purchased for cash or at the fair value of shares received where acquired as part of a wider transaction. The investments are subsequently carried at cost adjusted for our share of net income or loss and other changes in comprehensive income of the equity method investee, less any dividends or
68
distributions received by us. The Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income includes our share of net income or loss for the year, or period of ownership, if shorter, within investment gains, net.
Financial Instruments
Financial assets are recognized at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets when we become a party to the contractual provisions of an instrument. The fair value recognized is adjusted for transaction costs, except for financial assets classified as trading where transaction costs are recognized immediately in net income. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or where they have been transferred and we have also transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.
Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized at the trade date. Delivery and settlement terms are usually determined by established practices in the market concerned.
Debt securities, equity securities and holdings in pooled funds are measured at subsequent reporting dates at fair value. We determine the classification of its financial assets on initial recognition.
Unrealized gains and losses represent the difference between the fair value of the financial asset at the reporting date and cost or, if these have been previously revalued, the fair value at the last reporting date. Realized gains and losses on financial assets are calculated as the difference between the net sales proceeds and cost or amortized cost using the specific identification method.
Financial liabilities, excluding contingent consideration, derivatives, fund deferral liabilities and redeemable noncontrolling interests in consolidated funds, which are stated at fair value, are stated at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Financial liabilities stated at amortized cost include our long-term debt. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any issuance costs and any discount or premium on settlement. Financial liabilities cease to be recognized when the obligation under the liability has been discharged or cancelled or has expired.
Investment Securities
Seeded Investment Products
We periodically add new investment strategies to our investment product offerings by providing the initial cash investment, or seeding. The primary purpose of seeded investment products is to generate an investment performance track record in a product to attract third-party investors. Seeded investment products are initially assessed for consolidation. If it is determined consolidation is required, the individual securities within the portfolio are accounted for as trading securities. If consolidation is not required, the fair value is determined using the number of shares held multiplied by the share price of the respective fund. The change in fair value of seeded investment products is recorded in investment gains, net on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Noncontrolling interests in seeded investment products represent third-party ownership interests and are included in investment securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These assets are not available for general corporate purposes and may be redeemed by the third parties at any time.
Refer to the Consolidation of Investment Products section in this note for information regarding the consolidation of certain seeded investment products.
We may redeem invested seed capital for a variety of reasons, including when third-party investments in the relevant product are sufficient to sustain the given investment strategy. The length of time we hold a majority interest in a product varies based on a number of factors, including market demand, market conditions and investment performance.
Investments in Advised Mutual Funds and Investments Related to the Economic Hedging of Deferred Compensation
We grant mutual fund share awards to employees that are indexed to certain funds managed by us. Upon vesting, participants receive the value of the mutual fund share awards adjusted for gains or losses attributable to the mutual
69
funds to which the award was indexed, subject to tax withholding, or participants receive shares in the mutual fund. When investments in our fund products are purchased and held against deferred compensation liabilities, any movement in the fair value of the assets and corresponding movements in the deferred compensation liability are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
We maintain deferred compensation plans for certain highly compensated employees and members of the Board of Directors. Eligible participants may defer a portion of their compensation and have the ability to earn a return by indexing their deferrals to mutual funds managed by us and our subsidiaries. We make no contributions to the plans. To protect against market variability of the liability, we create an economic hedge by investing in mutual funds that are consistent with the deferred amounts and mutual fund elections of the participants. Such investments remain assets of JHG. Changes in market value of the liability to participants are recognized as long-term incentive plans in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, and changes in the market value of the mutual fund securities are recognized in investment gains, net on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
Other Investment Securities
Other investment securities primarily represent investments in our fund products held by employee benefit trusts, certain investments in unconsolidated seed capital investments and certain investments in consolidated funds. Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of these securities are included within investments gains, net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Where investments in our fund products are held against outstanding deferred compensation liabilities, any movement in the fair value of these assets and corresponding movements in the deferred compensation liability are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
Trade Receivables
Trade receivables, which generally have 30-day payment terms, are initially recognized at fair value, which is normally equivalent to the invoice amount. When the time value of money is material, the fair value is discounted. Provision for specific doubtful accounts is made when there is evidence that we may not be able to recover balances in full. Balances are written off when the receivable amount is deemed uncollectable.
OEIC and Unit Trust Receivables and Payables
OEIC and unit trust receivables and payables are in relation to the purchase of units/shares (by investors) and the liquidation of units/shares (owned by trustees). The amounts are dependent on the level of trading and fund switches in the four working days leading up to the end of the period. Since they are held with different counterparties, the amounts are presented gross on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of cash held at banks, on-demand deposits, highly liquid short-term government securities and investments in money market instruments with a maturity date of three months or less. Cash balances maintained by consolidated VREs are not considered legally restricted and are included in cash and cash equivalents on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Cash balances held by consolidated VIEs are disclosed separately as a component of assets of consolidated VIEs on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Derivative Instruments
We may, from time to time, use derivative financial instruments to mitigate price, interest rate, foreign currency and credit risk. We do not designate derivative instruments as hedges for accounting purposes.
Derivative instruments are measured at fair value and classified as either other current assets or accounts payable and accrued liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are recorded within investment gains, net in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
70
Our consolidated seed investments may also be party to derivative instruments. These derivative instruments are disclosed separately from our corporate derivative instruments. Refer to Note 11 — Fair Value Measurements.
Leases
We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets are included in other non-current assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The current and non-current portions of operating lease liabilities are included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and in other non-current liabilities, respectively.
Finance lease ROU assets are included in property, equipment and software, net, and finance lease liabilities are included in other non-current liabilities.
ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives. Our lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests
Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests that are not subject to redemption rights are classified in permanent equity. Redeemable noncontrolling interests are classified outside of permanent equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are measured at the estimated fair value as of the balance sheet date. Noncontrolling interests in consolidated seed investments are classified as redeemable noncontrolling interests where there is an obligation on the fund to repurchase units at the investor’s request. Refer to Note 15 — Noncontrolling Interests for further information.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded securities and derivatives) is based on quoted market prices at the reporting date. The quoted market price used for financial instruments is the last traded market price for both financial assets and financial liabilities where the last traded price falls within the bid ask spread. In circumstances where the last traded price is not within the bid ask spread, management will determine the point within the bid ask spread that is most representative of fair value current bid price. The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined using valuation techniques commonly used by market participants, including the use of comparable recent arm’s length transactions, DCF analysis and option pricing models. Estimating fair value requires significant management judgment, including benchmarking to similar instruments with observable market data and applying appropriate discounts that reflect differences between the securities that we are valuing and the selected benchmark.
Measurements of fair value are classified within a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable.
The valuation hierarchy contains three levels:
● | Level 1 — Valuation inputs are unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. |
● | Level 2 — Valuation inputs are quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and other observable inputs directly or indirectly related to the asset or liability being measured. |
71
●Level 3 — Valuation inputs are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.
The valuation of an asset or liability may involve inputs from more than one level of the hierarchy. The level in the fair value hierarchy within which a fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Level 1 Fair Value Measurements
Our Level 1 fair value measurements consist mostly of seeded investment products, investments in advised mutual funds, cash equivalents and investments related to deferred compensation plans with quoted market prices in active markets. The fair value level of consolidated seeded investment products is determined by the underlying securities of the product. The fair value level of unconsolidated seeded investment products is determined using the underlying inputs used in the calculation of the NAV of each product.
Level 2 Fair Value Measurements
Our Level 2 fair value measurements consist mostly of consolidated seeded investment products and our long-term debt. The fair value of consolidated seeded investment products is determined by the underlying securities of the product. The fair value of our long-term debt is determined using broker quotes and recent trading activity, which are considered Level 2 inputs.
Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
Our assets and liabilities measured at Level 3 are primarily deferred compensation liabilities that are held against investments in our fund products, where the significant valuation inputs are unobservable.
Details of inputs used to calculate the fair value of contingent deferred consideration can be found in Note 11 — Fair Value Measurements.
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements
Nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements include goodwill and intangible assets. We measure the fair value of goodwill and intangible assets on initial recognition using DCF analysis that requires assumptions regarding projected future earnings and discount rates. Because of the significance of the unobservable inputs in the fair value measurements of these assets and liabilities, such measurements are classified as Level 3. See the Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net accounting policy set forth within this note for further information.
Income Taxes
We provide for current tax expense according to the tax laws in each jurisdiction in which we operate, using tax rates and laws that have been enacted by the balance sheet date.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded for temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted income tax rates that may be in effect when these differences reverse. The effect of changes in tax rates on our deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized as income tax within net income in the period that includes the enactment date. Significant management judgment is required in developing our provision for income taxes, including the valuation allowances that might be required against deferred tax assets and the evaluation of unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.
We periodically assess the recoverability of our deferred tax assets and the need for valuation allowances on these assets. We make these assessments based on the weight of available evidence regarding possible sources of future taxable income and estimates relating to the future performance of the business that results in taxable income.
72
In evaluating uncertain tax positions, we consider the probability that the tax benefit can be sustained on examination by a taxing authority on the basis of its technical merits (“the recognition threshold”). For tax positions meeting this threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the benefit expected to be realized upon settlement with the taxing authority on the basis of a cumulative-probability assessment of the possible outcomes. For tax positions not meeting the recognition threshold, no financial statement benefit is recognized. We recognize the accrual of interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is measured and recognized based on the five-step process outlined in U.S. GAAP. Revenue is determined based on the transaction price negotiated with the customer, net of rebates. Management fees, performance fees, shareowner servicing fees and other revenue are derived from providing professional services to manage investment products.
Management fees are earned over time as services are provided and are generally based on a percentage of the market value of AUM. These fees are calculated as a percentage of either the daily, month-end or quarter-end average asset balance in accordance with contractual agreements.
Performance fees are specified in certain fund and client contracts and are based on investment performance either on an absolute basis or compared to an established index over a specified period of time. Performance fees are generated on certain management contracts when performance hurdles or other specified criteria are achieved. Performance fees for all fund ranges and separate accounts are recognized when it is probable that a significant reversal of revenue recognized will not occur in future periods. There are no performance fee contracts where revenue can be clawed back. There are no cumulative revenues recognized that would be reversed if all of the existing investments became worthless.
Management fees are primarily received monthly or quarterly, while performance fees are usually received monthly, quarterly or annually, although the frequency of receipt varies between agreements. Management and performance fee revenue earned but not yet received is recognized within fees and other receivables on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Shareowner servicing fees are earned for services rendered related to transfer agent and administrative activities performed for investment products. These services are transferred over time and are generally based on a percentage of the market value of AUM.
Other revenue includes distribution and servicing fees earned from U.S. mutual funds associated with mutual fund transfer agent, accounting, shareholder servicing and participant recordkeeping activities. These services are transferred over time and are generally based on a percentage of the market value of AUM.
U.S. Mutual Fund Performance Fees
The investment management fee paid by each U.S. mutual fund subject to a performance fee is the base management fee plus or minus a performance fee adjustment as determined by the relative investment performance of the fund compared to a specified benchmark index. Under the performance-based fee structure, the investment advisory fee paid by each fund consists of two components: (i) a base fee calculated by applying the contractual fixed rate of the advisory fee to the fund’s average daily net assets during the previous month, plus or minus (ii) a performance fee adjustment calculated by applying a variable rate of up to 0.15% to the fund’s average daily net assets during the performance measurement period. The performance measurement period begins as a trailing period ranging from 12 to 18 months, and each subsequent month is added to each successive performance measurement period until a 36-month period is achieved. At that point, the measurement period becomes a rolling 36-month period.
The addition of performance fees to all funds without such fees is subject to the approval of both a majority of the shareholders of such funds and the funds’ independent board of trustees.
73
Principal Versus Agent
We utilize third-party intermediaries to fulfill certain performance obligations in our revenue agreements. Generally, we are deemed to be the principal in these arrangements because we control the investment management and other related services before they are transferred to customers. Such control is evidenced by our primary responsibility to customers, the ability to negotiate the third-party contract price and select and direct third-party service providers, or a combination of these factors. Therefore, distribution and service fee revenues and the related third-party distribution and service expenses are reported on a gross basis.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses are accrued and recognized as incurred.
Stock-Based Compensation
We grant stock-based awards to certain employees, all of which are classified as equity settled stock-based payments. Equity settled stock-based payments are measured at the fair value of the shares at the grant date. The awards are expensed, with a corresponding increase in reserves, on a graded basis over the vesting period. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur.
The grant date fair value for stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and the grant date fair value of restricted stock is determined from the market price on the date of grant. The Black-Scholes model requires management to determine certain variables; the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model include dividend yield, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected life. The dividend yield and expected volatility are determined using historical Company data. The risk-free interest rate for options granted is based on the three-year UK treasury coupon at the time of the grant. The expected life of the stock options is the same as the service conditions applicable to all Company awards.
We generally use the Monte Carlo model to determine the fair value of performance-based awards. The assumptions used in the Monte Carlo model include dividend yield, share price volatility and discount rate.
Commissions
Commissions on management fees are accounted for on an accrual basis and are recognized in the accounting period in which the associated management fee is earned.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share attributable to our shareholders is calculated by dividing net income (adjusted for the allocation of earnings to participating restricted stock awards) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding. We have calculated earnings per share using the two-class method. There are some participating restricted stock awards that are paid non-forfeitable dividends. Under the two-class method, net income attributable to JHG is adjusted for the allocation of earnings to participating restricted stock awards.
Diluted earnings per share is calculated in a similar way to basic earnings per share but is adjusted for the effect of potential common shares unless they are anti-dilutive.
Contingent Consideration
Contingent consideration, resulting from business combinations, is recognized at fair value at the acquisition date as part of the business combination and discounted where the time value of money is material. The determination of the fair value is based on DCFs, with the key assumptions being the probability of meeting each performance target and the discount factor applied. When the contingent consideration meets the definition of a financial liability, it is subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date through other non-operating income. Finance charges, where discounting
74
has been applied, are also recognized through other non-operating income. See Note 11 — Fair Value Measurements for further information about contingent consideration on acquisitions taking place during the reporting period.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net
Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of acquired companies and is capitalized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Intangible assets consist primarily of investment management contracts and trademarks acquired as part of business combinations. Investment management contracts have been identified as separately identifiable intangible assets arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries or businesses. Such contracts are recognized at the present value of the expected future cash flows of the investment management contracts at the date of acquisition. Investment management contracts may be classified as either indefinite-lived investment management contracts or definite-lived client relationships.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets comprise investment management agreements where the agreements are with investment companies themselves and not with underlying investors. Such contracts are typically renewed indefinitely and, therefore, we consider the contract life to be indefinite and, as a result, the contracts are not amortized. Definite-lived intangible assets comprise investment management agreements where the agreements are with the underlying investor.
Definite-lived client relationships are amortized on a straight-line basis over their remaining useful lives.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Intangible assets subject to amortization are tested for
impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If the fair value
of the sole reporting unit or intangible asset is less than the carrying amount, an impairment is recognized. Any impairment is recognized immediately through net income and cannot subsequently be reversed. We have determined that we have one reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing purposes, which is consistent with internal management reporting and management’s oversight of operations. We may first assess goodwill for impairment using qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test.
Goodwill and intangible assets require significant management estimates and judgment, including the valuation and expected life determination upon inception and the ongoing evaluation for impairment.
Foreign Currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the appropriate exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary balances at the reporting date are converted at the prevailing exchange rate. Foreign currency non-monetary balances carried at fair value or cost are translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair value or cost is determined. Gains and losses arising on retranslation are recognized as a component of net income.
On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of our operations for which the functional currency is not USD are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. Income and expense items are recognized at an average monthly exchange rate. Exchange differences arising, if any, are taken through other comprehensive income to accumulated other comprehensive income. In the period in which an operation is disposed of, translation differences previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income are recognized as a component of net income.
Post-Employment Retirement Benefits
We provide employees with retirement benefits through both defined benefit and defined contribution plans. The assets of these plans are held separately from our general assets in trustee-administered funds.
Contributions to the defined contribution plan are expensed to employee compensation and benefits on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income when they become payable.
75
Defined benefit obligations and the cost of providing benefits are determined annually by independent qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method. Our annual measurement date of the defined benefit plan is December 31. The defined benefit obligation is measured as the present value of the estimated future cash outflows using a discount rate based on AA-rated corporate bond yields of appropriate duration. The plan assets are recognized at fair value. The funded status of the defined benefit pension plans (the resulting surplus or deficit of defined benefit assets less liabilities) is recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, net of any taxes that would be deducted at source.
Actuarial gains and losses arise as a result of the difference between actual experience and actuarial assumptions. We have adopted the 10% corridor method for recognizing actuarial gains and losses, which means that cumulative actuarial gains or losses up to an amount equal to 10% of the higher of the liabilities or assets of the scheme (the corridor) have no immediate impact on net income and are instead recognized through other comprehensive income. Cumulative gains or losses greater than the corridor are amortized to net income over the average remaining future working lifetime of the active members in the plan.
Net periodic benefit cost is recorded as a component of net income in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and includes service cost, interest cost, expected return on plan assets and any actuarial gains and losses previously recognized as a component of other comprehensive income that have been amortized in the period. Net periodic benefit costs, with the exception of service costs, are recognized in other non-operating income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; service costs are recognized in employee compensation and benefits.
See Note 17 — Retirement Benefit Plans for further discussion of our pension plans.
Common Stock
JHG’s ordinary shares, par value $1.50 per share, are classified as equity instruments. Equity shares issued by us are recorded at the fair value of the proceeds received or the market price on the day of issue. Direct issue costs, net of tax, are deducted from additional paid-in-capital within equity.
Treasury shares held are equity shares of JHG acquired by or issued to employee benefit trusts. Treasury shares held are recorded at cost and are deducted from equity. No gain or loss is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income on the purchase, issue, sale or cancellation of our own equity shares.
Note 3 — Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted
Income Taxes
In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued accounting standards update (“ASU”) 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is part of the FASB’s initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards. The ASU eliminates certain exceptions to the general principles of ASC 740, Income Taxes, and simplifies income tax accounting in several areas. We adopted the ASU, which was effective as of January 1, 2021. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.
Note 4 — Dispositions
Geneva
On December 3, 2019, Henderson Global Investors (North America), Inc. (“HGINA”), a subsidiary of the Company, entered into an agreement to sell its 100% ownership interest in Geneva to GCM Purchaser, LLC. The sale closed on March 17, 2020.
76
Consideration included aggregate cash consideration of $38.4 million and contingent consideration (“Earnout”) based on future revenue. Payments under the Earnout are to be made quarterly over a five-year term, with minimum aggregate payments of $20.5 million and maximum aggregate payments of $35.0 million. We recognized a gain on the sale of Geneva of $16.2 million in other non-operating income, net on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income during the year ended December 31, 2020.
In November 2021, we received $20.0 million from GCM Purchaser, LLC with the intention to buy out the remaining Earnout balances with a lump sum. Approximately $12.5 million went toward the remaining balance of the base earnout, and the remaining $7.5 million went toward the excess earnout payment which was recorded in other non-operating income, net on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income during the year ended December 31, 2021. As such, all consideration has been received, including the excess Earnout, and we do not expect to receive any additional contingent consideration related to the sale.
Management-Led Buyout of Quantitative Equities Subsidiary Intech
Subsequent to December 31, 2021, we made the strategic decision to sell our 97%-owned Quantitative Equities subsidiary, Intech, to a consortium composed of Intech management and certain non-executive directors (“Management Buyout”). As part of this decision, JHG and Intech will enter into a transition services agreement that provides for continuation of support services.
Note 5 — Consolidation
Variable Interest Entities
Consolidated Variable Interest Entities
Our consolidated VIEs as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, include certain consolidated seeded investment products in which we have an investment and act as the investment manager. Third-party assets held in consolidated VIEs are not available to us or to our creditors. We may not, under any circumstances, access third-party assets held by consolidated VIEs to use in our operating activities or otherwise. In addition, the investors in these VIEs have no recourse to the credit of JHG.
Unconsolidated Variable Interest Entities
The following table presents the carrying value of investment securities included on our Consolidated Balance Sheets pertaining to unconsolidated VIEs (in millions):
| December 31, |
| December 31, | |||
2021 | 2020 | |||||
Unconsolidated VIEs | $ | 102.7 | $ | 9.6 |
Our total exposure to unconsolidated VIEs represents the value of our economic ownership interest in the investment securities.
77
Voting Rights Entities
Consolidated Voting Rights Entities
The following table presents the balances related to consolidated VREs that were recorded on JHG’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, including our net interest in these products (in millions):
| December 31, |
| December 31, | |||
2021 | 2020 | |||||
Investment securities | $ | 179.6 | $ | 29.3 | ||
Cash and cash equivalents | 1.3 |
| 2.8 | |||
Other current assets | 0.7 | 0.4 | ||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | (1.2) | (0.1) | ||||
Total | $ | 180.4 | $ | 32.4 | ||
Redeemable noncontrolling interests in consolidated VREs | (17.5) |
| — | |||
JHG's net interest in consolidated VREs | $ | 162.9 | $ | 32.4 |
The increase in consolidated VREs is primarily due to approximately $163.0 million of seed capital investments into certain ETF products in September 2021.
Third-party assets held in consolidated VREs are not available to us or to our creditors. We may not, under any circumstances, access third-party assets held by consolidated VREs to use in our operating activities or otherwise. In addition, the investors in the VREs have no recourse to the credit of JHG. Our total exposure to consolidated VREs represents the value of our economic ownership interest in these seeded investment products.
Unconsolidated Voting Rights Entities
The following table presents the carrying value of investment securities included on our Consolidated Balance Sheets pertaining to unconsolidated VREs (in millions):
| December 31, |
| December 31, | |||
2021 | 2020 | |||||
Unconsolidated VREs | $ | 56.6 | $ | 63.6 |
Our total exposure to unconsolidated VREs represents the value of our economic ownership interest in the investment securities.
78
Note 6 — Investment Securities
Our investment securities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, are summarized as follows (in millions):
December 31, | December 31, | |||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 | |||
Seeded investment products: | ||||||
Consolidated VIEs | $ | 250.9 | $ | 214.6 | ||
Consolidated VREs | 179.6 | 29.3 | ||||
Unconsolidated VIEs and VREs | 159.3 | 73.2 | ||||
Separate accounts | 56.7 | 63.5 | ||||
Pooled investment funds | 0.1 | 0.1 | ||||
Total seeded investment products |
| 646.6 |
| 380.7 | ||
Investments related to deferred compensation plans |
| 50.3 |
| 96.5 | ||
Other investments | 5.4 | 5.5 | ||||
Total investment securities | $ | 702.3 | $ | 482.7 |
Trading Securities
Net unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities held by us as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, are summarized as follows (in millions):
Year ended | |||||||||
December 31, | |||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||
Unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities held at period end |
| $ | (0.2) |
| $ | 69.8 | $ | 19.2 |
Investment Gains, Net
Investment gains, net on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income included the following for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in millions):
Year ended December 31, | |||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | ||||
Seeded investment products and hedges, net | $ | 2.0 | $ | 26.6 | $ | 3.5 | |||
Third-party ownership interests in seeded investment products | (8.0) | 20.1 | 17.2 | ||||||
Long Tail Alpha investment | 3.0 | 6.0 | 1.5 | ||||||
Deferred equity plan | 2.8 | 2.1 | 9.5 | ||||||
Other | 1.0 | 2.7 | 2.5 | ||||||
Investment gains, net | $ | 0.8 | $ | 57.5 | $ | 34.2 |
Cash Flows
Cash flows related to our investment securities for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, are summarized as follows (in millions):
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||||||||
|
| Sales, |
|
| Sales, |
|
| Sales, | ||||||||||
Purchases | settlements | Purchases | settlements | Purchases | settlements | |||||||||||||
and | and | and | and | and | and | |||||||||||||
settlements | maturities | settlements | maturities | settlements | maturities | |||||||||||||
Investment securities by consolidated seeded investment products | $ | (100.4) | $ | 3.0 | $ | (103.9) | $ | 83.7 | $ | (903.3) | $ | 582.5 | ||||||
Investment securities | (303.0) | 125.9 | (120.4) | 255.2 | (192.5) | 194.0 |
79
Note 7 — Derivative Instruments
Derivative Instruments Used to Hedge Seeded Investment Products
We maintain an economic hedge program that uses derivative instruments to mitigate against market volatility of certain seeded investments by using index and commodity futures (“futures”), index swaps, total return swaps and credit default swaps. Foreign currency exposures associated with our seeded investment products are also hedged by using foreign currency forward contracts and swaps.
We were party to the following derivative instruments as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in millions):
Notional value | ||||||
| December 31, 2021 |
| December 31, 2020 | |||
Futures | $ | 368.7 | $ | 164.5 | ||
Credit default swaps | 207.2 | 166.2 | ||||
Total return swaps | 55.0 | 35.6 | ||||
Foreign currency forward contracts and swaps | 415.6 | 205.0 |
The derivative instruments are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. Changes in fair value of the derivatives are recognized during the period in which they occur in investment gains, net in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
Derivative assets and liabilities are generally recognized on a gross basis and included in other current assets or in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The derivative assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, are summarized as follows (in millions):
Fair value | ||||||
December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | |||||
Derivative assets |
| $ | 8.8 |
| $ | 9.1 |
Derivative liabilities |
| 15.5 |
| 10.8 |
In addition to using derivative instruments to mitigate against market volatility of certain seeded investments, we also engage in short sales of securities. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair value of securities sold but not yet purchased was $3.1 million and $7.9 million, respectively. The cash received from the short sale and the obligation to repurchase the shares are classified in other current assets and in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively. Fair value adjustments are recognized in investment gains, net on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
Derivative Instruments in Consolidated Seeded Investment Products
Certain of our consolidated seeded investment products utilize derivative instruments to contribute to the achievement of defined investment objectives. These derivative instruments are classified within other current assets or in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Gains and losses on these derivative instruments are classified within investment gains, net in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
80
Our consolidated seeded investment products were party to the following derivative instruments as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in millions):
Notional value | ||||||
| December 31, 2021 |
| December 31, 2020 | |||
Futures | $ | 190.1 | $ | 57.0 | ||
Credit default swaps | 6.1 | 1.5 | ||||
Interest rate swaps |
| — |
| 75.0 | ||
Options |
| 0.1 |
| 0.5 | ||
Foreign currency forward contracts and swaps |
| 22.1 |
| 56.1 |
Derivative Instruments Used in Foreign Currency Hedging Program
In January 2021, we implemented the Program to take reasonable measures to minimize the income statement effects of foreign currency remeasurement of monetary balance sheet accounts. The Program is not designed to eliminate all impacts of foreign currency risk; rather it is designed to reduce income statement volatility. The Program utilizes foreign currency forward contracts and swaps to achieve its objectives, and it is considered an economic hedge for accounting purposes.
The notional value of the foreign currency forward contracts and swaps was $171.4 million at December 31, 2021. The derivative assets and liabilities are generally recognized on a gross basis and included in other current assets or in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The derivative assets as of December 31, 2021, are summarized as follows (in millions):
Fair Value | |||
December 31, 2021 | |||
Derivative assets | $ | 3.2 |
Changes in fair value of the derivatives are recognized in other non-operating income, net on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, and we recognized a gain of $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2021. Foreign currency remeasurement is also recognized in other non-operating income, net on our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Note 8 — Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The following tables present movements in our intangible assets and goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in millions):
| December 31, |
|
| Foreign |
| December 31, | ||||||||||||
2020 | Amortization | Disposal | Impairment | translation | 2021 | |||||||||||||
Indefinite-lived intangible assets: | ||||||||||||||||||
Investment management agreements | $ | 2,242.9 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | (115.6) | $ | (12.5) | $ | 2,114.8 | ||||||
Trademarks |
| 373.2 |
| — | — | (6.3) | (0.2) |
| 366.7 | |||||||||
Definite-lived intangible assets: | ||||||||||||||||||
Client relationships |
| 170.9 |
| — | — | — | (2.5) |
| 168.4 | |||||||||
Accumulated amortization |
| (100.7) |
| (7.7) | — | — | 1.2 |
| (107.2) | |||||||||
Net intangible assets | $ | 2,686.3 | $ | (7.7) | $ | — | $ | (121.9) | $ | (14.0) | $ | 2,542.7 | ||||||
Goodwill | $ | 1,383.9 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | (9.6) | $ | 1,374.3 |
81
Indefinite-lived intangible assets represent certain investment management contracts where we expect both the renewal of the contracts and the cash flows generated by them to continue indefinitely. Trademarks primarily relate to JCG and were acquired as a result of the Merger. Definite-lived intangible assets represent client relationships, which are amortized over their estimated lives using the straight-line method. The initial estimated weighted-average life of the client relationships is approximately 13 years.
Foreign currency translation movements in the table primarily relate to the translation of the intangible assets and goodwill balances denominated in non-USD currencies to our functional and presentational currency of USD using the closing foreign currency exchange rate at the end of each reporting period.
Impairment Testing
During the first quarter of 2021, as part of our ongoing strategic initiatives and looking globally at delivering excellent service to our clients and positioning our business for success, we completed a review of Perkins. To right-size our product portfolio and better align with the changing needs of clients, certain strategies were closed and the funds were liquidated during the second quarter of 2021. The majority of the Perkins value equity strategies were unaffected by this reorganization and they have continued under the Janus Henderson brand. The Perkins brand was discontinued and the marketing efforts for value equity strategies were incorporated under the Janus Henderson brand. During the first quarter 2021, we impaired the entire balance of the intangible asset associated with the Perkins trademark. The impairment charge of $3.6 million is included in the table above and recorded in goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
During the second quarter of 2021, we performed an interim impairment assessment on a certain indefinite-lived intangible asset composed of investment management agreements due to a significant decrease in AUM and unfavorable changes in the forecast on this specific asset. A DCF model was used to determine the estimated fair value of the investment management agreements. The results of the DCF model revealed a fair value of nil and we therefore impaired the entire $40.8 million balance of the intangible asset. The impairment charge is recorded in goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. We perform our annual impairment assessment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 1 of each year. For our 2021 assessment, we elected to perform step one of the goodwill impairment assessment comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. We opted to use a market value approach to estimate the enterprise value of our sole reporting unit. The results of the assessment revealed the estimated fair value of the reporting unit was greater than the carrying value.
We also assessed our indefinite-lived and definite-lived intangible assets as part of our annual impairment assessment. We used a qualitative approach to determine the likelihood of impairment, with AUM being the focus of the assessment. After reviewing the results of the qualitative assessment, a certain intangible asset composed of investment management agreements with a carrying value of $117.8 million as of October 1, 2021, required further review to determine if it was impaired. We prepared a DCF model to determine the estimated fair value of the intangible asset, which was below the carrying value of the asset. As such, a $74.8 million impairment was recorded in impairment of goodwill and intangible
82
assets expense in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income to bring the carrying value of the intangible asset as of December 31, 2021 (post-impairment), to $43.0 million.
Some of the inputs used in the interim and annual DCF models required significant management judgment, including the discount rates, terminal growth rates, forecasted financial results and market returns.
Additionally, in conjunction with the indefinite-lived intangible asset annual impairment assessment, we considered the results of the AUM analysis included above to determine if there were indicators of impairment of our trademark intangible assets. Based on that qualitative assessment, certain trademarks with a $2.7 million carrying value as of October 1, 2021 required further review to determine if they were impaired. We prepared a DCF model to arrive at the estimated fair value of the intangible asset, which was below the carrying value of the asset. As such, we impaired the entire asset and a $2.7 million impairment was recorded in impairment of goodwill and intangible assets expense in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income to bring the carrying value of the intangible asset as of December 31, 2021 (post-impairment) to $0. As discussed above, some of the inputs in the DCF model require significant management judgment. For the remaining indefinite-lived intangible assets, we concluded it is more likely than not that the fair values of our intangible assets exceed their carrying values; no impairment was recorded.
Our definite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. There were no definite-lived intangible asset impairments identified during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Future Amortization
Expected future amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets is summarized below (in millions):
Future amortization |
| Amount | |
2022 | $ | 7.6 | |
2023 | 7.3 | ||
2024 |
| 5.9 | |
2025 |
| 5.9 | |
2026 |
| 5.9 | |
Thereafter |
| 28.6 | |
Total | $ | 61.2 |
Note 9 — Leases
Our leases include operating and finance leases for property and equipment. Property leases include office space in the UK, Europe, the U.S. and the Asia Pacific region. Equipment leases include copiers and server equipment located throughout our office space. Our leases have remaining lease terms of one year to 10 years. Certain leases include options to extend or early terminate the leases; however, we currently do not intend to exercise these options, and they are not reflected in our lease assets and liabilities. The impact of operating and financing leases on our financial statements is summarized below.
83
Balance Sheet
Operating and financing lease assets and liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, consisted of the following (in millions):
Operating lease right-of-use assets: |
| December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | |||
$ | 115.5 | $ | 121.8 | |||
|
| |||||
Operating lease liabilities: | ||||||
$ | 28.4 | $ | 26.8 | |||
104.6 | 117.8 | |||||
Total operating lease liabilities | $ | 133.0 | $ | 144.6 | ||
Finance lease right-of-use assets: | ||||||
$ | 15.4 | $ | 14.9 | |||
Accumulated depreciation | (13.4) | (12.9) | ||||
Property and equipment, net | $ | 2.0 | $ | 2.0 | ||
Finance lease liabilities: | ||||||
$ | 0.7 | $ | 0.5 | |||
1.4 | 1.6 | |||||
Total finance lease liabilities | $ | 2.1 | $ | 2.1 |
Statement of Comprehensive Income
The components of lease expense on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, are summarized below (in millions):
Year ended | Year ended | ||||
December 31, 2021 |
| December 31, 2020 | |||
Operating lease cost(1) | $ | 30.2 | $ | 31.2 | |
|
| ||||
Finance lease cost: | |||||
Amortization of right-of-use asset(2) | $ | 0.5 | $ | 0.9 | |
Interest on lease liabilities(3) | — | 0.1 | |||
Total finance lease cost | $ | 0.5 | $ | 1.0 |
(1) | Included in general, administrative and occupancy on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. |
(2) | Included in depreciation and amortization on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. |
(3) | Included in interest expense on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. |
We sublease certain office buildings in the UK. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we received the following from tenants (in millions):
Year ended | Year ended | ||||
December 31, 2021 |
| December 31, 2020 | |||
Sublease income | $ | 7.2 | $ | 3.0 |
As collection of rents under the sublease is uncertain, we recognized impairments of a subleased ROU operating assets during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, of the following (in millions):
Year ended | Year ended | ||||
December 31, 2021 |
| December 31, 2020 | |||
Impairment of a subleased right-of-use operating asset | $ | — | $ | 1.4 |
84
Cash Flow Statement
Cash payments for operating and finance leases included in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, consisted of the following (in millions):
Year ended | Year ended | ||||
December 31, 2021 |
| December 31, 2020 | |||
Operating cash flows from operating leases | $ | 27.9 | $ | 32.4 | |
Financing cash flows from finance leases | $ | 0.4 | $ | 0.7 |
Non-cash lease transactions during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, included a $11.4
and ROU asset and corresponding lease liability, respectively.Supplemental Information
The weighted-average remaining lease term, weighted-average discount rate and future lease obligations are summarized below.
Year ended | Year ended | |||||
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in months): |
| December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | |||
Operating leases | 67 | 74 | ||||
Finance leases | 42 | 52 | ||||
Year ended | Year ended | |||||
Weighted-average discount rate(1): | December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | ||||
Operating leases | 4.2% | 4.2% | ||||
Finance leases | 3.5% | 4.3% |
(1) | Discounted using incremental borrowing rates determined for each lease as of the date of adoption, including consideration for specific interest rate environments. |
85
Note 10 — Equity Method Investments
Equity method investments of $16.3 million and $14.4 million were recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheets within other non-current assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
We hold interests in the following investments accounted for under the equity method:
| Country of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
incorporation | 2021 | 2020 |
| ||||||
and principal | Functional | percentage | percentage |
| |||||
place of operation | currency | owned | owned |
| |||||
Long Tail Alpha | USA | USD | 20 | % | 20 | % |
The share of net gain (loss) from equity method investments recognized within investment gains, net on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, was a $3.0 million gain and $6.0 million gain during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Note 11 — Fair Value Measurements
The following table presents assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements or disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2021 (in millions):
Fair value measurements using: | ||||||||||||
Quoted prices in | ||||||||||||
| active markets for |
|
|
| ||||||||
identical assets | Significant other | Significant | ||||||||||
and liabilities | observable inputs | unobservable inputs | ||||||||||
(Level 1) | (Level 2) | (Level 3) | Total | |||||||||
Assets: | ||||||||||||
Cash equivalents | $ | 585.4 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 585.4 | ||||
Investment securities: |
| |||||||||||
Consolidated VIEs | 216.8 | 26.2 | 7.9 | 250.9 | ||||||||
Other investment securities | 424.1 | 27.3 | — | 451.4 | ||||||||
Total investment securities | 640.9 | 53.5 | 7.9 | 702.3 | ||||||||
Seed hedge derivatives | — |
| 8.8 | — |
| 8.8 | ||||||
Derivatives in consolidated seeded investment products | — | 0.6 | — | 0.6 | ||||||||
Derivatives used in foreign currency hedging program | — | 3.2 | — | 3.2 | ||||||||
Volantis contingent consideration |
| — |
| — |
| 0.9 |
| 0.9 | ||||
Total assets | $ | 1,226.3 | $ | 66.1 | $ | 8.8 | $ | 1,301.2 | ||||
Liabilities: | ||||||||||||
Derivatives in consolidated seeded investment products | $ | — | $ | 0.4 | $ | — | $ | 0.4 | ||||
Securities sold, not yet purchased | 3.1 | — | — | 3.1 | ||||||||
Seed hedge derivatives | — | 15.5 | — | 15.5 | ||||||||
Long-term debt(1) | — | 328.7 | — | 328.7 | ||||||||
Deferred bonuses | — | — | 50.5 | 50.5 | ||||||||
Total liabilities | $ | 3.1 | $ | 344.6 | $ | 50.5 | $ | 398.2 |
(1) | Carried at amortized cost on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and disclosed at fair value. |
86
The following table presents assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements or disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 (in millions):
(1) | Carried at amortized cost on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and disclosed at fair value. |
Level 1 Fair Value Measurements
Our Level 1 fair value measurements consist mostly of investments held by seeded investment products, investments in advised mutual funds, cash equivalents, securities sold, not yet purchased and investments related to deferred compensation plans with quoted market prices in active markets. The fair value level of consolidated investments held by seeded investment products is determined by the underlying securities of the product. The fair value level of unconsolidated investments held in seeded investment products is determined by the NAV, which is considered a quoted price in an active market.
Level 2 Fair Value Measurements
Our Level 2 fair value measurements consist mostly of consolidated seeded investment products, derivative instruments and our long-term debt. The fair value of consolidated seeded investment products is determined by the underlying securities of the product. The fair value of our long-term debt is determined using broker quotes and recent trading activity, which are considered Level 2 inputs.
Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
Investment Securities
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, certain securities within consolidated VIEs were valued using significant unobservable inputs, resulting in Level 3 classification.
87
Volantis Contingent Consideration
On April 1, 2017, we completed the sale of the Volantis UK Small Cap (“Volantis”) alternative team assets. Consideration for the sale was a 10% share of the management and performance fees generated by Volantis (excluding one particular fund) for a period of three years following the sale. In addition, consideration for the sale included 50% of the first £12 million of performance fees generated by the excluded fund referenced above. As of December 31, 2021, the fund has not reached the £12 million performance fee threshold. As a result, this fee sharing arrangement will remain in effect until the performance threshold is reached.
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair value of the Volantis contingent consideration was $0.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively.
Deferred Bonuses
Deferred bonuses represent liabilities to employees over the vesting period that will be settled by investments in our products. The significant unobservable inputs used to value the liabilities are investment designations and vesting periods.
Changes in Fair Value
Changes in fair value of our Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, were as follows (in millions):
Year ended December 31, | ||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 | |||
Beginning of period fair value | $ | 31.4 | $ | 12.8 | ||
Contingent consideration from sale of Geneva | — | 20.5 | ||||
Settlement of contingent consideration |
| (19.4) |
| (3.9) | ||
Fair value adjustments |
| (6.6) |
| 5.0 | ||
Purchases of securities | 4.6 | (3.1) | ||||
Sales of securities | (1.2) | — | ||||
Foreign currency translation | — | 0.1 | ||||
End of period fair value | $ | 8.8 | $ | 31.4 |
Changes in fair value of our individual Level 3 liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, were as follows (in millions):
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements
Nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements include goodwill and intangible assets. We measure the fair value of goodwill and intangible assets on initial recognition using DCF analysis that requires assumptions regarding projected future earnings and discount rates. We also measured the fair value of a certain indefinite-lived intangible asset during
88
our interim impairment assessment completed during the second quarter of 2021 as well as our annual impairment assessment completed as of October 1, 2021.
Refer to Note 8 — Goodwill and Intangible Assets for additional information on the impairment assessments. Because of the significance of the unobservable inputs in the fair value measurements of these assets, such measurements are classified as Level 3.
The significant inputs used in both the second quarter and annual DCF analysis to calculate the fair value of the certain indefinite-lived intangible assets included the discount rate, terminal growth rate and forecasted financial results and market returns.
Discount rates of 9.1% and 11.3% were used to determine the fair value of the intangible assets in the second quarter and the annual assessment, respectively. The discount rate was calculated using a market participant approach with data from certain peer asset management companies. The discount rate also contemplated the risk-free rate and other premiums, such as the risk premium and company size premium.
The terminal growth rates used to determine the fair value of the intangible assets were based on the fundamentals of the business as well as varying external factors such as market positioning and industry growth expectations. The terminal growth rates were 1% and 3% for the second quarter and the annual assessment, respectively.
Note 12 — Debt
Our debt as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, consisted of the following (in millions):
December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | |||||||||||
| Carrying |
| Fair |
| Carrying |
| Fair | |||||
value | value | value | value | |||||||||
4.875% Senior Notes due 2025 | $ | 310.4 | $ | 328.7 | $ | 313.3 | $ | 348.4 |
4.875% Senior Notes Due 2025
The 2025 Senior Notes have a principal value of $300.0 million as of December 31, 2021, and pay interest at 4.875% semiannually on February 1 and August 1, which is approximately $14.6 million per year. The Senior Notes include unamortized debt premium, net at December 31, 2021, of $10.4 million, which will be amortized over the remaining life of the notes. The unamortized debt premium is recorded as a liability within long-term debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. JHG fully and unconditionally guarantees the obligations of JCG in relation to the 2025 Senior Notes.
Credit Facility
At December 31, 2021, we had a $200 million Credit Facility. JHG and its subsidiaries may use the Credit Facility for general corporate purposes. The rate of interest for each interest period is the aggregate of the applicable margin, which is based on our long-term credit rating and the SOFR in relation to any loan in USD; the SONIA in relation to any loan in GBP; the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”) in relation to any loan in EUR; or the Bank Bill Swap Rate (“BBSW”) in relation to any loan in AUD. As a result of LIBOR’s phase out, our Credit Facility was amended to incorporate the SOFR as the successor rate to USD LIBOR and the SONIA as the successor rate to GBP LIBOR. For more information, refer to Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors. We are required to pay a quarterly commitment fee on any unused portion of the Credit Facility, which is also based on our long-term credit rating. Under the Credit Facility, the financing leverage ratio cannot exceed 3.00x EBITDA. At December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with all covenants contained in, and there were no borrowings under, the Credit Facility. The maturity date of the Credit Facility is February 16, 2024.
89
Note 13 — Income Taxes
The components of our provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, are as follows (in millions):
| Year ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | ||||
Current: | |||||||||
UK | $ | 41.5 | $ | 18.1 | $ | 23.6 | |||
U.S., including state and local | 154.0 | 136.4 | 110.7 | ||||||
International |
| 12.4 |
| 9.8 |
| 8.2 | |||
Total current income taxes | 207.9 | 164.3 | 142.5 | ||||||
Deferred: | |||||||||
UK | 29.6 | 4.4 | (0.4) | ||||||
U.S., including state and local |
| (8.7) |
| (92.0) |
| (2.2) | |||
International |
| (23.1) |
| (17.2) |
| (2.1) | |||
Total deferred income taxes (benefits) |
| (2.2) |
| (104.8) |
| (4.7) | |||
Total income tax expense | $ | 205.7 | $ | 59.5 | $ | 137.8 |
The components of our total income before taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, are as follows (in millions):
Year ended December 31, | |||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | ||||
UK | $ | 220.3 | $ | 110.7 | $ | 80.1 | |||
U.S. |
| 627.1 |
| 142.5 |
| 445.3 | |||
International | (27.2) | (11.1) | 58.1 | ||||||
Total income before taxes | $ | 820.2 | $ | 242.1 | $ | 583.5 |
We are a tax resident in the UK and are subject to the tax laws and regulations of that country. The following is a reconciliation between the UK statutory corporation tax rate and the effective tax rate on our income from operations:
We operate in several taxing jurisdictions around the world, each with its own statutory tax rate and set of tax laws and regulations. As a result, our future blended average statutory tax rate will be influenced by any changes to such laws and regulations and the mix of profits and losses of our subsidiaries.
90
Tax Legislation
Any legislative changes and new or proposed Treasury regulations may result in additional income tax impacts, which could be material in the period any such changes are enacted.
Deferred Taxes
The significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, are as follows (in millions):
December 31, |
| ||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| |||
Deferred tax assets: | |||||||
Compensation and staff benefits | $ | 65.3 | $ | 69.7 | |||
Loss carryforwards(1) |
| 83.8 |
| 71.0 | |||
Accrued liabilities |
| 4.3 |
| 3.4 | |||
Debt premium |
| 2.9 |
| 3.8 | |||
Lease liabilities | 27.8 | 26.0 | |||||
Other |
| 17.6 |
| 7.5 | |||
Gross deferred tax assets | 201.7 | 181.4 | |||||
Valuation allowance | (83.6) | (65.1) | |||||
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance | $ | 118.1 | $ | 116.3 | |||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
| |||||
Retirement benefits | $ | (36.5) | $ | (28.5) | |||
Goodwill and acquired intangible assets | (665.0) | (677.4) | |||||
Lease right-of-use assets | (26.3) | (24.3) | |||||
Other |
| (9.1) |
| (12.8) | |||
Gross deferred tax liabilities |
| (736.9) |
| (743.0) | |||
Total deferred tax (liabilities)(2) | $ | (618.8) | $ | (626.7) |
(1) | The majority of this loss carryforward relates to the UK capital loss of $334.0 million, before tax effects, which may be carried forward without time limitation. There is a full valuation allowance against UK capital losses. |
(2) | The change in the net deferred tax liabilities does not equal the deferred tax expense due to the foreign currency translation adjustment on deferred tax liabilities booked through equity. |
Deferred tax assets and liabilities that relate to the same jurisdiction are recorded net on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as non-current balances and as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, are as follows (in millions):
December 31, | ||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 | |||
Deferred tax assets, net (included in other non-current assets) | $ | 0.4 | $ | 0.7 | ||
Deferred tax liabilities, net | (619.2) | (627.4) | ||||
Total deferred tax (liabilities) | $ | (618.8) | $ | (626.7) |
A valuation allowance has been established against the deferred tax assets related to our tax loss carryforward where a history of losses in the respective tax jurisdiction makes it unlikely that the deferred tax asset will be realized or where it is unlikely that we would generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character to realize the full benefit of the deferred tax asset. The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased by $19.0 million in 2021. The increase is primarily attributable to the deferred tax balance revaluation arising from the UK tax rate increase from 19% to 25% as enacted by the Finance Act 2021. The foreign currency translation on capital losses also increased during the current year.
As a multinational corporation, the Company operates in various locations outside the U.S. and generates earnings from its non-U.S. subsidiaries. Prior to enactment of the Tax Act, the Company indefinitely reinvested the undistributed
91
earnings of all its non-U.S. subsidiaries, except for income previously taxed in the U.S. or subject to regulatory or legal repatriation restrictions or requirements. Consistent with prior year’s assertion, the Company intends to assert indefinite reinvestment on distributions exceeding the tax basis and undistributed earnings for Janus UK Holdings Corporation Limited and Kapstream Capital Pty Limited.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
We operate in several tax jurisdictions and a number of years may elapse before an uncertain tax position, for which we have unrecognized tax benefits, is finally resolved. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending liability for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, is as follows (in millions):
Year ended December 31, |
| |||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 |
| ||||
Beginning balance | $ | 15.8 | $ | 14.1 | $ | 12.4 | ||||
Additions for tax positions of current year |
| 5.0 |
| — |
| — | ||||
Additions for tax positions of prior years | — | 3.5 | 3.5 | |||||||
Reduction due to settlement with taxing authorities | (1.2) | — | — | |||||||
Reduction due to statute expirations |
| (0.4) |
| (1.9) |
| (1.9) | ||||
Foreign currency translation |
| — |
| 0.1 |
| 0.1 | ||||
Ending balance | $ | 19.2 | $ | 15.8 | $ | 14.1 |
If the balance in the table above is recognized, the balance would favorably affect our effective tax rate in future periods.
We recognize interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision. At December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the total accrued interest balance relating to uncertain tax positions was $2.6 million, $2.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Potential penalties at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, were insignificant and have not been accrued.
The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax, state and local income tax, UK income tax and income tax in several other jurisdictions, all of which can be examined by the relevant taxing authorities. For the Company’s major tax jurisdictions, the tax years that remain open to examination by the taxing authorities at December 31, 2021, are 2018 and onward for U.S. federal tax and a few states have open years from 2013. The tax years from 2017 and onward remain open for the UK under the normal four-year time limit.
It is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will change within the next 12 months due to completion of tax authorities’ exams or the expiration of statutes of limitations. Management estimates that the existing liability for uncertain tax positions could decrease by approximately $1.6 million within the next 12 months, ignoring changes due to foreign currency translation.
Note 14 — Other Financial Statement Captions
Other current assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020, are composed of the following (in millions):
December 31, |
| ||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| |||
Prepaid expenses | $ | 38.1 | $ | 35.1 | |||
Current corporation tax |
| 10.9 |
| 2.1 | |||
Derivatives (including collateral and margin) | 56.4 | 24.3 | |||||
Other current assets |
| 44.8 |
| 49.6 | |||
Total other current assets | $ | 150.2 | $ | 111.1 |
92
Other non-current assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets of $172.9 million and $157.7 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, primarily relate to operating leases, deferred consideration and equity-method investments.
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020, comprise the following (in millions):
Other non-current liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020, comprise the following (in millions):
| December 31, | |||||
2021 |
| 2020 | ||||
Non-current tax liabilities (including interest) | $ | 19.8 | $ | 16.1 | ||
Leases | 104.6 | 117.9 | ||||
Other creditors |
| 10.0 | 10.3 | |||
Total other non-current liabilities | $ | 134.4 | $ | 144.3 |
Other creditors include the non-current portion of lease obligations, provisions for retirement obligations of leased office space and deferred compensation for certain members of the board of directors.
Note 15 — Noncontrolling Interests
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests
Redeemable noncontrolling interests as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, consisted of the following (in millions):
December 31, | ||||||
2021 |
| 2020 | ||||
Consolidated seeded investment products | $ | 148.5 | $ | 70.6 | ||
Intech: | ||||||
Employee appreciation rights | 12.6 | 12.3 | ||||
Founding member ownership interests | 2.3 | 2.9 | ||||
Total redeemable noncontrolling interests | $ | 163.4 | $ | 85.8 |
Consolidated Seeded Investment Products
Noncontrolling interests in consolidated seeded investment products are classified as redeemable noncontrolling interests when there is an obligation to repurchase units at the investor’s request.
Redeemable noncontrolling interests in consolidated seed investment products may fluctuate from period to period and are impacted by changes in our relative ownership, changes in the amount of third-party investment in seeded products and volatility in the market value of the seeded products’ underlying securities. Third-party redemption of investments is
93
redeemed from the respective product’s net assets and cannot be redeemed from the assets of other seeded products or from our other assets.
The following table presents the movement in redeemable noncontrolling interests in consolidated seeded investment products for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in millions):
Intech
Intech ownership interests held by a founding member had an estimated fair value of $2.3 million as of December 31, 2021, representing an approximate 1.1% ownership of Intech. This founding member is entitled to retain his remaining Intech interests for the remainder of his life and has the option to require us to purchase his ownership interests of Intech at fair value.
Intech appreciation rights are amortized using a graded vesting method over the respective vesting period. The appreciation rights are exercisable upon termination of employment from Intech to the extent vested. Upon exercise, the appreciation rights are settled in Intech equity. Refer to Note 16 — Long-Term Incentive Compensation for a description of Intech appreciation rights.
Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests
Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, are as follows (in millions):
December 31, | ||||||
2021 |
| 2020 | ||||
Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in: | ||||||
Seed capital investments | $ | 2.8 | $ | 4.6 | ||
Intech |
| 12.6 |
| 12.8 | ||
Total nonredeemable noncontrolling interests | $ | 15.4 | $ | 17.4 |
Note 16 — Long-Term Incentive Compensation
We operate the following stock and mutual fund-based compensation plans:
●Deferred Incentive Plan (“DIP”)
●Deferred Equity Plan (“DEP”)
●Restricted Share Plan (“RSP”)
●Restricted Stock Awards (“RSAs”)
●Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”)
●Mutual Fund Share Awards (“MFSAs”)
● | Other less significant plans (includes: Intech Long-Term Incentive Awards, Saveshare Plan (“SAYE”), Company Share Option Plan (“CSOP”), Executive Shared Ownership Plan (“ExSOP”), Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), Buy As You Earn Share Plan (“BAYE”) and Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”)). |
Further details on the material plans in operation during 2021 are discussed below.
94
Deferred Incentive Plan
Starting in 2020 as part of our effort to consolidate how awards are issued, DIP awards are generally issued as part of annual variable compensation and for recruitment and retention purposes in accordance with the Third Amended and Restated 2010 LTIP. Awards are issued as stock or as mutual fund awards and generally vest over a
- or four-year period.The expense of deferred short-term incentive awards is recognized in net income over the period of deferral on a graded basis, the fair value of which is determined by prevailing share price or unit price at grant date.
Deferred Equity Plan
Employees who receive cash-based incentive awards over a preset threshold have an element deferred. The deferred awards are deferred into our common stock or into our managed funds. The DEP trustee purchases JHG common stock and units or shares in JHG-managed funds and holds them in trust. Awards are deferred for up to three years and vest in three equal tranches if employees satisfy employment conditions at each vesting date.
The expense of deferred short-term incentive awards is recognized in net income over the period of deferral on a graded basis, the fair value of which is determined by prevailing share price or unit price at grant date.
Restricted Share Plan
The RSP allows employees to receive shares of our common stock for nil consideration at a future point, usually after three years. RSP is recognized in net income on a graded basis. The awards are typically granted for staff recruitment and retention purposes; all awards have employment conditions and larger awards can be subject to performance hurdles. Our Compensation Committee approves all awards to Code Staff (employees who perform a significant influence function, senior management and individuals whose professional activities could have a material impact on our risk profile) and any awards over £500,000. The fair value of the shares granted is calculated using the NYSE average high/low trading prices on grant date.
Restricted Stock Awards
RSAs are generally issued as part of annual variable compensation and for recruitment and retention purposes in accordance with the Amended and Restated 2010 LTIP, the JCG 2005 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan and the 2012 Employment Inducement Award Plan (“2012 EIA Plan”). Awards generally vest over a
- or four-year period.Performance Stock Units
The following table presents a summary of PSUs granted to our CEO(1).
Grant date | December 31, 2016 | February 28, 2018 | February 28, 2019 | February 28, 2020 | February 26, 2021 | |||||
Units granted | 63,549 | (2) | 108,184 | (2) | 83,863 | (2) | 96,933 | (3) | 77,228 | (3) |
Value at grant (in millions) | $2.0 | $3.7 | $2.0 | $2.0 | $2.0 | |||||
Units vested | 23,831 | 59,903 | 125,795 | |||||||
Vesting date | December 31, 2019 | February 4, 2021 | February 4, 2022 |
(1) | Units granted on February 28, 2018, were granted to our then Co-CEOs. |
(2) | Vesting of these price-vesting units was subject to our three-year Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) performance relative to a peer group over a three-year period following the grant date. |
(3) | These price-vesting units may or may not vest in whole or in part three years after the date of grant, depending on our three-year TSR performance relative to a peer group during the vesting period. |
95
Mutual Fund Share Awards
MFSAs are generally issued as part of annual variable compensation and for recruitment and retention purposes. At December 31, 2021, the cost basis of unvested MFSAs, including those issued within DIP, totaled $91.1 million. The awards are indexed to certain mutual funds managed by us. Upon vesting, participants receive the value of the award adjusted for gains or losses attributable to the mutual funds to which the award was indexed, subject to tax withholding. The awards are time-based awards that generally vest or four years from the grant date.
Intech Long-Term Incentive Awards
Intech profits interests and phantom interests entitle holders to periodic distributions of a portion of Intech operating income. The profits interests and phantom interests awards entitle recipients to 9.0% of Intech’s pre-incentive profits. Distributions are made during employment and, for profits interests, post-employment for up to 10 years. Phantom interests are entitled to a one-time distribution at termination of employment. Compensation expense for post-employment distributions is based upon the present value of expected future distributions and will be recognized pro rata over the 10-year vesting schedule for profits interests and five years for phantom interests. The present value of these payments was determined using a 2% discount rate, which represents the interest rate on a 20-year U.S. Treasury note. As of December 31, 2021, the total undiscounted estimated post-employment payments for profits interests and phantom interests fell below zero, which pushed the undiscounted estimated post-employment payments into a negative position (the majority will not be paid until 10 to 20 years after the grant date). The estimated post-employment payments will be evaluated and adjusted quarterly, as necessary, with changes recorded in results of operations. As of December 31, 2021, the carrying value of the liability associated with the Intech profits interests and phantom interests was $6.7 million and is included in accrued compensation, benefits and staff costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Compensation Expense
The components of our long-term incentive compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, are summarized as follows (in millions):
Year ended December 31, | |||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | ||||
DIP | $ | 52.1 | $ | 27.4 | $ | — | |||
DEP | 2.8 | 8.7 | 19.1 | ||||||
RSP |
| 0.9 |
| 3.5 |
| 8.3 | |||
RSA (including PSUs) | 8.8 | 22.0 | 41.8 | ||||||
Other | 3.3 | 3.0 | 4.5 | ||||||
Stock-based payments expense |
| 67.9 |
| 64.6 |
| 73.7 | |||
DIP funds — liability settled | 71.3 | 41.3 | — | ||||||
DEP funds — liability settled |
| 13.1 |
| 23.7 |
| 57.5 | |||
MFSA — liability settled | 12.9 | 28.2 | 46.2 | ||||||
Profits interests and other | 2.9 | 0.9 | (3.9) | ||||||
Social Security costs |
| 12.9 |
| 11.4 |
| 10.8 | |||
Total charge to the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income | $ | 181.0 | $ | 170.1 | $ | 184.3 |
96
Unrecognized and unearned compensation expense based on expected vesting outcomes as of December 31, 2021, including the weighted-average number of years over which the compensation cost will be recognized, is summarized as follows (in millions):
We generally grant annual long-term incentive awards in March and April in relation to annual awards but also throughout the year due to seasonality of performance fee bonuses.
Stock Options
Stock options were granted to employees in 2021, 2020 and 2019. The fair value of stock options granted were estimated on the date of each grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the following assumptions:
Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model
Year ended December 31, | |||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||
| SAYE |
| SAYE |
| SAYE |
| |
Fair value of options granted | £ | 10.28 | £ | 4.59 | £ | 2.15 | |
Assumptions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend yield |
| 3.68 | % | 6.50 | % | 6.92 | % |
Expected volatility |
| 41.37 | % | 37.59 | % | 30.17 | % |
Risk-free interest rate |
| 0.17 | % | 0.01 | % | 0.55 | % |
Expected life (years) |
| 3 |
| 3 |
| 3 |
|
The table below summarizes our outstanding options, exercisable options, and options vested or expected to vest for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
97
(1) | The number of exercisable options represents instruments for which all vesting criteria have been satisfied and whose exercise price was below the closing price of our common stock as of the end of the period. |
The following table summarizes the intrinsic value of exercised, outstanding and exercisable options at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in millions):
December 31, |
| |||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 |
| ||||
Exercised |
| $ | 0.3 |
| $ | — |
| $ | 0.4 | |
Outstanding | $ | 7.4 | $ | 4.1 | $ | 1.0 | ||||
Exercisable | $ | 1.0 | $ | 0.7 | $ | 0.3 |
Deferred Incentive Plan, Deferred Equity Plan and Restricted Stock Awards
The table below summarizes unvested DIP, DEP and RSA for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||
Weighted- | Weighted- | Weighted- | |||||||||||||
average | average | average | |||||||||||||
| Shares |
| price |
| Shares |
| price |
| Shares |
| price | ||||
Outstanding at January 1 |
| 5,602,828 | $ | 24.56 |
| 5,516,920 | $ | 28.41 |
| 5,116,926 | $ | 32.71 | |||
Granted |
| 2,285,257 | $ | 29.94 |
| 2,736,264 | $ | 20.69 |
| 2,799,296 | $ | 24.00 | |||
Vested |
| (2,699,721) | $ | 26.78 |
| (2,443,459) | $ | 29.00 |
| (2,067,138) | $ | 31.73 | |||
Forfeited | (238,437) | $ | 27.37 | (206,897) | $ | 25.42 | (332,164) | $ | 29.38 | ||||||
Unvested at December 31 |
| 4,949,927 | $ | 26.42 |
| 5,602,828 | $ | 24.56 |
| 5,516,920 | $ | 28.41 |
Note 17 — Retirement Benefit Plans
Defined Contribution Plans
We operate two separate defined contribution retirement benefit plans: a 401(k) plan for U.S. employees and a separate plan for international employees.
Substantially all of our U.S. full-time employees are eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we matched 5.0% of employee-eligible compensation in our 401(k) plan.
Expenses related to our 401(k) plan are included in employee compensation and benefits on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and were $8.3 million, $8.0 million and $7.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The assets of the plan are held in trustee-administered funds separately from our assets.
Substantially all of our non-U.S. full-time employees are eligible to participate in our defined contribution plans. The total amounts charged to our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, in respect to our non-U.S. defined contribution plan were $19.0 million, $14.0 million and $10.4 million, respectively, which represents contributions paid or payable to this plan by us.
Defined Benefit Plans
The main defined benefit pension plan sponsored by us is the defined benefit section of the JHGPS, previously the Henderson Group Pension Scheme, which closed to new members on November 15, 1999. The JHGPS is funded by contributions to a separately administered fund.
Benefits in the defined benefit section of the JHGPS are based on service and final salary. The plan is approved by Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) for tax purposes and is operated separately from the Company and
98
managed by an independent trustee board. The trustee is responsible for payment of the benefits and management of the JHGPS assets. We also have a contractual obligation to provide certain members of the JHGPS with additional defined benefits on an unfunded basis.
The JHGPS is subject to UK regulations, which require us and the trustee to agree to a funding strategy and contribution schedule for the scheme.
Our December 31, 2021, triennial valuation of the JHGPS resulted in a surplus on a technical provisions basis of $2.7 million.
Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations
The Plan assets and defined benefit obligations of the JHGPS and the unapproved pension plan were valued as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. Our plan assets, benefit obligations and funded status as of the December 31 measurement date were as follows (in millions):
December 31, | ||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 | |||
Change in plan assets: |
|
|
|
| ||
Fair value of plan assets as of January 1 | $ | 1,232.5 | $ | 1,083.1 | ||
Return on plan assets |
| (41.5) |
| 160.6 | ||
Employer contributions |
| 1.9 |
| 2.1 | ||
Benefits paid |
| (17.2) |
| (15.9) | ||
Settlements | (21.2) | (32.2) | ||||
Foreign currency translation |
| (11.9) |
| 34.8 | ||
Fair value of plan assets as of December 31 |
| 1,142.6 |
| 1,232.5 | ||
Change in benefit obligation: |
|
|
|
| ||
Benefit obligation as of January 1 |
| (1,026.5) |
| (840.4) | ||
Service cost |
| (0.6) |
| (0.9) | ||
Interest cost |
| (13.5) |
| (14.1) | ||
Settlements | 21.2 | 32.2 | ||||
Curtailments | (0.3) | — | ||||
Benefits paid |
| 17.2 |
| 15.9 | ||
Actuarial gain (loss) |
| 18.1 |
| (191.1) | ||
Foreign currency translation |
| 9.2 |
| (28.1) | ||
Benefit obligation as of December 31 |
| (975.2) |
| (1,026.5) | ||
Funded status as of year-end |
| 167.4 |
| 206.0 | ||
Tax at source |
| (7.1) |
| (19.4) | ||
Net retirement benefit asset recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets | $ | 160.3 | $ | 186.6 |
Actuarial gains during the year ended December 31, 2021 were primarily due to changes in financial assumptions over the year, including an increase in discount rate resulting from higher bond yields, leading to a decrease in the benefit obligation. During the year ended December 31, 2021, $21.2 million was paid to members transferring their benefits out of the scheme, reducing the benefit obligation.
The JHGPS contains a money purchase section (“MPS”) which operates in a similar way to a defined contribution plan, but also provides for a minimum benefit to members of the JHGPS if the investment performance of their MPS investments falls below defined thresholds. The minimum benefit is referred to as a reference scheme test (“RST”) underpin. The RST underpin serves as a defined benefit guarantee in the case that investment returns of the MPS do not meet statutorily defined returns. As the MPS is providing a defined benefit in the form of the RST underpin, disclosure of the related plan assets and liabilities are made on a gross basis, similar to that of a defined benefit plan and are included in the plan assets and benefit obligations of the retirement benefit asset.
99
Amounts recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, net of tax at source as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, consist of the following (in millions):
We used the following key assumptions in determining the defined benefit obligation as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:
The discount rate applied to the plan obligations is based on AA-rated corporate bond yields with similar maturities.
Plan Assets
The fair values of the JHGPS plan assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, by major asset class are as follows (in millions):
December 31, | ||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 | |||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1.5 | $ | 10.4 | ||
Money market instruments | 17.5 | 14.4 | ||||
Bulk annuity policy | 386.6 | 453.4 | ||||
Fixed income investments |
| 479.7 |
| 483.8 | ||
Equity investments |
| 257.3 |
| 270.5 | ||
Total assets at fair value | $ | 1,142.6 | $ | 1,232.5 |
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, $230.2 million and $244.7 million, respectively, of JHGPS assets were held in JHG-managed funds.
On September 5, 2019, JHGPS and Scottish Widows Limited (“SWL”) entered into a pension buy-in agreement (“agreement”). The agreement provides JHGPS a monthly contractual payment stream from SWL to satisfy pension obligations payable to approximately
-third of total plan participants receiving benefits from JHGPS as of December 31, 2019. The agreement does not relieve JHGPS or JHG (as plan sponsor) of the primary responsibility for the pension obligations. JHGPS paid a premium of approximately £328 million ($404 million) for the agreement, and it was recorded at fair value as a plan asset of JHGPS.100
The remaining assets of the JHGPS plan are allocated to a growth portfolio and to fixed income assets. The majority of the growth portfolio is invested in pooled diversified funds, with the objective of achieving a level of growth greater than the fixed income portfolio. The fixed income portfolio is managed on a segregated basis, with the primary objective of meeting the cash flows as they mature.
Excluding the bulk annuity policy, the strategic allocation as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, was broadly 80% fixed income investments and 20% growth portfolio.
The following table presents JHGPS plan assets at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2021 (in millions):
The following table presents JHGPS plan assets at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 (in millions):
The value of the bulk annuity contracts decreased from $453.4 million at December 31, 2020, to $386.6 million at December 31, 2021, due to changes in financial conditions and demographic assumptions resulting in a decrease of $35.7 million and $17.6 million, respectively, combined with $13.5 million in cash payments received under the contract terms.
The expected rate of return on assets for the financial period ending December 31, 2021, was 1.2% p.a. based on financial conditions as of December 31, 2020 (2020: 1.7% p.a.). This rate is derived by taking the weighted average of the long-term expected rate of return on each of the asset classes in JHGPS’s target asset allocation. The expected rate of return has been determined based on yields on either long-dated government bonds or relevant corporate bonds, dependent on the class of asset in question, adjusted where appropriate based on the individual characteristics of each asset class.
101
Actuarial Gains and Losses
Cumulative amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income and the actuarial gain, net of tax deducted at source, credited to other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, are shown below (in millions):
December 31, | ||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 | |||
Opening accumulated unamortized actuarial gain (loss) | $ | (10.4) | $ | 19.1 | ||
Actuarial loss |
| (35.3) |
| (43.7) | ||
Tax at source on current year actuarial gain | 11.8 | 14.6 | ||||
Prior service cost | 0.4 | 0.4 | ||||
Release of actuarial gain (loss) due to settlement event | 1.1 | (1.2) | ||||
Release of tax at source due to settlement event |
| (0.4) |
| 0.4 | ||
Closing accumulated unamortized actuarial loss | $ | (32.8) | $ | (10.4) |
No actuarial gains were amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income during the year ended December 31, 2021 (2020: nil).
A high court ruling on October 26, 2018, suggested that most UK pension schemes, including our scheme, will need to amend benefits to correct for inequalities in “guaranteed minimum pensions.” The estimated impact of this ruling on the obligations is estimated as $3.7 million, treated as a prior service cost in 2018 to be amortized in future years; the amount amortized in 2021 was $0.4 million and the amount expected to be amortized in 2022 is $0.4 million. However, considerable legal and other uncertainties remain, and the ultimate cost of amending benefits could be significantly higher or lower.
Net Periodic Benefit Cost
The components of net periodic benefit cost in respect to defined benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, include the following (in millions):
December 31, | |||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | ||||
Service cost | $ | (0.6) | $ | (0.9) | $ | (0.8) | |||
Settlement gain (loss) | (1.1) | 1.3 | 2.1 | ||||||
Curtailment loss | (0.3) | — | — | ||||||
Interest cost |
| (13.5) |
| (14.1) |
| (17.4) | |||
Amortization of prior service cost | (0.4) | (0.4) | (0.4) | ||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
| 11.3 |
| 12.5 |
| 18.6 | |||
Net periodic benefit credit |
| (4.6) |
| (1.6) |
| 2.1 | |||
Contributions to money purchase section | (11.3) | (8.2) | (7.9) | ||||||
Total cost | $ | (15.9) | $ | (9.8) | $ | (5.8) |
102
The following key assumptions were used in determining the net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in millions):
Cash Flows
Employer contributions of $1.9 million were paid in relation to our defined benefit pension plans during 2021 (excluding credits to members’ Money purchase accounts). We expect to contribute approximately $0.2 million to the JHGPS (excluding credits to members’ Money purchase accounts) in the year ended December 31, 2022.
The expected future benefit payments for our pension plan are as follows (in millions):
2022 |
| $ | 21.0 |
2023 | $ | 22.8 | |
2024 | $ | 23.7 | |
2025 | $ | 24.0 | |
2026 | $ | 25.6 | |
2027-2031 | $ | 141.5 |
Note 18 — Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, are as follows (in millions):
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||||||
Foreign | Retirement benefit | Foreign | Retirement | |||||||||||||||
| currency |
| asset, net |
| Total |
| currency |
| asset, net |
| Total | |||||||
Beginning balance | $ | (313.6) | $ | (10.4) | $ | (324.0) | $ | (386.2) | $ | 19.1 | $ | (367.1) | ||||||
Other comprehensive loss | (46.9) | (23.5) | (70.4) | 73.4 | (29.1) | 44.3 | ||||||||||||
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss | (3.2) | 1.1 | (2.1) | (1.6) | (0.4) | (2.0) | ||||||||||||
Total other comprehensive loss | (50.1) | (22.4) | (72.5) | 71.8 | (29.5) | 42.3 | ||||||||||||
Less: other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests | 0.4 | — | 0.4 | 0.8 | — | 0.8 | ||||||||||||
Ending balance | $ | (363.3) | $ | (32.8) | $ | (396.1) | $ | (313.6) | $ | (10.4) | $ | (324.0) |
103
The components of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, are as follows (in millions):
Pre-tax | Tax | ||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2020 |
| amount |
| expense |
| Net amount | |||
Foreign currency translation adjustments | $ | 73.1 | $ | 0.3 | $ | 73.4 | |||
Retirement benefit asset, net |
| (29.0) |
| (0.1) |
| (29.1) | |||
Reclassifications to net income | (2.0) | — | (2.0) | ||||||
Total other comprehensive income | $ | 42.1 | $ | 0.2 | $ | 42.3 |
Pre-tax | Tax | ||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2019 |
| amount |
| expense |
| Net amount | |||
Foreign currency translation adjustments | 74.3 | 0.4 | 74.7 | ||||||
Retirement benefit asset, net | (4.1) | (0.1) | (4.2) | ||||||
Reclassifications to net income |
| (1.4) |
| — |
| (1.4) | |||
Total other comprehensive income | $ | 68.8 | $ | 0.3 | $ | 69.1 |
Note 19 — Earnings and Dividends Per Share
Earnings Per Share
The following is a summary of the earnings per share calculation for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in millions, except per share data):
Year ended December 31, | |||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | ||||
Net income attributable to JHG | $ | 622.1 | $ | 161.6 | $ | 427.6 | |||
Allocation of earnings to participating stock-based awards | (17.7) | (4.7) | (11.7) | ||||||
Net income attributable to JHG common shareholders | $ | 604.4 | $ | 156.9 | $ | 415.9 | |||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding — basic |
| 167.9 |
| 179.4 |
| 188.0 | |||
Dilutive effect of nonparticipating stock-based awards | 0.6 | 0.5 | 0.6 | ||||||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding — diluted |
| 168.5 |
| 179.9 |
| 188.6 | |||
Earnings per share: | |||||||||
Basic (two class) | $ | 3.60 | $ | 0.87 | $ | 2.21 | |||
Diluted (two class) | $ | 3.59 | $ | 0.87 | $ | 2.21 |
Dividends Per Share
The payment of cash dividends is within the discretion of our Board of Directors and depends on many factors, including, but not limited to, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, legal requirements and general business conditions.
104
The following is a summary of cash dividends declared and paid for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
Year ended December 31, | |||||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | ||||
Dividends paid per share | $ | 1.50 | $ | 1.44 | $ | 1.44 |
Note 20 — Commitments and Contingencies
Commitments and contingencies may arise in the normal course of business. Commitments and contingencies as of December 31, 2021, are discussed below.
Operating and Finance Leases
As of December 31, 2021, we had future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating and finance leases. Refer to Note 9 — Leases for information related to operating and financing lease commitments.
Litigation and Other Regulatory Matters
We are periodically involved in various legal proceedings and other regulatory matters. Although there can be no assurances, based on information currently available, we believe that it is probable that the ultimate outcome of matters that are pending or threatened will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Note 21 — Related Party Transactions
Disclosures relating to equity method investments and our pension scheme can be found in Note 10 — Equity Method Investments and Note 17 — Retirement Benefit Plans, respectively. Transactions between JHG and our controlled subsidiaries have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.
Certain managed funds are deemed to be related parties of JHG under the related party guidance. We earn fees from the funds for which we act as investment manager, and the balance sheet includes amount due from these managed funds.
During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we recognized revenues of $2,507.9 million, $1,974.6 million and $1,870.1 million, respectively, from the funds we manage that are related parties and not consolidated in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
The following table reflects amounts in our Consolidated Balance Sheets relating to fees receivable from managed funds (in millions):
As of December 31 | ||||||
| 2021 |
| 2020 | |||
Accrued income | $ | 204.1 | $ | 210.8 | ||
Accounts receivable |
| 77.4 |
| 55.7 |
Dai-ichi Life was a significant shareholder of JHG at December 31, 2020. Investment management fees attributable to Dai-ichi Life separate accounts for the year ended December 31, 2020, were $22.2 million.
On February 4, 2021, Dai-ichi Life announced its intention to sell all 30,668,922 shares of JHG common stock it owned by means of a registered secondary public offering. On February 9, 2021, Dai-ichi Life completed the secondary offering, and as part of the offering, we repurchased 8,048,360 shares of common stock from Dai-ichi Life for a total of approximately $230.0 million through Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“as underwriter”) at the price at which the shares of common stock were sold to the public in the secondary offering, less the underwriting discount. As a result of the completion of the secondary offering, Dai-ichi Life no longer owns any shares of JHG common stock. We did not receive any proceeds from Dai-ichi Life’s sale of common stock in the secondary offering.
Seed investments held in managed funds are discussed in Note 5 — Consolidation.
105
Note 22 — Geographic Information
The following summary provides information concerning our principal geographic areas for the years ended and as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in millions):
Year ended December 31, | |||||||||
Operating revenues |
| 2021 |
| 2020 |
| 2019 | |||
U.S. | $ | 1,634.4 | $ | 1,401.5 | $ | 1,353.0 | |||
UK | 639.7 | 562.7 | 602.4 | ||||||
Luxembourg | 437.2 | 281.5 | 182.3 | ||||||
Australia and other |
| 55.7 |
| 52.9 |
| 54.7 | |||
Total | $ | 2,767.0 | $ | 2,298.6 | $ | 2,192.4 |
Operating revenues are attributed to countries based on the location in which revenues are earned.
As of December 31, | ||||||
Long-lived assets |
| 2021 |
| 2020 | ||
U.S. | $ | 2,153.1 | $ | 2,208.2 | ||
UK | 374.6 | 386.2 | ||||
Australia | 76.0 | 167.4 | ||||
Other | 2.3 | 2.4 | ||||
Total | $ | 2,606.0 | $ | 2,764.2 |
Long-lived assets include property, equipment, software and intangible assets. As of 2021, intangible assets in the U.S., UK and Australia were $2,122.2 million, $345.1 million and $75.4. million, respectively. As of 2020, intangible assets in the U.S., UK and Australia were $2,171.5 million, $348.3 million and $166.6 million, respectively.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of December 31, 2021, our management evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed by us to ensure that we record, process, summarize and report within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rule and forms the information we must disclose in reports that we file with or submit to the SEC. Richard M. Weil, Chief Executive Officer, and Roger Thompson, Chief Financial Officer, reviewed and participated in management’s evaluation of the disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, Mr. Weil and Mr. Thompson concluded that as of December 31, 2021, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and our registered public accounting firm’s Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, which contains its attestation on our internal control over financial reporting, are incorporated by reference from Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
106
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as that term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2021, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
PART III
Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item will be included in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Board of Directors” and “Corporate Governance” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item will be included in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Board Compensation” and “Executive Compensation” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item will be included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item will be included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Related Party Transactions” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item will be included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Reappointment and Remuneration of Auditors” and is incorporated herein by reference.
107
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) List of Documents Filed as Part of This Report
(1) Financial Statements
The financial statements and related notes, together with the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP dated February 24, 2022, appear in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
(2) Financial Statement Schedules
No financial statement schedules are required.
(3) List of Exhibits
Filed with this Report:
(b) Exhibits
Exhibit No. |
| Document | |||
10.17 | Janus Henderson Group Global Remuneration Policy Statement* | ||||
10.18 | |||||
10.19 | |||||
21.1 | List of the Subsidiaries of the company prepared pursuant to Item 601(b)(21) of Regulation S-K | ||||
23.1 | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP | ||||
24.1 | Power of Attorney (included as a part of the Signature pages to this report) | ||||
31.1 | Certification of Richard Weil, Chief Executive Officer of Registrant | ||||
31.2 | Certification of Roger Thompson, Chief Financial Officer of Registrant | ||||
32.1 | |||||
32.2 |
108
109
Exhibit No. |
| Document |
Incorporated by reference: | ||
(2) Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or succession | ||
2.1 | (3) Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws | |
3.1.1 | ||
3.1.2 | (4) Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures | |
4.1 | ||
4.2 | ||
4.3 | ||
4.3.2 | ||
4.3.3 |
| |
4.4 | ||
4.5 | (10) Material Contracts |
110
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Janus Henderson Group plc | ||
By: | /s/ RICHARD WEIL | |
Richard Weil | ||
Chief Executive Officer | ||
February 24, 2022
Known all persons by these presents, that each person whose signatures appear below, hereby constitute and appoint Richard Weil and Michelle Rosenberg, and each of them individually (with full power to act alone), as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents to sign and execute and file with the Securities Exchange Commission on behalf of the undersigned, any amendments to Janus Henderson Group plc’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, and any instrument or document filed as part of, as an exhibit to, or in connection with any amendment, and each of the undersigned does hereby ratify and confirm as his or her own act and deed all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 24, 2022.
Signature/Name |
| Title |
---|---|---|
/s/ RICHARD GILLINGWATER | Chairman of the Board | |
Richard Gillingwater | ||
/s/ GLENN SCHAFER | Deputy Chairman of the Board | |
Glenn Schafer | ||
/s/ RICHARD WEIL | Director and Chief Executive Officer | |
Richard Weil | (Principal Executive Officer) | |
/s/ ROGER THOMPSON | Chief Financial Officer | |
Roger Thompson | (Principal Financial Officer) | |
/s/ BRENNAN HUGHES | Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer | |
Brennan Hughes | (Principal Accounting Officer) | |
115
Signature/Name |
| Title |
---|---|---|
/s/ ALISON DAVIS | Director | |
Alison Davis | ||
/s/ KALPANA DESAI | Director | |
Kalpana Desai | ||
/s/ JEFFREY DIERMEIER | Director | |
Jeffrey Diermeier | ||
/s/ KEVIN DOLAN | Director | |
Kevin Dolan | ||
/s/ EUGENE FLOOD JR | Director | |
Eugene Flood Jr | ||
Director | ||
Edward Garden | ||
/s/ LAWRENCE KOCHARD | Director | |
Lawrence Kochard | ||
Director | ||
Nelson Peltz | ||
/s/ ANGELA SEYMOUR-JACKSON | Director | |
Angela Seymour-Jackson |
116
Exhibit 10.17
Global Remuneration Policy Statement (“GRPS")
Janus Henderson Group plc (the “Company”) operates a single Remuneration Policy which applies in its entirety to all entities and employees including the executives, unless local laws or regulations set more rigorous requirements for any aspect, in which case the higher standards apply.
The GRPS is in place to ensure remuneration aligns with evolving business strategy and changes in the markets in which we operate, is consistent with best practice, promotes sound and effective risk management and is compliant with applicable regulations.
A successful remuneration policy should be sufficiently flexible to take account of future changes in the Company’s business environment and remuneration practice and therefore the GRPS is subject to change from time to time. The policy is therefore reviewed on an annual basis.
Our remuneration practices aim to link pay with performance and drive long-term shareholder returns, while appropriately managing risk. In doing so, the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) and the Board recognize that our remuneration policies and practices must enable us to attract, motivate and retain exceptional people, while aligning their interests with those of our clients and shareholders.
The key drivers of our remuneration philosophy are:
● | Attract and retain employees critical to our long-term success by providing total reward opportunities which, subject to performance, are competitive within our defined markets; |
● | Fully align pay with our strategic priorities, reinforce a strong performance culture through rewards that reflect Company, department, team and individual performance; |
● | Align management, client and shareholder interests by deferring a significant portion of remuneration into JHG stock awards and/or fund units; |
● | Manage risk taking and conflicts of interest in our incentive plans, maintain an appropriate balance between base pay, short-term cash incentives and long-term deferred incentives; |
● | Ensure that remuneration processes and procedures comply with industry requirements and legislation, are consistent with market practice, and include effective risk management controls. |
The Company’s remuneration principles are reinforced through an appropriate balance of the following elements of remuneration:
Internal Use Only
Global Remuneration Policy Statement (“GRPS")
staff can participate within approved contribution guidelines to encourage employees to become shareholders in the Company. | |
Variable Incentive Awards | Employees are eligible to receive discretionary variable incentive awards based on Company, department, team, and individual performance. These awards are funded from a Profit Pool more fully described below. Variable incentives are paid in the form of cash and/or deferred awards. Deferrals are delivered in Company restricted stock and fund units. Under the CEO scorecard approach, a portion of the deferral is delivered in performance shares that vest based on relative total shareholder return, over a forward looking 3-year period. |
The Company does not operate specific ratios (maxima or minima) in regard to the mix of base pay and variable pay, opting instead for managing fixed and variable remuneration in line with market practice and by reference to each employee‘s role and individual performance.
Variable Incentive Awards
Profit Pools
The Company pays variable incentive remuneration for 96% of employees from pools funded by Company profits (“Profit Pools”). The Profit Pools fund employee variable incentive awards, as well as performance fee remuneration (where applicable). Employees participate in one of three separately funded pools, depending on their role in the organisation: (i) the Investments Pool, (ii) the Core Pool, or (iii) the Intech Pool. Each pool has a specific Pre Incentive Operating Income (“PIOI”) calculation and a corresponding funding percentage, effectively creating a ‘profit share’ arrangement between our employees and our shareholders.
1. | The Investments Pool: Covers employees contributing to the investment management functions at Janus Henderson and include; portfolio managers, research analysts, research associates, traders, client portfolio managers, the exchange-traded product team, portfolio analytics, investment risk employees and the investment team’s administrative support. |
2. | The Core Pool: Covers employees contributing to the executive, distribution, administrative, and operational support of Janus Henderson and its subsidiaries. |
3. | The Intech Pool: Covers all employees of the Janus Henderson subsidiary Intech Investment Management LLC (“Intech”), including investments, distribution, and support employees. |
PIOI is generally considered as operating income before the deduction of incentive remuneration and overhead. The indicative funding percentages are subject to oversight and approval by the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). The Committee retains the discretion to modify or terminate remuneration plans and programmes without prior notice.
Profit Pool funding levels are directly linked to profits generated in the current year, reflecting the firm’s ability to pay and thereby strengthening its capital base. Adjustments to the Profit Pools are common based on business as usual and non-recurring events that impact profitability. Additionally, the Committee may apply its discretion and further adjust the profit pools (even to zero):
Global Remuneration Policy Statement (“GRPS")
o | If the Committee believes an adjustment, either up or down, better aligns the Profit Pool with Company performance, or in consideration of any non-financial objectives or factors as appropriate, |
o | in consideration of an annual assessment of backward- and forward-looking risks, and/or |
o | based on independent guidance or advice from the Company’s Board Risk Committee or the Janus Henderson UK Holdings Limited Board (“JHUKHL Board”). |
The ability to adjust the Profit Pools in this manner is designed to ensure alignment between variable compensation levels and broader company performance. The annual risk assessment considered by the Committee addresses types of risk relevant to the firm and allows the Committee to consider; if the firm’s compensation structure is adequately aligned to its risk and control environment, and whether further adjustments to the pool should be made. In this respect, the firm’s remuneration policy is also consistent with the integration of relevant sustainability risks.
Once the Profit Pools are calculated in aggregate, allocations are cascaded to department leadership through a process initiated by the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”), in collaboration with members of the Executive Committee and the CEO of Intech. During this allocation process, department performance and contribution toward Company results are taken into account, and consideration is given to financial and non-financial key performance indicators as determined for each department. This group may review relevant department level information gathered from the annual risk assessment, the review of material risk events, and any conduct or behaviour issues.
Employees receive variable incentive awards from the profit pools on a discretionary basis, based on the recommendations of line managers and in consideration of individual performance appraisals. Under the Company’s performance appraisal framework, employees;
● | set individual objectives (jointly with line management), aligned to the Company’s overall strategic priorities, yet unique to their individual role and department, and |
● | must demonstrate a commitment towards diversity and inclusion, and |
● | are expected to exhibit certain behavioural competencies, aligned with the Company’s guiding principles: |
o | ‘we put clients first’, |
o | ‘we act like an owner’, and |
o | ‘we succeed as a team’. |
In respect of individual incentive awards from the Profit Pools, employees are measured against;
● | achievement of their individual objectives, and |
● | demonstration of the above behavioural competencies. |
This is a ‘guidance based’ approach with no specific rules constraining line manager discretion. Final decision-making and approval of individual awards is held by department leadership. The CEO and Head of Human Resources (“Head of HR”) review department outcomes, including a gender pay view, and provide oversight and direction as needed.
o | The Remuneration Review Committee (the “RRC”) reviews individual incentive remuneration in the context of material risk events, conduct and behaviours and may adjust individual awards based on this review. |
o | The RRC also reviews remuneration proposals relating to individuals identified as Code Staff under the MIFIDPRU, AIFMD and UCITS Remuneration Codes. |
Profit Pool eligibility does not guarantee that variable incentives will be paid to an employee, and the payment of no variable incentive is a possibility should performance of the firm and/or the individual require this. Employees must be actively employed by Janus Henderson on the day that Profit Pool incentives are distributed in order to receive these awards.
o | Employees paid outside the Profit Pools: Employees in the following positions are not eligible to participate in the Profit Pools and may receive variable incentives that are directionally consistent with the profit pool outcomes, in consideration of individual performance as determined by the Committee for the CEO, or as recommended by the CEO for the Executive Committee. The Committee retains decision-making and approval of Executive Committee remuneration including the following roles paid outside the Profit Pool: the CEO, Chief Risk Officer (”CRO”), Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”) and General Counsel. |
Global Remuneration Policy Statement (“GRPS")
Monthly and quarterly commission arrangements
Direct front line sales professionals located in the US participate in market-standard Sales Variable Pay Plans (the “Plans”) that include formulaic commissions. The Plans are intended to reward salespeople directly for both individually generated sales and the performance of the broader team. Monthly commissions generally are a set percentage (“basis points”) of individual gross sales, or an ‘attainment’ framework that pays employees based on achievement of a sales goal. Quarterly discretionary awards are funded by team gross sales. The Plans also include a Net Sales incentive that adjusts the monthly basis point or attainment rate. Individual payments from these plans may be adjusted at the discretion of line management, and in consideration of personal conduct and behaviours.
The Company receives performance fees in relation to certain funds depending on outperformance of each fund against pre-determined benchmarks. Performance fees are shared directly with investment professionals, on a formulaic basis, where there is a contractual arrangement in place.
If it is decided to share performance fees on a discretionary basis, those performance fee sharing incentives are funded from within the Profit Pools and subject to the same risk adjustment, review and standard deferral arrangements that apply to the discretionary funding frameworks.
The Company operates a small number of legacy formulaic and contractual management and performance fee incentive arrangements which predominantly relate back to historic acquisitions. These incentives are not funded from within the Profit Pools but are subject to risk adjustment processes and the Company’s standard deferral arrangements.
CEO Scorecard
The Committee uses a structured scorecard to measure CEO performance. The scorecard approach is designed to align CEO remuneration with Company performance and reward the CEO for achieving goals that maximise long-term value for clients and shareholders. The scorecard is based on the same factors used by the Company to evaluate business results. The performance categories, measures, and weightings used are as follows:
o | Investment Excellence (30% weighting): Deliver investment excellence for clients measured based on 3-year investment performance relative to a benchmark; |
o | Financial Results (40% weighting); Deliver strong financial results for shareholders measured based on our 1-year relative results for revenue growth, growth in net income before taxes, and total net AUM flows; and |
o | Strategic Results (30% weighting); Drive strategic results to achieve long-term success for clients and shareholders measured based on executing the Company’s strategic vision and priorities, attracting strong talent, driving cultural integration and alignment across the firm, building global distribution momentum, delivering exceptional client service, and fostering a strong risk and control environment. |
Following an assessment of results, the Compensation Committee determines an overall performance ‘multiplier’ between 0.0 and 2.0, which is then applied to a target incentive opportunity to determine the CEO’s actual variable incentive award. The target incentive opportunity is established annually by comparing the Company’s revenue and total assets under management, as well as business complexity, to a select peer group of companies determined by the Compensation Committee and its independent remuneration consultants.
Deferral arrangements
Deferrals are a key driver of our remuneration philosophy as they create employee ownership and align the interests of our employees, our clients, and our shareholders over the long term. All employees are subject to the Company’s standard deferral arrangements which apply to variable incentive awards, excluding the monthly and quarterly commission arrangements described above. Deferral rates apply to awards that exceed a minimum threshold, rates of deferral increase for larger incentive awards, or as appropriate under the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (AIFMD) or Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities (UCITS) regulations. Deferred awards vest in three equal instalments over a 3-year
Global Remuneration Policy Statement (“GRPS")
period. Forfeiture provisions apply to employees who cease employment with the Company during the vesting period, other than in prescribed circumstances. Deferrals are delivered into JHG restricted stock and/or fund units and, effective in 2020, all awards are subject to malus provisions. Clawback provisions, in addition to malus, apply to the most senior officers at the firm.
Deferral arrangements are reviewed periodically to ensure they remain aligned with:
● | the Company’s business strategy, associated time horizons and risk appetite; |
● | competitive practice in the sectors and jurisdictions in which the Company operates; and |
● | emerging regulatory practice. |
Performance Appraisals
The Company operates an annual performance appraisal process on a global basis. Line managers must undertake reviews of individual performance at least annually. In conjunction with department heads, Human Resources analyse and calibrate performance appraisal results and consider a number of outcomes, including but not limited to; the consistent application of ratings, the degree of performance differentiation, gender pay effects, and the alignment between pay and performance.
Additional Remuneration Policies and Practices
Anti-avoidance and anti-hedging
Identified Code Staff are required to complete an annual attestation certifying that they;
o | understand that they must act and make decisions within the Company’s risk appetite as described in the Enterprise Risk Management Framework, and |
o | will adhere to the Company’s Personal Account Dealing policy which includes a prohibition of personal hedging transactions. |
Guaranteed bonus and buy out awards
The Company complies with the principles of the Financial Conduct Authority Remuneration Code(s) in relation to guaranteed bonuses in that guaranteed variable remuneration is only awarded to material risk takers or employees with AIFMD or UCITS responsibilities in cases where:
● | it is exceptional; |
● | it occurs in the context of hiring new staff; |
● | the firm has a sound and strong capital base; and |
● | it is limited to the first year of service. |
Buying out deferred bonuses is permitted subject to, as far as possible, the timing, delivery mechanism (i.e. shares or cash) and amounts paid out being set to match the former arrangements (quantum and vesting schedule) including, where relevant, applicable performance conditions associated with the forfeited awards.
This policy applies to all employees of Janus Henderson Group plc, its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Remuneration Governance Framework
Oversight, decision-making and management activities in relation to remuneration related matters are conducted through a number of governing bodies.
Global Remuneration Policy Statement (“GRPS")
Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors
The independent non-executive Directors of the Committee are responsible for;
o | oversight and approval regarding CEO and Executive Committee remuneration, |
o | decision-making regarding the Company’s remuneration practices and variable incentive plans, including; |
o | review of the annual risk assessment and approval of any adjustments to the Profit Pools, and |
o | periodic review of incentive plans in respect of conflicts of interest and/or mitigation of excessive risk taking behaviours. |
Janus Henderson UK Holdings Limited Board
The Janus Henderson UK (Holdings) Limited (JHUKHL) Board reviews the application of the JHG Group Governance to the UK consolidated prudential group (Regulatory Group). The Remuneration matters the JHUKHL Board are responsible for are as follows:
o | Approve the remuneration policy for the Regulatory Group (Regulatory Group Remuneration Policy) that: |
i. | takes into account the JHG Group remuneration policy, |
ii. | is consistent with and promotes sound and effective risk management within the Regulatory Group and |
iii. | is designed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements and guidance. |
o | Periodically review the general principles of the Regulatory Group Remuneration Policy and check that they are designed to comply with applicable Remuneration Codes. |
o | Review the Regulatory Group Remuneration Policy and oversee its implementation. |
o | Approve the Code Staff List for the Regulatory Group. |
o | Consider, and, if thought appropriate, approve the recommendation from the Compensation Committee with respect to the Risk Adjustment processes. |
Remuneration Review Committee
The RRC includes the Head of HR, the CRO and the General Counsel. This group considers guidance and feedback from relevant department heads where appropriate and is responsible for;
o | considering material changes to global remuneration practices and variable incentive plans, |
o | reviewing variable incentive plans in respect of conflicts of interest and/or potential for excessive risk taking and recommending changes, |
o | recommending changes, amendments and revisions to existing remuneration mechanisms to comply with regulatory requirements, |
o | determining the list of identified Code Staff and reviewing remuneration decisions for this group, |
o | determining adjustments to individual and/or team remuneration following an assessment of material risk events, conduct and behaviours, and |
o | approving any special remuneration arrangements for individuals and/or teams. |
Relevant Remuneration Requirements
Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (AIFMD)
● | FCA: AIFM Remuneration Code (SYSC 19B) |
● | CSSF: Luxembourg law of 12 July 2013 on alternative investment fund managers (the “AIFM Law”) |
● | CSSF: ESMA Guidelines on sound remuneration policies under AIFMD (ESMA 2016/411) |
Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities (UCITS) regulations
● | FCA: UCITS Remuneration Code (SYSC 19E) |
● | CSSF: Luxembourg Law of 17 December 2010 on undertakings for collective investment (the “UCITS Law”) |
● | CSSF: ESMA Guidelines on sound remuneration policies under the UCITS Directive (ESMA 2016/411) |
Global Remuneration Policy Statement (“GRPS")
Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID)
● | FCA: MiFID II Remuneration and performance management of sales staff (SYSC 19F) |
● | CSSF: ESMA Markets in Financial Instruments (MiFID II) - Directive 2014/65/EU |
● | CSSF: ESMA MiFID II Delegated Regulation 2017/593 |
● | CSSF: Article 1 of Grand Ducal law of 30 May 2018, which incorporates MiFID II Delegated Regulation 2017/593 into Luxembourg law |
FCA MiFIDPRU Remuneration Code (SYSC 19G)
CSSF Commission Recommendation of 30 April 2009 on remuneration policies in the financial services sector (2009/384/EC)
Exhibit 10.18
EXECUTION VERSION |
AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT |
dated 21 December 2021 |
between JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC as Company and JANUS CAPITAL GROUP INC. as Guarantor with BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as Facility Agent relating to a US$200,000,000 Facility Agreement dated 16 February 2017 |
Allen & Overy LLP
CONTENTS
Clause | | Page |
| | |
1. | Interpretation | 1 |
2. | Amendments | 1 |
3. | Representations | 2 |
4. | Fees | 3 |
5. | Consents | 3 |
6. | Miscellaneous | 3 |
7. | Governing law | 4 |
| | |
Schedule | | |
| | |
1. | Conditions precedent | 5 |
2. | Amended Facility Agreement | 7 |
| | |
Signatories | 8 |
THIS AGREEMENT is dated 21 December 2021 and made
BETWEEN:
(1) | JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC (registered number 101484) (the Company); |
(2) | JANUS CAPITAL GROUP INC. (registered number 2850271) (the Guarantor); and |
(3) | BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as facility agent of the other Finance Parties under and as defined in the Facility Agreement (as defined below) (the Facility Agent). |
BACKGROUND
(A) | This Agreement is supplemental to and amends a facility agreement dated 16 February 2017 between, among others, the Company, the Guarantor and the Facility Agent (the Facility Agreement). |
(B) | The Majority Lenders (as defined in the Facility Agreement) have consented to the amendments to the Facility Agreement contemplated by this Agreement. Accordingly, pursuant to Clause 35.4 (Replacement of Screen Rate) of the Facility Agreement, the Facility Agent is authorised to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Finance Parties. |
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1. | INTERPRETATION |
1.1 | Definitions |
In this Agreement (including its recitals):
Amended Facility Agreement means the Facility Agreement as amended and restated by this Agreement.
Effective Date means the date upon which the Facility Agent provides the Company with the notice referred to in clause 2(b) or such other date as the Company and the Facility Agent may agree.
Coordination Fee Letter means the letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Company and the Facility Agent setting out the amount of the fee referred to in Clause 4 (Fees).
1.2 | Construction |
(a) | Capitalised terms defined in the Facility Agreement have, unless expressly defined in this Agreement, the same meaning in this Agreement. |
(b) | The provisions of clauses 1.2 (Construction), 1.3 (Third party rights) and 41 (Enforcement) of the Facility Agreement apply to this Agreement as though they were set out in full in this Agreement except that references to the Facility Agreement are to be construed as references to this Agreement. |
2. | AMENDMENTS |
(a) | Subject as set out below, the Facility Agreement will be amended from the Effective Date so that it reads as if it were restated in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Amended Facility Agreement). The Facility Agreement will not be amended unless and until the Effective Date occurs. |
1
(b) | The Facility Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders when it has received all of the documents set out in Schedule 1 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent. The Facility Agent shall give this notification as soon as reasonably practicable. |
3. | REPRESENTATIONS |
3.1 | Representations |
Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 3 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.
3.2 | Binding obligations |
Subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered under this Agreement or the Facility Agreement, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in this Agreement are, legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.
3.3 | Non-conflict with other obligations |
The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not conflict with:
(a) | any law or regulation applicable to it; |
(b) | its or any of its Material Subsidiaries' constitutional documents; or |
(c) | any agreement or instrument which is binding upon it or any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of its or its Material Subsidiaries' assets, in each case save to the extent that they could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. |
3.4 | Power and authority |
It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
3.5 | Validity and admissibility in evidence |
All Authorisations required:
(a) | to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in this Agreement; and |
(b) | to make this Agreement admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation, |
have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.
3.6 | Facility Agreement |
Each Obligor confirms to each Finance Party that on the date of this Agreement and on the Effective Date, the Repeating Representations:
(a) | are true in all material respects; and |
2
(b) | would also be true in all material respects if references to the Facility Agreement are construed as references to the Amended Facility Agreement. |
In each case, each Repeating Representation shall be deemed to be made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing and, in the case of the confirmation made on the date of this Agreement, as if the Effective Date had occurred.
4. | FEES |
The Company shall pay to the Facility Agent for its own account a coordination fee in an amount and on the date referred to in the Coordination Fee Letter. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no such coordination fee shall be payable if the Effective Date does not occur.
5. | CONSENTS |
(a) | On the Effective Date, each Obligor: |
(i) | confirms its acceptance of the Amended Facility Agreement; and |
(ii) | agrees that it is bound as an Obligor by the terms of the Amended Facility Agreement. |
(b) | On the Effective Date, the Guarantor confirms that its guarantee: |
(i) | continues in full force and effect on the terms of the Amended Facility Agreement; and |
(ii) | extends to the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents (including the Amended Facility Agreement), |
in each case, subject to any limitations set out in the Amended Facility Agreement.
6. | CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT |
Within six months from the date of this Agreement, the Company shall provide to the Facility Agent a copy of a resolution of its board of directors:
(i) | ratifying the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and the Coordinator Fee Letter and the execution of this Agreement and the Coordinator Fee Letter; and |
(ii) | authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with this Agreement and the Coordinator Fee Letter and ratifying any documents and/or notices signed and/or despatched before the date of such resolutions. |
7. | MISCELLANEOUS |
(a) | Each of this Agreement, the Amended Facility Agreement and the Coordination Fee Letter is a Finance Document. |
(b) | Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Facility Agreement will remain in full force and effect and, on and from the Effective Date, the Facility Agreement and this Agreement will be read and construed as one document. |
3
8. | GOVERNING LAW |
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.
THIS Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
4
SCHEDULE 1
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
1. | The Obligors |
(a) | A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor (including, in respect of the Company, the consent issued to the Company under the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Order 1958) or, if the Facility Agent already has a copy, a certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor confirming that the copy in the Facility Agent's possession is still correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement. |
(b) | A copy of: |
(i) | an extract of a resolution of the board of directors of the Company approving the Group’s delegation of authority policy; and |
(ii) | the version of the delegation of authority policy of the Company which is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement. |
(c) | A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolutions referred to in paragraph (b) above. |
(d) | A certificate of an authorised signatory of each Obligor: |
(i) | confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee or similar limit binding on it to be breached; |
(ii) | certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement; and |
(A) | in the case of the Company, certifying that the resolutions of its board of directors described in paragraph (b)(i) above are still correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement; and |
(B) | in the case of the Guarantor, certifying that the resolutions of its board of directors authorising entry into this Agreement are still correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement. |
(e) | A copy of a certificate required to be given by an authorised signatory of the Company in connection with the legal opinion referred to in paragraph 2(b) below. |
2. | Legal opinions |
The following legal opinions:
(a) | a legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, legal advisers to the Facility Agent in England; |
(b) | a legal opinion of Mourant Ozannes (Jersey) LLP, legal advisers to the Facility Agent in Jersey; and |
(c) | a legal opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, legal advisers to the Company in Delaware, |
5
each substantially in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing this Agreement and addressed to the Finance Parties at the date of that opinion.
3. | Other documents and evidence |
(a) | The Coordination Fee Letter. |
(b) | A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Company at least three Business Days prior to the date of this Agreement) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or for the validity and enforceability of this Agreement. |
6
SCHEDULE 2
AMENDED FACILITY AGREEMENT
7
SIGNATORIES
THE OBLIGORS
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC
Company
By: | /s/ Roger Thompson | |
| Roger Thompson | |
| Chief Financial Officer |
Guarantor
JANUS CAPITAL GROUP INC.
By: | /s/ Brennan Hughes | |
| Brennan Hughes | |
| Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer |
Signature page to ARA
THE FACILITY AGENT
BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited)
By: | /s/ Colin Gotts | |
| Colin Gotts | |
| Vice President |
Signature page to ARA
EXECUTION VERSION |
|
AMENDED AND RESTATED FACILITY AGREEMENT |
ORIGINALLY DATED 16 FEBRUARY 2017 as amended and restated by an amendment and restatement agreement dated |
US$200,000,000 REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY for JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC arranged by BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as Coordinator, Bookrunner and Mandated Lead Arranger with BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as Facility Agent |
Allen & Overy LLP
CONTENTS
Clause | | Page |
| | |
1. | Definitions and interpretation | 1 |
2. | The Facility | 21 |
3. | Purpose | 26 |
4. | Conditions of Utilisation | 26 |
5. | Utilisation | 27 |
6. | Optional Currencies | 28 |
7. | Repayment | 29 |
8. | Prepayment and cancellation | 30 |
9. | Interest | 34 |
10. | Interest Periods | 37 |
11. | Changes to the calculation of interest | 37 |
12. | Fees | 40 |
13. | Tax gross-up and indemnities | 41 |
14. | Increased Costs | 50 |
15. | Other indemnities | 52 |
16. | Mitigation by the Lenders | 53 |
17. | Costs and expenses | 53 |
18. | Guarantee and indemnity | 54 |
19. | Representations | 58 |
20. | Information undertakings | 62 |
21. | Financial covenants | 65 |
22. | General undertakings | 68 |
23. | Events of Default | 73 |
24. | Changes to the Lenders | 76 |
25. | Changes to the Obligors | 81 |
26. | Role of the Administrative Parties | 83 |
27. | Conduct of business by the Finance Parties | 92 |
28. | Sharing among the Finance Parties | 92 |
29. | Payment mechanics | 94 |
30. | Set-off | 98 |
31. | Notices | 98 |
32. | Calculations and certificates | 100 |
33. | Partial invalidity | 101 |
34. | Remedies and waivers | 101 |
35. | Amendments and waivers | 101 |
36. | Confidential Information | 107 |
37. | Confidentiality of Funding Rates | 110 |
38. | Counterparts | 111 |
39. | Contractual Recognition of Bail-In | 111 |
40. | Governing law | 113 |
41. | Waiver of trial by jury | 113 |
42. | Enforcement | 113 |
43. | USA Patriot Act | 114 |
Schedule | | |
| | |
1. | Original Parties | 115 |
2. | Conditions precedent | 116 |
| Part 1 Conditions Precedent to initial utilisation | 116 |
| Part 2 Conditions precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Guarantor | 118 |
3. | Form of Utilisation Request | 120 |
4. | Form of Accordion Increase Confirmation | 121 |
5. | Form of Transfer Certificate | 124 |
6. | Form of Assignment Agreement | 127 |
7. | Form of Accession Letter | 130 |
8. | Form of Resignation Letter | 131 |
9. | Form of Increase Confirmation | 132 |
10. | Reference Rate Terms | 135 |
| Part 1 Dollars | 135 |
| Part 2 Sterling | 139 |
| Part 3 Euro | 142 |
| Part 4 AUD | 144 |
11. | Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate | 147 |
12. | Form of Compliance Certificate | 149 |
13. | Existing Security | 150 |
14. | Timetables | 151 |
| | |
Signatories | 153 |
THIS AGREEMENT is dated 16 February 2017, as amended and restated on 21 December 2021, and made
BETWEEN:
(1) | JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC (registered number 101484) (the Company); |
(2) | JANUS CAPITAL GROUP INC. (registered number 2850271) (the Original Guarantor); |
(3) | BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as coordinator, bookrunner and mandated lead arranger and CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED as bookrunner and mandated lead arranger (together, the Bookrunners and Mandated Lead Arrangers); |
(4) | BNP PARIBAS LONDON BRANCH, SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION EUROPE LIMITED and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as mandated lead arrangers (the Mandated Lead Arrangers); |
(5) | STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY as lead arranger (the Lead Arranger); |
(6) | THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 (Original Parties) as original lenders (in this capacity, the Original Lenders); and |
(7) | BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as facility agent (in this capacity, the Facility Agent). |
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1. | DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
1.1 | Definitions |
In this Agreement:
2025 Senior Notes means the USD300,000,000 senior notes due in 2025 issued by the Original Guarantor.
Accession Letter means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Accession Letter), with any amendments the Facility Agent and the Company may agree.
Accordion Increase has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.4 (Accordion Increase in Commitments).
Accordion Increase Amount has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.4 (Accordion Increase in Commitments).
Accordion Increase Confirmation means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Accordion Increase Confirmation) or any other form agreed between the Company, the Facility Agent and the Accordion Lender.
Accordion Increase Date has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.4 (Accordion Increase in Commitments).
1
Accordion Lender has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.4 (Accordion Increase in Commitments).
Accordion Request has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.4 (Accordion Increase in Commitments).
Additional Business Day means any day specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Additional Guarantor means a person which becomes a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors).
Administrative Party means the Arrangers or the Facility Agent.
Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.
Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange means Bloomberg's (at http://www.bloomberg.com/markets/currencies/major) or, if different, the Facility Agent's spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with US Dollars in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.
Alternative Term Rate means any rate specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Alternative Term Rate Adjustment means any rate which is either:
(a) | specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms; or |
(b) | determined by the Facility Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of the Facility Agent) in accordance with the methodology specified in the applicable Reference Rate Terms. |
Amendment and Restatement Agreement means the amendment and restatement agreement dated on 21 December 2021 between the Company, the Guarantor and the Facility Agent.
Anti-Corruption Laws means all laws, rules and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Company or its Subsidiaries from time to time directly regulating bribery or corruption.
Arrangers means the Bookrunners and Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Lead Arranger.
Assignment Agreement means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.
AUD means Australian Dollars.
Authorisation means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, permit, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.
Availability Period means the period from and including the Merger Completion Date to and including the date falling one month before the Termination Date.
Available Commitment means a Lender's Commitment minus:
(a) | the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans; and |
2
(b) | in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date, other than that Lender's participation in any Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date. |
Available Facility means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender's Available Commitment.
Baseline CAS means, in relation to a Compounded Rate Loan in a Compounded Rate Currency, any rate which is either:
(a) | specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms; or |
(b) | determined by the Facility Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of the Facility Agent) in accordance with the methodology specified in the applicable Reference Rate Terms. |
Base Currency means USD.
Base Currency Amount means, in relation to a Loan:
(a) | the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by the Company for that Loan; or |
(b) | if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Facility Agent receives the Utilisation Request, in each case, adjusted to reflect any repayment, prepayment, consolidation or division of the Loan. |
Break Costs means any amount specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Boston and New York and:
(a) | (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of, or the fixing of an interest rate in relation to, a currency other than euro or AUD) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency; |
(b) | (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of, or the fixing of an interest rate in relation to, euro) which is a TARGET Day; or |
(c) | (in relation to: |
(i) | the fixing of an interest rate in relation to a Term Rate Loan; |
(ii) | any date for payment or purchase of an amount relating to a Compounded Rate Loan; or |
(iii) | the determination of the first day or the last day of an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan, or otherwise in relation to the determination of the length of such an Interest Period), which is an Additional Business Day relating to that Loan or Unpaid Sum. |
3
Central Bank Rate has the meaning given to that term in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Central Bank Rate Adjustment has the meaning given to that term in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Commitment means:
(a) | in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1 (Original Parties) under the heading Commitment and the amount of any other Commitment it acquires under this Agreement; and |
(b) | in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment it acquires under this Agreement, to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.3 (Increase) or Clause 2.4 (Accordion Increase in Commitments). |
Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 10 (Form of Compliance Certificate), with any amendments which the Facility Agent and the Company may agree.
Compounded Rate Currency means any currency which is not a Term Rate Currency.
Compounded Rate Interest Payment means the aggregate amount of interest that:
(a)is, or is scheduled to become, payable under any Finance Document; and
(b)relates to a Compounded Rate Loan.
Compounded Rate Loan means any Loan or, if applicable, Unpaid Sum which is not a Term Rate Loan.
Compounded Reference Rate means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during the Interest Period of a Compounded Rate Loan, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:
(a)the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for that RFR Banking Day; and
(b)the applicable Baseline CAS or Fallback CAS (if any).
Compounding Methodology Supplement means, in relation to the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate, a document which:
(a) | is agreed in writing by the Company, the Facility Agent (in its own capacity) and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders); |
(b)specifies a calculation methodology for that rate; and
(c)has been made available to the Company and each Finance Party.
Confidential Information means all information relating to the Company, any Guarantor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:
4
(a) | any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or |
(b) | another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers, in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes: |
(i) | information that: |
(A) | is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 36 (Confidential Information); |
(B) | is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or |
(C) | is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and |
(ii) | any Funding Rate. |
Confidentiality Undertaking means, at any time, a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the then current recommended form of the Loan Market Association or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Facility Agent.
Consolidated Structured Entities means where a member of the Group has invested seed capital and, under GAAP, the funds have been consolidated.
CTA means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.
Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan, the percentage rate per annum determined by the Facility Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of the Facility Agent) in accordance with the methodology set out in Schedule 11 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) or in any relevant Compounding Methodology Supplement.
Daily Rate means the rate specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Default means:
(a) | an Event of Default; or |
(b) | an event or circumstance specified in Clause 23 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of them) be an Event of Default. |
Defaulting Lender means any Lender:
5
(a) | which has failed to make its share in a Loan available or has given notice to the Facility Agent or the Company (which has notified the Facility Agent) that it will not make available its share in any Loan by the relevant Utilisation Date in accordance with this Agreement; or |
(b) | which has rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above: |
(i) | its failure to pay is caused by: |
(A) | administrative or technical error; or |
(B) | a Disruption Event, and payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or |
(ii) | the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the relevant payment. |
Disruption Event means either or both of:
(a) | a material disruption to the payment or communications systems or to the financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out), provided that the disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or |
(b) | the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party: |
(i) | from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or |
(ii) | from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, and which (in either case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted. |
Effective Date has the meaning given to it in the Amendment and Restatement Agreement.
Employee Plan means an employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which an Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4062 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
ERISA means, at any date, the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (or any successor legislation thereto) as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder, all as the same may be in effect at such date.
ERISA Affiliate means any person that for purposes of Title I and Title IV of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code would be deemed at any relevant time to be a single employer with an Obligor, pursuant to Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.
6
ERISA Event means:
(a) | any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to an Employee Plan, as to which PBGC has not by regulation waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified of such event; |
(b) | the filing of a notice of intent to terminate any Employee Plan, if such termination would require material additional contributions in order to be considered a standard termination within the meaning of Section 4041(b) of ERISA, or the filing under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Employee Plan or the termination of any Employee Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA; |
(c) | the institution of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA by the PBGC for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Employee Plan; |
(d) | any failure by any Employee Plan to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of Sections 412 and 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA applicable to such Employee Plan, in each case whether or not waived; |
(e) | the failure to make a required contribution under Section 412 or 430 of the Code to any Employee Plan that would result in the imposition of an encumbrance or at any time prior to date hereof, a filing under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA of any request for a minimum funding variance with respect to any Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan; |
(f) | an engagement in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA with respect to any Employee Plan; |
(g) | the complete or partial withdrawal of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan; |
(h) | an Obligor or an ERISA Affiliate incurring any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Employee Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); and |
(i) | a determination that any Employee Plan is, or is expected to be, in "at risk" status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code). |
euro, EUR and € mean the single currency of the Participating Member States.
Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 23 (Events of Default).
Executive Order means Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financings – Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten To Commit, or Support Terrorism issued on 23 September 2001.
Facility means the revolving credit facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility).
Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.
7
Fallback CAS means, in relation to any Loan in a Term Rate Currency which becomes a "Compounded Rate Loan" for its then current Interest Period pursuant to Clause 11.1 (Interest calculation if no Primary Term Rate), any rate which is either:
(a) | specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms; or |
(b) | determined by the Facility Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of the Facility Agent) in accordance with the methodology specified in the applicable Reference Rate Terms. |
Fallback Interest Period means, in relation to a Term Rate Loan, the period specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
FATCA means:
(a) | sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations; |
(b) | any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or |
(c) | any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) above with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction. |
FATCA Application Date means:
(a) | in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the U.S.), 1 July 2014; |
(b) | in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the U.S.), 1 January 2019; or |
(c) | in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019, or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the Signing Date. |
FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.
FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.
Fee Letter means any letter entered into by reference to this Agreement or the Amendment and Restatement Agreement between one or more Administrative Parties and the Company setting out the amount of any fees referred to in this Agreement or the Amendment and Restatement Agreement.
Finance Document means:
(a) | this Agreement; |
8
(b) | the Amendment and Restatement Agreement; |
(c) | a Fee Letter; |
(d) | an Accession Letter; |
(e) | a Resignation Letter; |
(f) | any Reference Rate Supplement; |
(g) | any Compounding Methodology Supplement; and |
(h) | any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Company. |
Finance Lease means any lease, hire purchase contract or other agreement which would, in accordance with GAAP in force on the Signing Date, be treated as a balance sheet liability.
Finance Party means a Lender or an Administrative Party.
Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:
(a) | moneys borrowed; |
(b) | any acceptance under any acceptance credit facility (including any dematerialised equivalent); |
(c) | any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds (but not Trade Instruments), notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument; |
(d) | any Finance Lease; |
(e) | receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold or discounted on a non-recourse basis); |
(f) | for the purposes of Clause 23.6 (Cross-default) only, any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) will be taken into account); |
(g) | any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution (other than in respect of any performance bonds or advance payment bonds issued in respect of obligations of any member of the Group arising in the ordinary course of trading); |
(h) | any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing; or |
(i) | any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person in respect of any item referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above, but excluding any (i) indebtedness owing by a member of the Group to another member of the Group; and (ii) indebtedness owing by any members of the Group which are Consolidated Structured Entities. |
Fitch means Fitch Ratings Limited or any successor to its ratings business.
9
Funding Rate means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 11.4 (Cost of funds).
GAAP means:
(a) | in relation to the Original Financial Statements: |
(i) | in respect of the Company, the generally accepted accounting principles in the UK., including IFRS; and |
(ii) | in respect of the Original Guarantor, the generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S.; and |
(b) | in relation to the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.1 (Financial statements), the generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S.. |
Group means the Company and its Subsidiaries for the time being.
Guarantor means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor which, in each case, has not ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors).
Historic Primary Term Rate means, in relation to any Term Rate Loan, the most recent applicable Primary Term Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and which is as of a day which is no more than three days before the Quotation Day.
Holding Company means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary
IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.
Impaired Agent means the Facility Agent at any time when:
(a) | it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment; |
(b) | it rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document, |
(c) | (if the Facility Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of Defaulting Lender; or |
(d) | an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Facility Agent; unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above: |
(i) | its failure to pay is caused by: |
(A) | administrative or technical error; or |
(B) | a Disruption Event, and |
payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or
(ii) | the Facility Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the relevant payment. |
10
Increase Confirmation means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 (Form of Increase Confirmation) or any other form agreed between the Company and the Facility Agent.
Increased Costs has the meaning given to it in Clause 14 (Increased Costs).
Increase Lender has the meaning given to it in Clause 2.3 (Increase).
Information Memorandum means the information memorandum prepared on behalf of, and approved by, the Company in connection with this Agreement.
Insolvency Event in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:
(a) | is dissolved (other than as a result of a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); |
(b) | becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; |
(c) | makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; |
(d) | institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official; |
(e) | has instituted against it a proceeding seeking judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition presented against it, that proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or an entity not described in paragraph (d) above and: |
(i) | results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or |
(ii) | is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of its institution or presentation; |
(f) | has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than as a result of a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); |
(g) | seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity described in paragraph (d) above); |
(h) | has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and that secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days of it; |
11
(i) | causes or is subject to any event which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) (inclusive) above; or |
(j) | takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence, in any of the acts referred to above. |
Interest Period means each period determined under this Agreement by reference to which interest on a Loan or an Unpaid Sum is calculated.
Interpolated Alternative Term Rate means, in relation to any Term Rate Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Alternative Term Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:
(a) | the applicable Alternative Term Rate for the longest period (for which that Alternative Term Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and |
(b) | the applicable Alternative Term Rate for the shortest period (for which that Alternative Term Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan, each as of the Quotation Time. |
Interpolated Historic Primary Term Rate means, in relation to any Term Rate Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Primary Term Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:
(a) | the most recent applicable Primary Term Rate for the longest period (for which that Primary Term Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and |
(b) | the most recent applicable Primary Term Rate for the shortest period (for which that Primary Term Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan, each of which is as of a day which is no more than three days before the Quotation Day. |
Interpolated Primary Term Rate means, in relation to any Term Rate Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Primary Term Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:
(a) | the applicable Primary Term Rate for the longest period (for which that Primary Term Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and |
(b) | the applicable Primary Term Rate for the shortest period (for which that Primary Term Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan, each as of the Quotation Time. |
ITA means the Income Tax Act 2007.
Lender means:
(a) | an Original Lender; or |
(b) | any bank or financial institution which has become a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.3 (Increase), Clause 2.4 (Accordion Increase in Commitments) or a Party in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders), |
12
which, in each case, has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Loan means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.
Lookback Period means the number of days specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Majority Lenders means, at any time, a Lender or Lenders:
(a) | whose participation in the outstanding Loans and whose Available Commitments then aggregate 662/3% or more of the aggregate of all the outstanding Loans and the Available Commitments of all the Lenders; |
(b) | if there is no Loan then outstanding, whose Commitments then aggregate 662/3% or more of the Total Commitments; or |
(c) | if there is no Loan then outstanding and the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, whose Commitments aggregated 662/3% or more of the Total Commitments immediately before the reduction. |
Margin means the percentage rate per annum calculated in accordance with Clause 9.4 (Margin adjustments).
Market Disruption Rate means the rate (if any) specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on:
(a) | the business, assets or financial condition of the Group as a whole; |
(b) | the ability of the Group as a whole to perform its payment and financial covenant obligations under any Finance Document; or |
(c) | the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document. |
Material Subsidiary means, at any time, a Subsidiary of the Company if:
(a) | the revenue or net assets (excluding any intra-Group transactions or balances) of that Subsidiary then represent 10% or more of the total revenue or total net assets (excluding any intra-Group transactions or balances) of the Group; or |
(b) | the Unrestricted Cash of that Subsidiary then equals or exceeds 5% of the total Unrestricted Cash of the Group. |
For this purpose:
(c) | subject to paragraph (d) below: |
(i) | the contribution of a Subsidiary of the Company will be determined from its financial statements which were consolidated into the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company; and |
(ii) | the financial condition of the Group will be determined from the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company; |
13
(d) | if a Subsidiary of the Company becomes a member of the Group after the date on which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company were prepared: |
(i) | the contribution of the Subsidiary will be determined from its latest financial statements; and |
(ii) | the financial condition of the Group will be determined from the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company but adjusted to take into account any subsequent acquisition or disposal of a business or a company (including that Subsidiary); |
(e) | if a Material Subsidiary disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to another member of the Group, it will immediately cease to be a Material Subsidiary (provided it no longer satisfies the definition of Material Subsidiary as a result of such disposal) and the other member of the Group (if it is not the Company or already a Material Subsidiary) will immediately become a Material Subsidiary (provided it satisfies the definition of Material Subsidiary as a result of such disposal); |
(f) | a Subsidiary of the Company (if it is not already a Material Subsidiary) will become a Material Subsidiary on completion of any other intra-Group transfer or reorganisation if it would have been a Material Subsidiary had the intra-Group transfer or reorganisation occurred on the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company; and |
(g) | except as specifically mentioned in paragraph (e) above, a member of the Group will remain a Material Subsidiary until the next audited consolidated financial statements of the Company show otherwise under paragraph (c) above. |
If there is a dispute as to whether or not a member of the Group is a Material Subsidiary, a certificate of the Company's auditors is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive.
Merger means the proposed merger of Horizon Orbit Corp. with and into Janus Capital Group Inc. in accordance with the provisions of the Merger Agreement.
Merger Agreement means the agreement and plan of merger dated 3 October 2016 and made between the Company, Horizon Orbit Corp. and Janus Capital Group Inc. in relation to the Merger.
Merger Completion Date means the date on which the closing of the Merger occurs.
Month means, in relation to an Interest Period (or any other period for the accrual of commission or fees in a currency), a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, subject to adjustment in accordance with the rules specified as Business Day Conventions in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Moody's means Moody's Investors Service Limited or any successor to its ratings business.
Multiemployer Plan means a "multiemployer plan" (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA contributed to for any employees of an Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate.
New Lender has the meaning given to it in Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders).
Obligor means the Company or a Guarantor.
Optional Currency means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which satisfies the conditions in paragraph (a) of Clause 6.2 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies).
14
Original Financial Statements means:
(a) | in relation to the Company, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2015; and |
(b) | in relation to the Original Guarantor, its audited financial statements for its financial year ended 31 December 2015. |
Original Obligor means the Company or the Original Guarantor.
Participating Member State means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.
Party means a party to this Agreement.
Patriot Act means the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law on 26 October 2001).
PBGC means the US Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any entity succeeding to all or any of its functions under ERISA.
Primary Term Rate means the rate specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Pro Rata Share means, at any time:
(a) | for the purpose of determining a Lender's participation in a Utilisation, the proportion which its Available Commitment then bears to the Available Facility; and |
(b) | for any other purpose: |
(i) | the proportion which a Lender's participation in the Loans then bears to all the Loans; |
(ii) | if there is no Loan then outstanding, the proportion which its Commitment then bears to the Total Commitments; or |
(iii) | if there is no Loan then outstanding and the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, the proportion which its Commitment bore to the Total Commitments immediately before the reduction. |
Qualifying Lender has the meaning given to it in Clause 13 (Tax gross-up and indemnities).
Quotation Day means the day specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Quotation Time means the relevant time (if any) specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Quoted Tenor means, in relation to a Primary Term Rate or an Alternative Term Rate, any period for which that rate is customarily displayed on the relevant page or screen of an information service other than the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR settings.
Reference Rate Supplement means, in relation to any currency, a document which:
(a) | is agreed in writing by the Company, the Facility Agent (in its own capacity) and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders); |
15
(b) | specifies for that currency the relevant terms which are expressed in this Agreement to be determined by reference to Reference Rate Terms; |
(c) | specifies whether that currency is a Compounded Rate Currency or a Term Rate Currency; and |
(d) | has been made available to the Company and each Finance Party. |
Reference Rate Terms means, in relation to:
(a) | a currency; |
(b) | a Loan or an Unpaid Sum in that currency; |
(c) | an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum (or other period for the accrual of commission or fees in a currency); or |
(d) | any term of this Agreement relating to the determination of a rate of interest in relation to such a Loan or Unpaid Sum, the terms set out for that currency, and (where such terms are set out for different categories of Loan, Unpaid Sum or accrual of commission or fees in that currency) for the category of that Loan, Unpaid Sum or accrual, in Schedule 10 (Reference Rate Terms) or in any Reference Rate Supplement. |
Related Fund in relation to a fund (the first fund), means:
(a) | a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund; or |
(b) | if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund. |
Relevant Long-term Credit Rating has the meaning given to it in paragraph (c) of Clause 9.4 (Margin adjustments).
Relevant Market means the market specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Repeating Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 19.2 (Status) to 19.7 (Governing law and enforcement), paragraph (a) of Clause 19.10 (No default), paragraph (c) of Clause 19.11 (No misleading information), paragraph (a) of Clause 19.12 (Financial statements) and Clauses 19.15 (Anti-Corruption laws, sanctions and Patriot Act) to 19.17 (Compliance with U.S. regulations).
Reporting Day means the day (if any) specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Reporting Time means the relevant time (if any) specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Representative means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.
Resignation Letter means a resignation letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (Form of Resignation Letter), with any amendments the Facility Agent and the Company may agree.
16
RFR means the rate specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
RFR Banking Day means any day specified as such in the applicable Reference Rate Terms.
Rollover Loan means one or more Loans:
(a) | made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid; |
(b) | the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Loan; |
(c) | in the same currency as the maturing Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 6.3 (Unavailability of a currency for a Loan)); and |
(d) | made or to be made for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Loan. |
S&P means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc. or any successor to its ratings business.
Sanctioned Person means any person who (a) is named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals or Blocked Persons maintained by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Asset Controls and/or any other similar lists maintained by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Asset Controls pursuant to authorising statute, executive order or regulation, (b) is named on a list maintained by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty's Treasury of the United Kingdom, (c) is a person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of the Executive Order or any related legislation or any other similar executive order or (d), (i) is an agency of the government of a country, (ii) an organisation controlled by a country or (iii) a person resident in, located within, or operating from a country that is subject to a general export, import, financial or investment embargo under Sanctions, as such programme may be applicable to such agency, organisation or person.
Sanctions shall mean the economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. Government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty's Treasury of the United Kingdom.
Security Interest means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment by way of security, hypothecation or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.
Senior Convertible Notes means the USD116,602,000 senior notes due in 2018 issued by the Original Guarantor.
Separate Loan has the meaning given to that term in Clause 7 (Repayment).
Signing Date means 16 February 2017.
Specified Time means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 14 (Timetables).
Subsidiary means an entity of which a person has direct or indirect control or owns directly or indirectly more than 50% of the voting capital or similar right of ownership and control for this purpose means the power to direct the management and the policies of the entity whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise.
17
TARGET2 means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.
TARGET Day means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro.
Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of them).
Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.
Tax Payment means either an increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity).
Termination Date means, subject to Clause 2.5 (Extension), the date falling five years after the Signing Date.
Term Rate Currency means:
(a)euro;
(b)AUD; and
(c) | any other currency specified as such in a Reference Rate Supplement relating to that currency, to the extent, in any case, not specified otherwise in a subsequent Reference Rate Supplement. |
Term Rate Loan means any Loan or, if applicable, Unpaid Sum in a Term Rate Currency to the extent that it is not, or has not become, a "Compounded Rate Loan" for its then current Interest Period pursuant to Clause 11.1 (Interest calculation if no Primary Term Rate).
Term Reference Rate means, in relation to a Term Rate Loan:
(a) | the applicable Primary Term Rate as of the Quotation Time for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan; or |
(b) | as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 11.1 (Interest calculation if no Primary Term Rate), and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, the Term Reference Rate shall be deemed to be zero. |
Third Parties Act means the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.
Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Commitments, being USD200,000,000 at the Signing Date, and subject to any increase under Clause 2.4 (Accordion Increase in Commitments).
Trade Instruments means any performance bonds or advance payment bonds issued in respect of the obligations of any member of the Group arising in the ordinary course of trading of that member of the Group.
Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Transfer Certificate), with any amendments the Facility Agent may approve or reasonably require, or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Company.
18
Transfer Date means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:
(a) | the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and |
(b) | the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate. |
UK means the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.
Unrestricted Cash means cash as reported in the consolidated financial statements of the Company less cash held by Consolidated Structured Entities, cash held in the Group's manager dealing accounts which represents payments due to and from OEICs and Unit Trusts as a result of trading and rental guarantee deposits.
U.S. means the United States of America.
U.S. Debtor means an Obligor that is incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State of the United States of America (including the District of Columbia) or that has a place of business or property in the United States of America.
Utilisation means a utilisation of the Facility.
Utilisation Date means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is or is to be made.
Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Form of Utilisation Request).
VAT means:
(a) | any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994; |
(b) | any Tax imposed in compliance with Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and |
(c) | any other Tax of a similar nature whether imposed in the United Kingdom or a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such Tax referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, or imposed elsewhere. |
1.2 | Construction |
(a) | Unless this Agreement expressly provides to the contrary, any reference in this Agreement to: |
(i) | a Party or any other person includes its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, all or any combination of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents; |
(ii) | an amendment includes a supplement, novation, extension (whether of maturity or otherwise), restatement, re-enactment or replacement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) and amended will be construed accordingly; |
19
(iii) | a Lender's "cost of funds" in relation to its participation in a Loan is a reference to the average cost (determined either on an actual or a notional basis) which that Lender would incur if it were to fund, from whatever source(s) it may reasonably select, an amount equal to the amount of that participation in that Loan for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan; |
(iv) | assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description; |
(v) | disposal includes a sale, transfer, assignment, grant, lease, licence, declaration of trust or other disposal, whether voluntary or involuntary, and dispose will be construed accordingly; |
(vi) | a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument includes (without prejudice to any restriction on amendments) any amendment to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument, including any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in the amount of a facility or any additional facility; |
(vii) | a group of Lenders includes all the Lenders and a group of Finance Parties includes all the Finance Parties; |
(viii) | indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent; |
(ix) | "know your customer" checks is to the identification checks that a Finance Party requests to meet its obligations under any applicable law or regulation to identify a person who is (or is to become) its customer; |
(x) | a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association or body (including a partnership, trust, fund, joint venture or consortium), or any other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality); |
(xi) | a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, being of a type with which a person to which it applies is generally accustomed to comply) of any governmental, inter-governmental or supranational body, agency or department, or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation; |
(xii) | a currency is a reference to the lawful currency for the time being of the relevant country; |
(xiii) | a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended and includes any subordinate legislation; and |
(xiv) | a time of day is a reference to London time. |
(b) | The determination of the extent to which a rate is for a period equal in length to an Interest Period will disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. |
(c) | A Clause or a Schedule is a reference to a clause of or a schedule to this Agreement. |
(d) | The headings in this Agreement are for ease of reference only and do not affect its interpretation. |
(e) | Unless this Agreement expressly provides to the contrary: |
(i) | a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement; |
20
(ii) | a Default is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived; and |
(iii) | any obligation of an Obligor under the Finance Documents which is not a payment obligation remains in force for so long as any payment obligation of any Obligor is outstanding or any Commitment is in force under the Finance Documents. |
(f) | Any reference within a Clause to this Clause means the entirety of that Clause. |
(g) | A reference in this Agreement to a page or screen of an information service displaying a rate shall include: |
(i) | any replacement page of that information service which displays that rate; and |
(ii) | the appropriate page of such other information service which displays that rate from time to time in place of that information service, and, if such page or service ceases to be available, shall include any other page or service displaying that rate specified by the Facility Agent after consultation with the Company. |
(h) | A reference in this Agreement to a Central Bank Rate shall include any successor rate to, or replacement rate for, that rate. |
(i) | Any Reference Rate Supplement relating to a currency overrides anything relating to that currency in: |
(i) | Schedule 10 (Reference Rate Terms); or |
(ii) | any earlier Reference Rate Supplement. |
(j) | A Compounding Methodology Supplement relating to the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate overrides anything relating to that rate in: |
(i) | Schedule 11 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate); or |
(ii) | any earlier Compounding Methodology Supplement. |
(k) | The determination of the extent to which a rate is "for a period equal in length" to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. |
1.3 | Third party rights |
(a) | Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Third Parties Act to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement. |
(b) | Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time. |
2. | THE FACILITY |
2.1 | The Facility |
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Company a revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.
21
2.2 | Finance Parties' rights and obligations |
(a) | The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. |
(b) | Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. |
(c) | No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents. |
(d) | The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and they include the right to repayment of any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents. |
(e) | Any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party is a separate and independent debt. Any part of a Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party's participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor (including if it is payable to the Facility Agent on that Finance Party's behalf). |
(f) | A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents. |
2.3 | Increase |
(a) | The Company may by giving prior notice to the Facility Agent after the effective date of a cancellation of: |
(i) | the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause 8.7 (Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender); or |
(ii) | the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with: |
(A) | Clause 8.1 (Illegality); or |
(B) | paragraph (a) of Clause 8.6 (Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender), request that the Commitments be increased (and the Commitments shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the Base Currency of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments so cancelled as follows: |
(iii) | the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more banks or financial institutions (each an Increase Lender) and each of which confirms in writing (whether in the relevant Increase Confirmation or otherwise) its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender; |
(iv) | each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender; |
(v) | each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender" and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender; |
22
(vi) | the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and |
(vii) | any increase in the Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Company in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied. |
(b) | An increase in the Commitments will only be effective on: |
(i) | the execution by the Facility Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender; |
(ii) | in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase, the Facility Agent being satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender. The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Increase Lender upon being so satisfied. |
(c) | Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective. |
(d) | The Increase Lender shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee in an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under Clause 24.3 (Assignment, transfer and accordion accession fees) if the increase was a transfer pursuant to Clause 24.5 (Procedure for transfer) and if the Increase Lender was a New Lender. |
(e) | The Company may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Company and the Increase Lender in a Fee Letter. |
(f) | Clause 24.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.3 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to: |
(i) | an "Existing Lender" were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase; |
(ii) | the "New Lender" were references to that "Increase Lender"; and |
(iii) | a "re-transfer" and "re-assignment" were references to respectively a "transfer" and "assignment". |
2.4 | Accordion Increase in Commitments |
(a) | The Company may, by delivery to the Facility Agent of a written notice (each such notice being an Accordion Request), request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments shall be so increased) (each such increase being an Accordion Increase) as described in, and in accordance with, this Clause 2.4. |
(b) | Any increase in the Total Commitments requested in an Accordion Request shall be subject to the following conditions: |
(i) | the Total Commitments, taking into account any Accordion Increase, will not exceed USD250,000,000 or such other larger amount agreed to by all the Lenders; |
23
(ii) | the increased Commitments may, at the discretion of the Company, be assumed by one or more existing Lenders willing to provide such increase and/or by other banks or financial institutions (each provider of the Accordion Increase being an Accordion Lender) selected by the Company which shall become a Party as a Lender; |
(iii) | the Facility Agent receives the Accordion Request no later than five days (or such shorter period as the Facility Agent and the Company may agree) before the proposed Accordion Increase Date (as defined below); |
(iv) | the amount of each Accordion Increase (the Accordion Increase Amount) shall be not less than USD10,000,000 (or such other smaller amount agreed to by the Facility Agent); |
(v) | no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Accordion Increase; |
(vi) | in respect of each Accordion Lender; |
(A) | the Facility Agent has received and executed a duly completed Accordion Increase Confirmation from that Accordion Lender; and |
(B) | in relation to an Accordion Lender which is not already a Lender on the date of the Accordion Increase Confirmation, the Facility Agent has performed all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the additional Commitments by that Accordion Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Company and the relevant Accordion Lender; and |
(vii) | the Accordion Lender(s) agree(s) to assume additional Commitments in an aggregate amount equal to the Accordion Increase Amount. |
(c) | The Accordion Increase will take effect on the date (the Accordion Increase Date) which is the later of: |
(i) | the date specified by the Company in the Accordion Request; and |
(ii) | the date on which all of the conditions described in paragraph (b) above have been met. |
(d) | On and from the Accordion Increase Date: |
(i) | the Total Commitments will be increased by the Accordion Increase Amount; |
(ii) | each Accordion Lender will assume all the obligations of a Lender in respect of the additional Commitments specified in the Accordion Increase Confirmation of that Accordion Lender; |
(iii) | the Company and each Accordion Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the Accordion Increase Date shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Company and the Accordion Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Accordion Lender been an Original Lender; |
(iv) | each Accordion Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the Accordion Increase Date shall become a Party as a "Lender" and each such Accordion Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Accordion Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Accordion Lender been an Original Lender; |
(v) | the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and |
24
(vi) | the terms of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Margin applicable to the Accordion Increase Amount shall be equal to the Margin which is payable in respect of the existing Commitments as at the Accordion Increase Date and as adjusted in accordance with Clause 9.4 (Margin adjustments). |
(e) | Each Accordion Lender, by executing the Accordion Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective. |
(f) | The Company shall, promptly after the Accordion Increase Date and provided the Facility Agent has informed the Company thereof, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee in an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under Clause 24.3 (Assignment, transfer and accordion accession fees) and the Company shall promptly on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably and properly incurred by it in connection with any increase in the Facility under this Clause 2.4. |
(g) | The Company may pay to an Accordion Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Company and the Accordion Lender in a letter between the Company and the Accordion Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a fee letter shall include any letter referred to in this paragraph (g). |
(h) | No Lender shall be under any obligation to execute any Accordion Increase Confirmation. |
2.5 | Extension |
(a) | The Company may by notice to the Facility Agent (the Initial Extension Request) not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days before the first anniversary of the Signing Date, request that the Termination Date be extended for a further period of one year. |
(b) | The Company may by notice to the Facility Agent (the Second Extension Request) not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days before the second anniversary of the date of the credit agreement, request that the Termination Date: |
(i) | with respect to Lenders who have agreed to the Initial Extension Request, be extended for a further period of one year; and/or |
(ii) | if no Initial Extension Request has been made, or with respect to Lenders who refused the Initial Extension Request: |
(A) | be extended for a period of one year; or |
(B) | be extended for a period of two years, |
as selected by the Company in the notice to the Facility Agent.
(c) | The Facility Agent must promptly notify the Lenders of any Initial Extension Request or Second Extension Request (an Extension Request). |
(d) | Each Lender may, in its sole discretion, agree to any Extension Request. Each Lender that agrees to an Extension Request (an Extending Lender) by the date falling 20 days before the relevant anniversary of the Signing Date, will extend its Commitments for a further period of one year or two years, as applicable, from the then current Termination Date and the Termination Date with respect to the Commitments of that Lender will be extended accordingly. |
25
(e) | If any Lender fails to reply to an Extension Request on or before the date falling 20 days before the relevant anniversary of the Signing Date, it will be deemed to have refused that Extension Request and its Commitments will not be extended. |
(f) | If any Lender does not agree (or is deemed not to have agreed) to an Extension Request, the Termination Date applicable to its Commitments shall remain that Termination Date which applied to those Commitments immediately prior to the service of the relevant Extension Request and its participation in any outstanding Loan shall be repaid in accordance with Clause 7 (Repayment). Subject to paragraph (h) below, each Extension Request is irrevocable. |
(g) | If one or more (but not all) of the Lenders agree to an Extension Request, then the Facility Agent must notify the Company and the Extending Lenders, identifying in that notification which Lenders have not agreed to the Extension Request. |
(h) | The Company may, on the basis that one or more of the Lenders have not agreed to the Extension Request and no later than the date falling five days before the relevant anniversary of the Signing Date, withdraw the request by notice to the Facility Agent which will promptly notify the Lenders. |
3. | PURPOSE |
3.1 | Purpose |
The Company must apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility towards the general corporate purposes of the Group.
3.2 | Monitoring |
No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any utilisation of the Facility.
4. | CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION |
4.1 | Initial conditions precedent |
(a) | The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation) if the Facility Agent has received (or waived receipt of) all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent. The Facility Agent must notify the Company and the Lenders promptly on being so satisfied. |
(b) | Except to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, each Lender authorises (but does not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent will not be liable for any cost, loss or liability whatsoever any person incurs as a result of the Facility Agent giving any such notification. |
4.2 | Further conditions precedent |
(a) | The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date: |
(i) | in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Loan, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and |
(ii) | the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects. |
26
(b) | The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 29.10 (Change of currency) if, on the first day of an Interest Period, no Default is continuing or would result from the change of currency and the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects. |
4.3 | Maximum number |
No Utilisation Request may be given if, as a result of the proposed Utilisation more than 15 Loans would be outstanding. Any Separate Loan shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.3.
5. | UTILISATION |
5.1 | Delivery of a Utilisation Request |
The Company may borrow a Loan by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.
5.2 | Completion of a Utilisation Request |
(a) | A Utilisation Request for a Loan is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless: |
(i) | the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period; |
(ii) | the currency and amount of the Loan comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and |
(iii) | the proposed Interest Period of the Loan complies with Clause 10 (Interest Periods). |
(b) | Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request. |
5.3 | Currency and amount |
(a) | The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency. |
(b) | The amount of the proposed Loan must be: |
(i) | a minimum of USD5,000,000 (or its equivalent); or |
(ii) | such other amount as the Facility Agent may agree, and, in any event, such that its Base Currency Amount is less than or equal to the Available Facility. |
5.4 | Lenders' participation |
(a) | If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, and subject to Clause 7 (Repayment), each Lender must make its participation in a requested Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office by no later than 2:00p.m. to the Facility Agent. |
(b) | The amount of each Lender's participation in a Loan will be its Pro Rata Share immediately before making the Loan. |
(c) | No Lender is obliged to participate in a Loan if, as a result: |
(i) | its participation in the Loans would exceed its Commitment; or |
(ii) | the Loans would exceed the Total Commitments. |
27
(d) | The Facility Agent must determine the Base Currency Amount of each Loan which is to be made in an Optional Currency and must notify each Lender of the details of that Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan and, if different, the amount of that participation to be made available in accordance with Clause 29.1 (Payments to the Facility Agent), in each case, by the Specified Time. |
6. | OPTIONAL CURRENCIES |
6.1 | Selection of currency |
(a) | The Company must select the currency of a Loan in the applicable Utilisation Request. |
(b) | Unless the Facility Agent otherwise agrees, the Loans may not be denominated at any one time in more than five currencies. |
6.2 | Conditions relating to Optional Currencies |
(a) | A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Loan for an Interest Period if that Optional Currency: |
(i) | is EUR, GBP or AUD; or |
(ii) | is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base Currency in the wholesale market for that currency at the Specified Time and the first day of that Interest Period; |
(iii) | has been approved by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) before receipt by the Facility Agent of the relevant Utilisation Request; and |
(iv) | there are Reference Rate Terms for that currency. |
(b) | If the Facility Agent has received a request from the Company for a currency to be approved as an Optional Currency, the Facility Agent must confirm to the Company by the Specified Time: |
(i) | whether or not the Lenders have approved the currency; and |
(ii) | if approval has been given, the minimum amount (and, if required, integral multiples) for any Loan in that currency. |
6.3 | Unavailability of a currency for a Loan |
(a) | If before the Specified Time: |
(i) | a Lender notifies the Facility Agent that the Optional Currency requested for a Loan is not readily available to it in the amount and for the period required; or |
(ii) | a Lender notifies the Facility Agent that participating in a Loan in the proposed Optional Currency would contravene any law or regulation applicable to it, the Facility Agent must notify the Company to that effect promptly and in any event before the Specified Time on that day. |
(b) | In this event: |
(i) | the relevant Lender must participate in the Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Base Currency Amount of the Loan); and |
28
(ii) | the participation in the Loan of that Lender and any other similarly affected Lender(s) will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in the Base Currency during the relevant Interest Period. |
(c) | Any part of a Loan treated as a separate Loan under this Clause 6.3 will not be taken into account for the purposes of any limit on the number of Loans or currencies outstanding at any one time. |
6.4 | Optional Currency equivalents |
The equivalent in the Base Currency of a Loan or part of a Loan in an Optional Currency for the purposes of calculating:
(a) | whether any limit under this Agreement has been exceeded; |
(b) | the participation of a Lender in a Loan; |
(c) | the amount of any repayment or prepayment of a Loan; or |
(d) | the amount of a Lender's Available Commitment, |
is its Base Currency Amount.
7. | REPAYMENT |
(a) | The Company must repay each Loan in full on the last day of its Interest Period. |
(b) | Without prejudice to the Company's obligation under paragraph (a) above, if one or more Loans are to be made available to the Company: |
(i) | on the same day that any maturing Loans are due to be repaid by the Company; |
(ii) | in the same currency as the maturing Loans; and |
(iii) | in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Loans, the new Loans will be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Loans so that: |
(A) | if the aggregate amount of the maturing Loans exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Loans: |
I. | the Company will only be required to pay an amount in cash in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and |
II. | each Lender's participation in the new Loans will be treated as having been made available and applied by the Company in or towards repayment of that Lender's participation in the maturing Loans and that Lender will not be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash; and |
(B) | if the aggregate amount of the maturing Loans is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Loans: |
I. | the Company will not be required to make any payment in cash; and |
II. | each Lender will be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash only to the extent that its participation in the new Loans exceeds that Lender's |
29
participation in the maturing Loans and the remainder of that Lender's participation in the new Loans will be treated as having been made available and applied by the Company in or towards repayment of that Lender's participation in the maturing Loans.
(c) | At any time when a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender in the Loans then outstanding will be automatically extended to the Termination Date and will be treated as separate Loans (the Separate Loans) denominated in the currency in which the relevant participations are outstanding. |
(d) | If the Company makes a prepayment of a Utilisation pursuant to Clause 8.4 (Voluntary prepayment), the Company may prepay any outstanding Separate Loan by giving not less than three Business Days' prior notice to the Facility Agent. The Facility Agent will forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (d) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt. |
(e) | Interest in respect of a Separate Loan will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Company by the time and date specified by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) and will be payable by the Company to the Facility Agent (for the account of that Defaulting Lender) on the last day of each Interest Period of that Loan. |
(f) | The terms of this Agreement relating to Loans generally shall continue to apply to Separate Loans other than to the extent inconsistent with paragraphs (c) to (e) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Loan. |
8. | PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION |
8.1 | Illegality |
(a) | If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by any Finance Document or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan, that Lender must notify the Facility Agent promptly on becoming aware of that event. |
(b) | After a Lender notifies the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above: |
(i) | the Facility Agent must notify the Company promptly; |
(ii) | with immediate effect, that Lender will not be obliged to fund any Loan; and |
(iii) | unless that Lender's participation and Commitment have been transferred pursuant to paragraph (d) of Clause 8.6 (Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender), on the date specified in paragraph (c) below: |
(A) | the Company must repay or prepay that Lender's participation in each Loan; and |
(B) | that Lender's Commitment will be cancelled. |
(c) | The date for: |
(i) | repayment or prepayment of a Lender's participation in a Loan and cancellation of its corresponding Commitment will be: |
(A) | the last day of the Interest Period of that Loan; or |
30
(B) | if earlier, the date specified in that Lender's notice to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above (which must be no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law); and |
(ii) | cancellation of that Lender's other Commitment will be the date specified in the Lender's notice to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above (which must be no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law). |
8.2 | Change of control |
(a) | For the purposes of this Clause 8.2: a change of control occurs if any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the Company; acting in concert means acting together pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal); and control means the power to direct the management and policies of an entity (whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise). |
(b) | The Company must notify the Facility Agent promptly on becoming aware of any change of control. The Facility Agent must then promptly notify the Lenders of that event occurring. |
(c) | After a change of control: |
(i) | no Lender will be obliged to fund a Loan (except for a Rollover Loan); and |
(ii) | if a Lender so requires and notifies the Facility Agent within 30 days of the Company notifying the Facility Agent of the change of control, the Facility Agent must, by not less than 30 days' notice to the Company: |
(A) | cancel the Commitment of that Lender; and |
(B) | declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or outstanding to that Lender under the Finance Documents, to be immediately due and payable. |
Any such notice will take effect in accordance with its terms.
8.3 | Voluntary cancellation |
(a) | The Company may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than three Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) notice, cancel the whole or any part of the Available Facility. |
(b) | Partial cancellation of the Available Facility must be in a minimum amount of USD5,000,000. |
(c) | Any cancellation in part will reduce the Commitment of each Lender pro rata. |
8.4 | Voluntary prepayment |
(a) | Subject to as set out in paragraph (b) below, the Company may, if it gives the Facility Agent: |
31
(i) | in the case of a Term Rate Loan, not less than three Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice; |
(ii) | in the case of a Compounded Rate Loan, not less than five RFR Banking Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Loan at any time. |
(b) | In the event the Company makes more than five voluntary prepayments pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) above in any 12-Month period beginning on the Effective Date, the Company shall pay to the Facility Agent a prepayment fee in the amount of USD3,000 in relation to each such additional voluntary prepayment. |
(c) | A prepayment of part of a Loan must be in a minimum amount of USD5,000,000 (or its equivalent). |
8.5 | Automatic cancellation |
The unutilised Commitment of each Lender will be automatically cancelled at close of business on the last day of the Availability Period.
8.6 | Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender |
(a) | If: |
(i) | any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up); or |
(ii) | any Lender claims any amount from the Company under Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 14 (Increased Costs), the Company may, while the circumstances giving rise to the requirement for that increase or payment of that amount to continue, give notice to the Facility Agent of its intention to cancel the Commitment of that Lender and repay or prepay that Lender's participation in all outstanding Loans, or of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with paragraph (d) below. |
(b) | On receipt of a notice of prepayment and cancellation under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender: |
(i) | the Commitment of that Lender will immediately be reduced to zero; and |
(ii) | the Company must repay or prepay that Lender's participation in each Loan on the date specified in paragraph (c) below. |
(c) | The date for repayment or prepayment of a Lender's participation in a Loan will be: |
(i) | the last day of the Interest Period for that Loan which is current on the date of the notice under paragraph (a) above; or |
(ii) | if earlier, the date specified in the Company's notice to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above. |
(d) | If: |
(i) | any of the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above apply to a Lender; or |
32
(ii) | the Company becomes obliged to pay an amount in accordance with Clause 8.1 (Illegality) to a Lender, the Company may, on not less than five Business Days' notice to the Facility Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender must) transfer pursuant to this Agreement all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement. |
(e) | The transferee must be a Lender or other bank or financial institution selected by the Company which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with this Agreement for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of the transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Facility Agent has not given a notification under Clause 24.9 (Pro rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation to it under the Finance Documents. |
(f) | The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (d) above will be subject to the following conditions: |
(i) | the Company will have no right to replace the Facility Agent; |
(ii) | neither the Facility Agent nor any Lender will have any obligation to find a replacement Lender; |
(iii) | the Lender to be replaced will not be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by that Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and |
(iv) | the Lender to be replaced will only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with any "know your customer" checks or other similar checks required under any applicable law or regulation in relation to that transfer. |
(g) | A Lender to be replaced must perform the checks described in paragraph (f)(iv) above as soon as reasonably practicable after delivery of a notice under paragraph (d) above and must notify the Facility Agent and the Company promptly when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks. |
8.7 | Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender |
(a) | If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Company may, at any time while the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Facility Agent three Business Days' notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender. |
(b) | On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender will immediately be reduced to zero. |
(c) | The Facility Agent must as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders. |
8.8 | Prepayment of Loans |
(a) | Any voluntary prepayment of a Loan under Clause 8.4 (Voluntary prepayment) may be re-borrowed on the terms of this Agreement. |
(b) | Any other prepayment of a Loan may not be re-borrowed. |
33
8.9 | Miscellaneous |
(a) | Any notice of cancellation or prepayment under this Clause 8: |
(i) | is irrevocable; and |
(ii) | unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, must specify: |
(A) | the date on which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made; and |
(B) | the amount of that cancellation or prepayment. |
(b) | Any prepayment under this Agreement must be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty. |
(c) | No prepayment or cancellation is allowed except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement. |
(d) | Subject to Clause 2.3 (Increase) and Clause 2.4 (Accordion Increase in Commitments), no amount of the Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated. |
(e) | If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 8, it must promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Company or the affected Lender(s), as appropriate. |
(f) | If all or part of a Lender's participation in a Loan is repaid or prepaid and is not available for re-borrowing (other than by operation of Clause 6.3 (Unavailability of a currency for a Loan)), an equivalent amount of that Lender's Commitment will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment. |
8.10 | Application of prepayments |
Any prepayment of a Loan pursuant to Clause 8.4 (Voluntary prepayment) will be applied pro rata to each Lender's participation in that Loan.
9. | INTEREST |
9.1 | Calculation of interest – Term Rate Loans |
The rate of interest on each Term Rate Loan for an Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:
(a) | Margin; and |
(b) | Term Reference Rate. |
9.2 | Calculation of interest – Compounded Rate Loans |
(a) | The rate of interest on each Compounded Rate Loan for any day during an Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable: |
(i) | Margin; and |
(ii) | Compounded Reference Rate for that day. |
34
(b) | If any day during an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan is not an RFR Banking Day, the rate of interest on that Compounded Rate Loan for that day will be the rate applicable to the immediately preceding RFR Banking Day. |
9.3 | Payment of interest |
Except where this Agreement expressly provides to the contrary, the Company must pay accrued interest on each Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six-Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).
9.4 | Margin adjustments |
(a) | In this Clause 9.4: |
Rating Agency means Fitch, Moody's, S&P or any other rating agency approved by the Majority Lenders.
(b) | The Margin at the Signing Date is 0.6333% per annum. |
(c) | Subject to the other provisions of this Clause 9.4, the Margin will be calculated by reference to the table below: |
(d) | The Relevant Long-term Credit Rating for the purposes of this Clause 9 shall initially be the long-term credit rating of the Original Guarantor, provided that if, following the Merger Completion Date, the Company obtains two or more long-term credit ratings from Rating Agencies, then the long-term credit rating in respect of the Company shall thereafter be the Relevant Long-term Credit Rating for the purposes of determining the applicable Margin in accordance with the table in paragraph (c) above. |
(e) | In the event that one of the Rating Agencies ceases to provide a Relevant Long-term Credit Rating then the Margin shall continue to be determined on the basis of the remaining two Rating Agencies. |
(f) | If the Relevant Long-term Credit Ratings given by the Rating Agencies are such that a different Margin is applicable to each rating, the applicable Margin will be the average of the Margins applicable to the relevant ratings as set out in the table in paragraph (c) above. |
(g) | Any change in the Margin will, subject to paragraph (h) below, apply to each Loan made, or (if outstanding) from the start of its next Interest Period after the change in rating. |
35
(h) | For so long as: |
(i) | an Event of Default is continuing; or |
(ii) | only one or no Rating Agency gives a Relevant Long-term Credit Rating, |
the Margin will be the highest applicable rate, being 0.90% per annum.
9.5 | Default interest |
(a) | If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest will accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (c) below, is 1% per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each with a duration selected by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably). |
(b) | Any interest accruing under this Clause 9.5 will be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent. |
(c) | If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Term Rate Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of its Interest Period: |
(i) | the first Interest Period for that overdue amount will have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the then current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and |
(ii) | the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period will be 1% per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due. |
(d) | Unpaid interest arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable. |
9.6 | Notifications |
(a) | The Facility Agent must notify each relevant Party of the determination of a rate of interest relating to a Term Rate Loan. |
(b) | The Facility Agent must upon a Compounded Rate Interest Payment being determinable promptly notify: |
(i) | the Company of that Compounded Rate Interest Payment; |
(ii) | each Lender of the proportion of that Compounded Rate Interest Payment which relates to that Lender's participation in the relevant Compounded Rate Loan |
(iii) | the Lenders and the Company of each applicable rate of interest relating to the determination of that Compounded Rate Interest Payment; and |
(iv) | to the extent it is then determinable, the Market Disruption Rate (if any) relating to the relevant Compounded Rate Loan. |
This paragraph (b) shall not apply to any Compounded Rate Interest Payment determined pursuant to Clause 11.4 (Cost of funds).
36
(c) | The Facility Agent must notify the Company promptly of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan. |
(d) | The Facility Agent must notify the relevant Lenders and the Company promptly of the determination of a rate of interest relating to a Compounded Rate Loan to which Clause 11.4 (Cost of funds) applies. |
(e) | This Clause 9.6 shall not require the Facility Agent to make any notification to any Party on a day which is not a Business Day. |
10. | INTEREST PERIODS |
10.1 | Selection of Interest Periods |
(a) | Each Loan has one Interest Period only. |
(b) | The Company must select the Interest Period for a Loan in the applicable Utilisation Request. |
(c) | The Interest Period for a Loan will start on its Utilisation Date. |
(d) | Subject to the other provisions of this Clause 10, the Interest Period for a Loan must be any period specified in the applicable Reference Rate Terms or any other period agreed by the Company, the Agent (acting in its own capacity) and all the Lenders participating in that Loan. |
(e) | No Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan shall be longer than six Months. |
(f) | The length of an Interest Period of a Term Rate Loan shall not be affected by that Term Rate Loan becoming a "Compounded Rate Loan" for that Interest Period pursuant to Clause 11.1 (Interest calculation if no Primary Term Rate). |
10.2 | Non-Business Days |
Any rules specified as "Business Day Conventions" in the applicable Reference Rate Terms for a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall apply to each Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.
10.3 | No overrunning the Termination Date |
If an Interest Period would otherwise end after the Termination Date, it will be shortened so that it ends on the Termination Date.
10.4 | Notification |
The Facility Agent must notify each relevant Party of the duration of each Interest Period promptly after ascertaining it.
11. | CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST |
11.1 | Interest calculation if no Primary Term Rate |
(a) | Interpolated Primary Term Rate: If no Primary Term Rate is available for the Interest Period of a Loan, the applicable Term Reference Rate shall be the Interpolated Primary Term Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan. |
(b) | Shortened Interest Period: If paragraph (a) above applies but it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Primary Term Rate, the Interest Period of the Loan shall (if it is longer than the applicable Fallback Interest Period) be shortened to the applicable Fallback Interest Period and the applicable Term Reference Rate shall be determined pursuant to the relevant definition. |
37
(c) | Shortened Interest Period and Historic Primary Term Rate: If paragraph (b) above applies but no Primary Term Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Primary Term Rate, the applicable Term Reference Rate shall be the Historic Primary Term Rate for that Loan. |
(d) | Shortened Interest Period and Interpolated Historic Primary Term Rate: If paragraph (c) above applies but no Historic Primary Term Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Loan, the applicable Term Reference Rate shall be the Interpolated Historic Primary Term Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan. |
(e) | Alternative Term Rate: If paragraph (d) above applies but it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Historic Primary Term Rate, the Interest Period of that Loan shall, if it has been shortened pursuant to paragraph (b) above, revert to its previous length and the applicable Term Reference Rate shall be the aggregate of: |
(i) | the Alternative Term Rate as of the Quotation Time for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan; and |
(ii) | any applicable Alternative Term Rate Adjustment. |
(f) | Interpolated Alternative Term Rate: If paragraph (e) above applies but no Alternative Term Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan, the applicable Term Reference Rate shall be the aggregate of: |
(i) | the Interpolated Alternative Term Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan; and |
(ii) | any applicable Alternative Term Rate Adjustment. |
(g) | Compounded Reference Rate or cost of funds: If paragraph (f) above applies but it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Alternative Term Rate then: |
(i) | if "Compounded Reference Rate will apply as a fallback" is specified in the Reference Rate Terms for that Loan and there are Reference Rate Terms applicable to Compounded Rate Loans in the relevant currency: |
(A) | there shall be no Term Reference Rate for that Loan for that Interest Period and Clause 9.1 (Calculation of interest – Term Rate Loans) will not apply to that Loan for that Interest Period; and |
(B) | that Loan shall be a "Compounded Rate Loan" for that Interest Period and Clause 9.2 (Calculation of interest – Compounded Rate Loans) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period; and |
(ii) | if: |
(A) | "Compounded Reference Rate will not apply as a fallback" and |
(B) | "Cost of funds will apply as a fallback", are specified in the Reference Rate Terms for that Loan, Clause 11.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period. |
38
11.2 | Interest calculation if no RFR or Central Bank Rate |
If:
(a) | there is no applicable RFR or Central Bank Rate for the purposes of calculating the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for an RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan; and |
(b) | "Cost of funds will apply as a fallback" is specified in the Reference Rate Terms for that Loan, Clause 11.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period. |
11.3 | Market disruption |
If in the case of a Loan for which a Market Disruption Rate is specified in the Reference Rate Terms for that Loan, before the Reporting Time of that Loan, the Facility Agent receives notification from at least two Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35% of that Loan) that its cost of funds relating to its participation in that Loan would be in excess of that Market Disruption Rate, then Clause 11.4 (Cost of funds) will apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.
11.4 | Cost of funds |
(a) | If this Clause 11.4 applies to a Loan for an Interest Period neither Clause 9.1 (Calculation of interest – Term Rate Loans) nor Clause 9.2 (Calculation of interest – Compounded Rate Loans) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period and the rate of interest on the relevant Loan for the relevant Interest Period will be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of: |
(i) | the applicable Margin; and |
(ii) | the weighted average of the rates notified to the Facility Agent by each Lender as soon as practicable, and in any event by the Reporting Time for that Loan, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum its cost of funds relating to its participation in that Loan. |
(b) | If this Clause 11.4 applies and the Facility Agent or the Company so requires, the Facility Agent and the Company must enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest and/or cost of funding for the affected Loan. |
(c) | Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above will, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties. |
(d) | If this Clause 11.4 applies but any Lender does not notify the Facility Agent of a rate by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above, the rate of interest on the relevant Loan for the relevant Interest Period will be calculated on the basis of the rates notified by the other Lenders. |
(e) | If this Clause 11.4 applies the Facility Agent shall, as soon as is practicable, notify the Company. |
11.5 | Break Costs |
(a) | If an amount is specified as Break Costs in the Reference Rate Terms for a Loan or Unpaid Sum, the Company, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, must pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs (if any) if all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum is paid on a day prior to the last day of an applicable Interest Period. |
39
(b) | Each Lender must, together with its demand, provide a certificate confirming the amount of any Break Costs for any Interest Period in respect of which they become, or may become, payable. |
12. | FEES |
12.1 | Ticking fee |
(a) | The Company must pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a ticking fee computed at the rate of 10% of the applicable Margin on that Lender's Available Commitment. |
(b) | The ticking fee shall accrue on and from the date falling 30 days after the Signing Date until but excluding the Merger Completion Date. |
(c) | The accrued ticking fee is payable: |
(i) | on the Merger Completion Date; or |
(ii) | if the Merger Completion Date does not occur within six months of the Signing Date, on the last day of each successive period of six months falling after the Signing Date; or |
(iii) | if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of a Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective. |
(d) | No ticking fee is payable on any Commitment of a Lender of any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender. |
12.2 | Commitment fee |
(a) | The Company must pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a commitment fee computed at the rate of 35% of the applicable Margin on that Lender's Available Commitment. |
(b) | The commitment fee shall accrue on and from the Merger Completion Date. |
(c) | The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period, and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of a Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective. |
(d) | No commitment fee is payable on any Commitment of a Lender of any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender. |
12.3 | Arrangement fee |
The Company must pay to each Arranger (for its own account) an arrangement fee in the amount and manner agreed in a Fee Letter.
12.4 | Facility Agent's fee |
The Company must pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and manner agreed in a Fee Letter.
12.5 | Utilisation fee |
(a) | The Company must pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a utilisation fee computed at the rate of: |
40
(i) | for each day on which the aggregate amount of the outstanding Loans is less than or equal to 33⅓% of the Total Commitments, 0.10% per annum; |
(ii) | for each date on which the aggregate amount of the outstanding Loans exceeds 33⅓% of the Total Commitments but is less than or equal to 66⅔% of the Total Commitments, 0.20% per annum; and |
(iii) | for each day on which the aggregate amount of the outstanding Loans exceeds 66⅔% of the Total Commitments, 0.30% per annum. |
(b) | The utilisation fee is payable on the amount of each Lender's participation in the Loans. |
(c) | The accrued utilisation fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last date of the Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, at the time the cancellation of a Lender's Commitment is effective. |
13. | TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES |
13.1 | Definitions |
(a) | In this Clause 13: |
Borrower DTTP Filing means an HM Revenue & Customs Form DTTP2 duly completed and filed by the Company, which:
(i) | where it relates to a Treaty Lender that is an Original Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated opposite that Lender's name in Schedule 1 (Original Parties) and is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the Signing Date; or |
(ii) | where it relates to a Treaty Lender that is a New Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated in respect of that Lender in the relevant Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation or Accordion Increase Confirmation and is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the relevant Transfer Date, Increase Date or Accordion Increase Date (as the case may be); or |
(iii) | where it relates to a Treaty Lender in respect of which a Borrower DTTP Filing within paragraph (i) or (ii) above has already been made, and where HM Revenue & Customs have already given the Company authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction, and: |
(A) | that authority has ceased to have effect by reason of any of the conditions on which that authority was given having ceased to become applicable; or |
(B) | that authority is time limited and is due to expire within 60 Business Days, |
contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence referred to in paragraph (i) or (ii) above, as appropriate, and is filed with HM Revenue & Customs by the date 30 Business Days after that authority has ceased to have effect (for cases falling within paragraph (A) above) or 60 Business Days before the date on which the authority is due to expire (for cases falling within paragraph (B) above).
Building Society Lender means a Lender which is a building society (as defined for the purpose of section 880 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document.
41
Protected Party means a Finance Party which incurs or will incur any cost, loss or liability, or is or will be required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.
Qualifying Lender means a Lender which is:
(i) | a UK Lender; or |
(ii) | a Treaty Lender. |
Tax Confirmation means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document is either:
(i) | a company resident in the UK for UK tax purposes; |
(ii) | a partnership of which each member is: |
(A) | a company resident in the UK for UK tax purposes; or |
(B) | a company not resident in the UK for UK tax purposes which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or |
(iii) | a company not resident in the UK for UK tax purposes which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company. |
Tax Credit means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.
Treaty Lender means a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and which:
(i) | is treated as a resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of the Treaty; and |
(ii) | does not carry on a business in the UK through a permanent establishment with which that Lender's participation in the advance is effectively connected; and |
(iii) | meets all other conditions in the relevant Treaty for full exemption from Tax imposed by the UK on interest, except that for this purpose it shall be assumed that the following are satisfied: |
(A) | any condition which relates (expressly or by implication) to: |
I. | there not being a special relationship between the Obligor and a Lender or between both of them and another person; or |
II. | the amounts or terms of any Loan or the Finance Documents; or |
III. | to any other matter that is outside the exclusive control of that Lender and its Affiliates and which does not relate solely to the Lender's circumstances or those of its Affiliates; and |
42
(B) | any necessary procedural formalities. |
Treaty State means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a Treaty) with the UK which makes provision for full exemption from Tax imposed by the UK on interest.
UK Lender means:
(i) | a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is: |
(A) | a Lender: |
(1) | which is a bank (as defined for the purposes of section 879 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document and is within the charge to UK corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payments apart from section 18A of the CTA; or |
(2) | in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) at the time that the advance was made and which is within the charge to UK corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance, or is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) and would be within such charge as respects such payments apart from section 18A of the CTA; or |
(B) | a Lender which is: |
(1) | a company resident in the UK for UK tax purposes; |
(2) | a partnership of which each member is: |
(aa) | a company resident in the UK for UK tax purposes; or |
(bb) | a company not resident in the UK for UK tax purposes which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or |
(3) | a company not resident in the UK for UK tax purposes which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or |
(ii) | a Building Society Lender. |
UK Non-Bank Lender means:
(i) | where a Lender becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into, a Lender listed in Schedule 1 (Original Parties) as a UK Non-Bank Lender; and |
43
(ii) | where a Lender becomes a Party after the day on which this Agreement is entered into, a Lender which gives a Tax Confirmation in the Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate which it executes on becoming a Party. |
(b) | Unless this Clause 13 expressly provides to the contrary, a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination. |
(c) | In this Clause 13: |
(i) | references to a company do not include a limited liability partnership (LLP) under the Limited Liability Partnership Act 2000 in relation to which section 863(1) of the Income Tax (Trading and Other Income) Act 2005 applies; and |
(ii) | references to a partnership include an LLP. |
13.2 | Tax gross-up |
(a) | Each Obligor must make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law. |
(b) | The Company must, promptly on becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is a change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction), notify the Facility Agent accordingly. A Lender must notify the Facility Agent promptly on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification, it must notify the affected Parties promptly. |
(c) | If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor must be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required. |
(d) | A payment will not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the UK, if on the date on which the payment falls due: |
(i) | the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not, or has ceased to be, a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or |
(ii) | the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of UK Lender and: |
(A) | an officer of HM Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a Direction) under section 931 of the ITA (as that provision has effect on the date on which the relevant Lender became a Party) which relates to the payment; |
(B) | that Lender has received from the Obligor making the payment or from the Company a certified copy of that Direction; and |
(C) | the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made; or |
(iii) | the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of UK Lender and: |
44
(A) | the relevant Lender has not given a Tax Confirmation to the Company; and |
(B) | the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a Tax Confirmation to the Company, on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the Company to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an "excepted payment" for the purpose of section 930 of the ITA; or |
(iv) | the relevant Lender is a Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that (subject to the Obligor completing any necessary procedural formalities which it is unable to complete as a result of the failure of the relevant Lender to comply with its obligations under paragraph (g) or (h) below) (as applicable)) the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (g) or (h) below (as applicable). |
(e) | If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor must make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law. |
(f) | Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction or payment must deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) the appropriate payment has been paid to the relevant taxing authority. |
(g)(i)Subject to paragraph (ii) below, a Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is entitled must co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.
(ii)(A)A Treaty Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into that holds a passport under the HM Revenue & Customs DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wants that scheme to apply to this Agreement, must confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence opposite its name in Schedule 1 (Original Parties); and
(B) | a New Lender that is a Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HM Revenue & Customs DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wants that scheme to apply to this Agreement, must, if the HM Revenue & Customs Treaty Passport scheme is still in operation, confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation or Accordion Increase Confirmation which it executes, and, having done so, that Lender will be under no obligation under paragraph (i) above with respect to the relevant Obligor, if the HM Revenue & Customs Treaty Passport scheme is still in operation. |
(h) | If a Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (g)(ii) above and: |
(i) | the Company has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender; or |
(ii) | the Company has made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender but: |
(A) | that Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs; or |
45
(B) | HM Revenue & Customs has not given the Company authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the Borrower DTTP Filing, and, in each case, the Company has notified that Lender in writing, that Lender and the Company must co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for the Company to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction. |
(i) | If a Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (g)(ii) above, no Obligor may make a Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HM Revenue & Customs DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender's Commitment or its participation in any Loan unless the Lender otherwise agrees. |
(j) | The Company must, promptly on making a Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of that Borrower DTTP Filing to the Facility Agent for delivery to the relevant Lender. |
(k) | A UK Non-Bank Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into gives a Tax Confirmation to the Company by entering into this Agreement. |
(l) | A UK Non-Bank Lender must notify the Company and the Facility Agent promptly if there is any change in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation. |
13.3 | Tax indemnity |
(a) | The Company must (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the cost, loss or liability which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) incurred for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a payment received or receivable (or any payment deemed to be received or receivable) or otherwise under a Finance Document. |
(b) | Paragraph (a) above does not apply: |
(i) | with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party: |
(A) | under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or |
(B) | under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction, if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or |
(ii) | to the extent a cost, loss or liability: |
(A) | is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up); or |
(B) | would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not compensated solely because one of the exclusions in that Clause applied; or |
(C) | is in respect of an amount of (i) stamp duty, registration or other similar Tax or (ii) VAT, that is compensated for by a payment under Clause 13.6 (Stamp taxes) or 13.7 |
46
(Value added taxes) (as applicable) or which would have been but was not compensated solely because one of the exclusions in the relevant clause applied; or
(D) | relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party. |
(c) | A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above must notify the Facility Agent promptly of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent must notify the Company promptly. |
(d) | A Protected Party must, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 13.3, notify the Facility Agent promptly. |
13.4 | Tax Credit |
If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:
(a) | a Tax Credit is attributable to: |
(i) | an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part; |
(ii) | that Tax Payment; or |
(iii) | a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and |
(b) | that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit, the Finance Party must pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor. |
13.5 | Lender status confirmation |
(a) | Each Lender which becomes a Party after the Signing Date must indicate, in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation or Accordion Increase Confirmation which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to any Obligor, which of the following categories it falls in: |
(i) | not a Qualifying Lender; |
(ii) | a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender); or |
(iii) | a Treaty Lender. |
(b) | If a New Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 13.5 then that New Lender will be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Facility Agent which category applies (and the Facility Agent, on receipt of such notification, must inform the Company). |
(c) | A Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation or Accordion Increase Confirmation will not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 13.5. |
47
13.6 | Stamp taxes |
The Company must pay and (within three Business Days of demand) indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, stamp duty land tax, registration or other similar Tax payable in respect of any Finance Document.
13.7 | Value added taxes |
(a) | All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party). |
(b) | If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the Relevant Party) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration): |
(i) | (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT), the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and |
(ii) | (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT), the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT. |
(c) | Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party must reimburse and indemnify (as the case may be) the Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including that part which represents VAT, except to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority. |
(d) | Any reference in this Clause 13.7 to any Party will, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of that group at that time (the term representative member to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994). |
(e) | In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply. |
48
13.8 | FATCA information |
(a) | Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party must, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party: |
(i) | confirm to that other Party whether it is: |
(A) | a FATCA Exempt Party; or |
(B) | not a FATCA Exempt Party; and |
(ii) | supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA. |
(b) | If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be, a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party must notify that other Party reasonably promptly. |
(c) | Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything under paragraph (a) or (b) above which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any applicable: |
(i) | law or regulation; |
(ii) | fiduciary duty; or |
(iii) | duty of confidentiality. |
(d) | If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information relating to its status under FATCA requested in accordance with paragraph (a) above (including where paragraph (c) above applies), then that Party may be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information. |
13.9 | FATCA Deduction |
(a) | Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party is required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction. |
(b) | Each Party must, promptly on becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, must notify the Company and the Facility Agent, and the Facility Agent must promptly notify the other Finance Parties. |
13.10 | Other information |
(a) | Subject to paragraph (b) below, each Party must, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party, supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party requests to enable that other Party to comply with any regulations made under section 222 of the Finance Act 2013 or any other applicable law or regulation implementing similar international arrangements for the exchange of Tax or financial information between jurisdictions. |
49
(b) | No Party is obliged to do anything under paragraph (a) above which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a beach of any applicable: |
(i) | law or regulation; |
(ii) | fiduciary duty; or |
(iii) | duty of confidentiality. |
14. | INCREASED COSTS |
14.1 | Definitions |
In this Agreement:
Basel II means the "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework" published by the Basel Committee in June 2004 in the form existing on the Signing Date (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III).
Basel III means:
(a) | the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee in December 2010, each as amended; |
(b) | the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text" published by the Basel Committee in November 2011, as amended; and |
(c) | any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee relating to "Basel III". |
Basel Committee means the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.
CRD IV means EU CRD IV and UK CRD IV.
EU CRD IV means:
(a) | Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and |
(b) | Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms. |
Increased Costs means:
(a) | a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital; |
(b) | an additional or increased cost; or |
(c) | a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, |
50
which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into a Finance Document or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.
UK CRD IV means:
(a) | Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 as it forms part of domestic law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (the Withdrawal Act); |
(b) | the law of the United Kingdom or any part of it, which immediately before IP completion day (as defined in the European Union (Withdrawal Agreement) Act 2020) implemented Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC and its implementing measures; and |
(c) | direct EU legislation (as defined in the Withdrawal Act), which immediately before IP completion day (as defined in the European Union (Withdrawal Agreement) Act 2020) implemented EU CRD IV as it forms part of domestic law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the Withdrawal Act. |
14.2 | Increased Costs |
Except as provided below in this Clause 14, the Company must pay to a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:
(a) | the introduction of, or any change in, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application of, any law or regulation; |
(b) | compliance with any law or regulation made after the Signing Date; or |
(c) | the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III or CRD IV or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III or CRD IV (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates). |
14.3 | Increased Costs claims |
(a) | A Finance Party intending to make a claim for any Increased Costs must notify the Facility Agent of the circumstances giving rise to and the amount of the claim, following which the Facility Agent must promptly notify the Company. |
(b) | Each Finance Party must, together with its demand, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs. |
14.4 | Exceptions |
The Company need not make any payment for any Increased Costs to the extent that the Increased Cost is:
(a) | attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor; |
(b) | attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; |
51
(c) | compensated for by Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not compensated for solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) applied; |
(d) | attributable to the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III or CRD IV or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III or CRD IV (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates) unless the following conditions are satisfied (i) the relevant Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Company that it is seeking to recover Basel III or CRD IV costs to a similar extent from all borrowers with credit ratings similar to the Company's where the facilities extended to such borrowers include a right for the Finance Party to recover such costs; (ii) the relevant Finance Party has notified the Facility Agent of its claim for the relevant Increased Costs within four months of its incurrence; and (iii) the relevant Increased Costs that are the subject of the claim were not capable of being determined with sufficient accuracy by the relevant Finance Party (acting reasonably) prior to that Finance Party becoming Party to this Agreement; |
(e) | attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or any of its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or |
(f) | attributable to the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel II or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates). |
15. | OTHER INDEMNITIES |
15.1 | Currency indemnity |
(a) | The Company must (or must procure that an Obligor will) as an independent obligation indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of: |
(i) | that Finance Party receiving an amount in respect of an Obligor's liability under the Finance Documents; or |
(ii) | that liability being converted into a claim, proof, order, judgment or award, in a currency other than the currency in which the amount is expressed to be payable under the relevant Finance Document. |
(b) | To the extent permitted by law, each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency other than that in which it is expressed to be payable. |
15.2 | Other indemnities |
(a) | The Company must (or must procure that an Obligor will) indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of: |
(i) | the occurrence of any Event of Default; |
(ii) | a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability resulting from any distribution or redistribution of any amount among the Lenders under this Agreement; |
52
(iii) | funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or |
(iv) | a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with the Finance Documents. |
(b) | The Company's liability in each case includes any cost, loss or liability incurred on account of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any Loan or any other amount payable under any Finance Document. |
15.3 | Indemnity to the Facility Agent |
The Company must indemnify the Facility Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent as a result of:
(a) | investigating any event which the Facility Agent reasonably believes is a Default; |
(b) | acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which the Facility Agent reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or |
(c) | instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement. |
16. | MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS |
16.1 | Mitigation |
(a) | Each Finance Party must, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in the Facility ceasing to be available or any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or being cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 8.1 (Illegality), Clause 13 (Tax gross-up and indemnities), Clause 14 (Increased Costs) including without limitation transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office. |
(b) | Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents. |
16.2 | Limitation of liability |
(a) | The Company must indemnify each Finance Party promptly for any cost, loss or liability reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under this Clause 16. |
(b) | A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under this Clause 16 if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it. |
17. | COSTS AND EXPENSES |
17.1 | Transaction expenses |
The Company must pay to each Administrative Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:
(a) | this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and |
53
(b) | any other Finance Documents executed after the Signing Date. |
17.2 | Amendment costs |
If:
(a) | an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent in connection with a Finance Document; or |
(b) | an amendment is required or expressly contemplated under a Finance Document, the Company must reimburse the Facility Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or amendment. |
17.3 | Enforcement costs |
The Company must pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.
18. | GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY |
18.1 | Guarantee and indemnity |
Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:
(a) | guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by the Company of all of the Company's payment obligations under the Finance Documents; |
(b) | undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever the Company does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor must immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor in respect of that amount; and |
(c) | agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by that Guarantor is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs as a result of the Company not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by the Company under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 18 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee. |
18.2 | Continuing guarantee |
This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.
18.3 | Reinstatement |
If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency,
54
liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 18 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.
18.4 | Waiver of defences |
The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 18 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 18, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 18 including (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party):
(a) | any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person; |
(b) | the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group; |
(c) | the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person; |
(d) | any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security; |
(e) | any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person; |
(f) | any amendment of any Finance Document or any other document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security; |
(g) | any unenforceability, illegality, invalidity or non-provability of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or |
(h) | any insolvency, resolution or similar proceedings. |
18.5 | Amendments to the Finance Documents |
(a) | Without limiting Clause 18.4 (Waiver of defences), each Guarantor acknowledges that the Finance Documents may from time to time be amended (and that term has the wide meaning given to it by Clause 1.2 (Construction)). |
(b) | Each Guarantor confirms its intention that: |
(i) | any amendment to a Finance Document is within the scope of this guarantee; and |
(ii) | this guarantee extends to any amount payable by the Company under or in connection with a Finance Document as amended. |
(c) | Each Guarantor agrees that the confirmations in paragraph (b) above apply regardless of: |
(i) | why or how a Finance Document is amended (including the extent of the amendment and any change in the parties); |
(ii) | whether any amount payable by the Company under or in connection with the amended Finance Document in any way relates to any amount that would or may have been payable had the amendment not taken place; |
55
(iii) | the extent to which the Guarantor's liability under this guarantee (whether present or future, actual or contingent), or any right it may have as a result of entering into or performing its obligations under this guarantee, changes or may change as a result of the amendment; and |
(iv) | whether the Guarantor was aware of or consented to the amendment. |
18.6 | Immediate recourse |
(a) | Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to: |
(i) | proceed, whether by virtue of the droit de discussion or otherwise, against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person; and |
(ii) | divide, apportion or reduce, whether by virtue of the droit de division or otherwise, any liability under this Clause 18 with any person, |
before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 18.
(b) | This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary. |
18.7 | Appropriations |
Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:
(a) | refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce them in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor will be entitled to the benefit of such moneys, security or rights; and |
(b) | hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor's liability under this Clause 18. |
18.8 | Deferral of Guarantor's rights |
(a) | Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full or unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising under this Clause 18: |
(i) | to be indemnified by an Obligor; |
(ii) | to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents; |
(iii) | to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party; |
56
(iv) | to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under this Clause; |
(v) | to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or |
(vi) | to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party. |
(b) | If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights, it must hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and must promptly pay or transfer them to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment mechanics). |
18.9 | Release of Guarantors' right of contribution |
If any Guarantor (a Retiring Guarantor) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents for the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor, then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:
(a) | that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and |
(b) | each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor. |
18.10 | Additional security |
This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.
18.11 | Limitations |
(a) | This guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of sections 678 or 679 of the Companies Act 2006 or any equivalent and applicable provisions under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Guarantor. |
(b) | The obligations of any Additional Guarantor are subject to any limitations set out in the Accession Letter executed by that Additional Guarantor |
18.12 | US Guarantors |
(a) | In this Agreement: |
fraudulent transfer law means any applicable United States bankruptcy and State fraudulent transfer and conveyance statute and any related case law;
57
U.S. Guarantor means any Guarantor that is a U.S. Debtor; and
terms used in this Clause 18.12 are to be construed in accordance with the fraudulent transfer laws.
(b) | Each U.S. Guarantor acknowledges that: |
(i) | it will receive valuable direct or indirect benefits as a result of the transactions financed by the Finance Documents; |
(ii) | those benefits will constitute reasonably equivalent value and fair consideration for the purpose of any fraudulent transfer law; and |
(iii) | each Finance Party has acted in good faith in connection with the guarantee given by that U.S. Guarantor and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents. |
(c) | Each Finance Party agrees that each U.S. Guarantor's liability under this Clause 18.12 is limited so that no obligation of, or transfer by, any U.S. Guarantor under this Clause 18.12 is subject to avoidance and turnover under any fraudulent transfer law. |
(d) | Each U.S. Guarantor represents and warrants to each Finance Party that: |
(i) | the aggregate amount of its debts (including its obligations under the Finance Documents) is less than the aggregate value (being the lesser of fair valuation and present fair saleable value) of its assets; |
(ii) | its capital is not unreasonably small to carry on its business as it is being conducted; |
(iii) | it has not incurred and does not intend to incur debts beyond its ability to pay as they mature; and |
(iv) | it has not made a transfer or incurred any obligation under any Finance Document with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its present or future creditors. |
(e) | Each representation and warranty in this Clause 18.12: |
(i) | is made by each U.S. Guarantor on the Signing Date; |
(ii) | is deemed to be repeated by: |
(A) | each Additional Guarantor on the date that Additional Guarantor becomes a U.S. Guarantor; and |
(B) | each U.S. Guarantor on the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period; and |
(iii) | is, when repeated, applied to the circumstances existing at the time of repetition. |
19. | REPRESENTATIONS |
19.1 | Representations |
The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 19 are made by each Obligor or (if the relevant provision so states) the Company to each Finance Party on the dates set out in Clause 19.18 (Times for making representations).
58
19.2 | Status |
(a) | It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation. |
(b) | It and each of its Material Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted. |
19.3 | Binding obligations |
The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered under this Agreement, legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.
19.4 | Non-conflict with other obligations |
The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with:
(a) | any law or regulation applicable to it; |
(b) | its or any of its Material Subsidiaries' constitutional documents; or |
(c) | any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Material Subsidiaries' assets, in each case save to the extent that they could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. |
19.5 | Power and authority |
It has the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into and performance of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.
19.6 | Validity and admissibility in evidence |
All Authorisations required:
(a) | to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and |
(b) | to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation, |
have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.
19.7 | Governing law and enforcement |
(a) | Any: |
(i) | irrevocable submission by an Obligor under the Finance Documents to the jurisdiction to which it is stated to be subject; and |
(ii) | agreement by an Obligor as to the governing law of any Finance Document, |
59
is legal, valid and binding under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation subject to general principles of law specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered under this Agreement.
(b) | Any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and be enforceable by the courts of its jurisdiction of incorporation subject to general principles of law specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered under this Agreement. |
19.8 | Deduction of Tax |
(a) | The Company is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to a Lender which is: |
(i) | a UK Lender: |
(A) | falling within paragraph (i)(A) of the definition of UK Lender; or |
(B) | except where a Direction has been given under section 931 of the ITA in relation to the payment concerned, falling within paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of UK Lender; or |
(C) | falling within paragraph (ii) of the definition of UK Lender; or |
(ii) | a Treaty Lender and the payment is one specified in a direction given by the Commissioners of Revenue & Customs under Regulation 2 of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations 1970 (SI 1970/488). |
(b) | The Original Guarantor is not required to make any Tax Deduction from: |
(i) | any payment it may make under any Finance Document to a Lender that has a UK source, which: |
(A) | qualifies for an exemption from UK withholding tax under the laws of the UK in respect of that payment; or |
(B) | qualifies for full exemption from withholding tax under an applicable double tax treaty between the UK and the jurisdiction of residence of that Lender and the payment is one specified in a direction given by the Commissioners of Revenue & Customs under Regulation 2 of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations 1970 (SI 1970/488); or |
(ii) | any payment it may make under a Finance Document to a Lender which does not have a UK source. |
19.9 | No filing or stamp taxes |
Under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be registered, filed, recorded, notarised or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to them or the transactions contemplated by them.
19.10 | No default |
(a) | No Event of Default is continuing or could reasonably be expected to result from its entry into, or its performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document. |
60
(b) | No other event or circumstance is continuing which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it (or any of its Subsidiaries) or to which any of its (or any of its Subsidiaries') assets are subject to an extent or in a manner which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. |
19.11 | No misleading information |
(a) | Any material written factual information contained in or provided by any member of the Group for the purposes of the Information Memorandum was true and accurate in all material respects taken as a whole as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given. |
(b) | Nothing has occurred or been omitted from the Information Memorandum and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information contained in the Information Memorandum taken as a whole being untrue or misleading in any material respect. |
(c) | All other material written factual information provided by any member of the Group (or on its behalf) to a Finance Party was true, accurate and complete in all material respects (taken as a whole) as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given and is not misleading in any material respect. |
19.12 | Financial statements |
(a) | Its audited financial statements most recently delivered to the Facility Agent (which, at the Signing Date, are its Original Financial Statements): |
(i) | were prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied; and |
(ii) | fairly presents its financial condition as at the date to which they were drawn up and operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated, if applicable). |
(b) | There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Company) since the date to which its Original Financial Statements were drawn up. |
19.13 | Pari passu ranking |
Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.
19.14 | No proceedings pending or threatened |
No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which are likely to be adversely determined and, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has or have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.
19.15 | Anti-Corruption laws, sanctions and Patriot Act |
(a) | The Company has taken reasonable measures to ensure compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws. |
(b) | None of (i) the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective directors, or officers, or (ii) to the actual knowledge of the Company, any agent or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the Facility established under this Agreement, is a Sanctioned Person. |
61
(c) | No Utilisation, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or Sanctions. |
(d) | The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with the Patriot Act. |
19.16 | Investment Company Act status |
Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is an "investment company" required to register as such under the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or subject to regulation thereunder.
19.17 | Compliance with U.S. regulations |
No ERISA Events have occurred with respect to any Obligor or any of its ERISA Affiliates, except as would not reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
19.18 | Times for making representations |
(a) | The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 19 are made by each Original Obligor (or, if the relevant provision so states, the Company) on the Signing Date. |
(b) | The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor (or, if the relevant provision so states, the Company) by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on: |
(i) | the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period; and |
(ii) | in the case of an Additional Guarantor, on the date it becomes (or it is proposed that it becomes) a Guarantor. |
20. | INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS |
20.1 | Financial statements |
The Company must supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:
(a) | as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each of its financial years falling after the Merger Completion Date, its audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year; and |
(b) | as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 45 days after each Quarter Date falling after the Merger Completion Date, its consolidated financial statements for that financial quarter. |
20.2 | Compliance Certificate |
(a) | The Company must supply to the Facility Agent a duly completed Compliance Certificate with each set of its financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under this Agreement. |
(b) | A Compliance Certificate must be signed by one authorised signatory of the Company. |
20.3 | Requirements as to financial statements |
(a) | The Company must ensure that each set of financial statements delivered under this Agreement fairly presents the financial condition (consolidated or otherwise) of the relevant person as at the date to which those financial statements were drawn up. |
62
(b) | The Company must ensure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered under this Agreement is prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements for the Original Guarantor unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the relevant Obligor) deliver to the Facility Agent: |
(i) | a full description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods on which the Original Guarantor's Original Financial Statements were prepared; and |
(ii) | sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent to enable the Finance Parties to make a proper comparison between the financial position shown by the set of financial statements prepared on the changed basis and that Obligor's most recent audited financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under this Agreement. |
Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements will be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis on which the relevant Original Financial Statements were prepared.
20.4 | Information – miscellaneous |
The Company must supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders if the Facility Agent so requests):
(a) | copies of all official shareholder notices (including notices of meetings, shareholder resolutions, annual reports, requests to convene a shareholders' meeting and invitations to appoint proxies) despatched by the Company to its shareholders generally (or any class of them in their capacity as such) or its creditors generally (or any class of them) at the same time as they are despatched; |
(b) | as soon as reasonably practicable on becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group and which are likely to be adversely determined and which could be reasonably expected to, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect; |
(c) | together with the financial statements delivered in accordance with paragraph (a) of Clause 20.1 (Financial statements), a list of the Material Subsidiaries as at the end of the Company's most recent financial year; and |
(d) | as soon as reasonably practicable following request, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request. |
20.5 | Notification of Default |
(a) | Each Obligor must notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly on becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor). |
(b) | Promptly on request by the Facility Agent, the Company must supply to the Facility Agent a certificate, signed by an authorised signatory on its behalf, certifying that, in so far as they are aware having made all due enquiries, no Default is continuing (or, if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it). |
63
(c) | Any certifications given by any director or senior officers under this Agreement are given without personal liability (other than in the case of fraud, wilful deceit and fraudulent misconduct). |
20.6 | Use of websites |
(a) | The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the Website Lenders) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Facility Agent (the Designated Website) if: |
(i) | the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method; |
(ii) | both the Company and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and |
(iii) | the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Facility Agent. |
If any Lender (a Paper Form Lender) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically, then the Facility Agent must notify the Company accordingly and the Company must supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event, the Company must supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.
(b) | The Facility Agent must supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Facility Agent. |
(c) | The Company must promptly on becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if: |
(i) | the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure; |
(ii) | the password specifications for the Designated Website change; |
(iii) | any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website; |
(iv) | any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or |
(v) | the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software. |
(d) | If the Company notifies the Facility Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice must be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing. |
(e) | Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Company must comply with any such request within ten Business Days. |
64
20.7 | "Know your customer" checks |
(a) | Subject to paragraph (b) below, each Obligor must, promptly on request by any Finance Party, supply, or procure the supply of, any documentation or other evidence reasonably requested by that Finance Party (whether for itself, or on behalf of any other Finance Party or any prospective new Lender) to enable a Finance Party or prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of any "know your customer" checks or other similar checks required under any applicable law or regulation in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents. |
(b) | An Obligor is only required to supply any information under paragraph (a) above if the information is not already available to the relevant Finance Party and the requirement arises as a result of: |
(i) | the introduction of, or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of), any law or regulation made after the Signing Date; |
(ii) | any change in the status of an Obligor or any change in the composition of shareholders of an Obligor where a shareholder is not an Obligor, in each case, after the Signing Date; or |
(iii) | a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under any Finance Document to a person that is not a Lender before that assignment or transfer. |
(c) | Each Lender must, promptly on request by the Facility Agent supply, or procure the supply of, any documentation or other evidence reasonably requested by the Facility Agent (for itself) to enable the Facility Agent to carry out and be satisfied with the results of any "know your customer" checks or other similar checks required under any applicable law or regulation in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents. |
21. | FINANCIAL COVENANTS |
21.1 | Definitions |
In this Agreement:
Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA means, in relation to a Measurement Period, Consolidated EBITDA for the period adjusted by:
(a) | including the operating profit before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges (calculated on a consistent basis with Consolidated EBITDA) (EBITDA) of a member of the Group or attributable to a business or assets acquired during the Measurement Period for that part of the Measurement Period when it was not a member of the Group and/or the business or assets were not owned by a member of the Group; and |
(b) | excluding the EBITDA attributable to any member of the Group or to any business or assets sold during that Measurement Period. |
Consolidated EBIT means, in relation to a Measurement Period, the aggregate of:
(a) | the consolidated operating profits of the Group before finance costs and tax for that Measurement Period; |
(b) | plus or minus the Group's share of the profits or losses of associates for that period (after finance costs and tax) and the Group's share of the profits or losses of any joint ventures, |
taking no account of:
65
(i) | any Exceptional Items; |
(ii) | any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative or financial instrument (unless the derivative instrument is used to hedge an exposure that itself is not excluded from the determination of Consolidated EBIT); and |
(iii) | any income or charge attributable to a post-employment benefit scheme other than the current service costs and any past service costs and curtailments and settlements attributable to the scheme. |
Consolidated EBITDA means, in relation to a Measurement Period, Consolidated EBIT for that Measurement Period after adding back any depreciation and amortisation and taking no account of any charge for impairment or any reversal of any previous impairment charge made in the period.
Consolidated Eligible Cash and Cash Equivalents means, at any time:
(a) | cash in hand or on deposit with any bank; |
(b) | certificates of deposit, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation, issued by a bank; |
(c) | any investment in marketable obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the UK, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State or by an instrumentality or agency of those governments having an equivalent credit rating which: |
(i) | matures within one year after the date of the relevant calculation; and |
(ii) | is not convertible to any other security; |
(d) | open market commercial paper not convertible to any other security: |
(i) | for which a recognised trading market exists; |
(ii) | issued in the United States of America, the UK or any member of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State; |
(iii) | which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and |
(iv) | which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody's, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating; |
(e) | sterling bills of exchange eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialised equivalent); |
(f) | investments accessible within 30 days in money market funds which have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody's; or |
(g) | any other debt, security or investment approved by the Majority Lenders, in each case, to which any member of the Group is beneficially entitled at that time and which is capable of being upstreamed freely to the Company (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any |
66
cash or cash equivalents sitting with Consolidated Structured Entities) for the purpose of application against Consolidated Total Borrowings.
Consolidated Total Borrowings means, in respect of the Group, at any time, the aggregate of the following liabilities (without double-counting) calculated at the principal amount outstanding (or in the case of any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance referred to in paragraph (g) below, the maximum liability under the relevant instrument) (excluding any liabilities of Consolidated Structured Entities):
(a) | any moneys borrowed; |
(b) | any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument; |
(c) | any indebtedness under a Finance Lease; |
(d) | any moneys owing in connection with the sale or discounting of receivables (except to the extent that there is no recourse); |
(e) | any indebtedness arising from any deferred payment agreements arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of an asset; |
(f) | any indebtedness arising in connection with any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which has the commercial effect of a borrowing; and |
(g) | any indebtedness of any person of a type referred to in the above paragraphs which is the subject of a guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss given by a member of the Group. |
Consolidated Total Net Borrowings means at any time Consolidated Total Borrowings less Consolidated Eligible Cash and Cash Equivalents.
Exceptional Items means any item of income or expense that represents:
(a) | any gain or loss arising from: |
(i) | write-downs of inventories to net realisable value or of property, plant and equipment to recoverable amount, and reversals of such write-downs; |
(ii) | restructuring the activities of the Group or any member of the Group and any reversals of any provision for the costs of restructuring (including the cost of integration of any mergers and acquisitions); |
(iii) | disposals of items of property, plant or equipment; |
(iv) | disposals of investments; or |
(v) | disposals or settlements of liabilities of any member of the Group that fall within the definition of Consolidated Total Borrowings; |
(b) | any gain or loss of a highly unusual or non-recurring nature; |
(c) | fair value changes and finance charges on contingent deferred consideration on business combinations or long-term remuneration plans recognised as part of a business combination; or |
67
(d) | any gain or loss arising from a transaction entered into otherwise than in the carrying on of the normal core business operations of the Group. |
Measurement Period means a period of 12 Months ending on each Quarter Date.
Quarter Date means 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in each calendar year.
21.2 | Interpretation |
(a) | Except as provided to the contrary in this Agreement, an accounting term used in this Clause 21 is to be construed in accordance with the principles applied in connection with the Original Guarantor's Original Financial Statements. |
(b) | Any amount in a currency other than USD is to be taken into account at its USD equivalent calculated on the basis of: |
(i) | the Facility Agent's spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency in the London foreign exchange market with USD at or about 11:00 a.m. on the day the relevant amount falls to be calculated; or |
(ii) | if the amount is to be calculated on the last day of a financial period of the Company, the relevant rates of exchange used by the Company in, or in connection with, its financial statements for that period. |
(c) | No item may be credited or deducted more than once in any calculation under this Clause 21. |
21.3 | Leverage |
(a) | The Company must ensure that Consolidated Total Net Borrowings do not, at the end of each Measurement Period ending on or after the later of (a) the Merger Completion Date and (b) 30 September 2017, exceed 3.0 times Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for that Measurement Period. |
(b) | For the purpose of this Clause 21.3, for each of the Measurement Periods ending on a date which is less than 12 months after the Merger Completion Date, Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated by reference to the amount of Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA as disclosed in the financial statements and/or Compliance Certificates for the Quarter Periods ending after the Merger Completion Date, annualised on a straight line basis. |
(c) | For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no breach of the financial covenant described in paragraph (a) above where Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA is a negative figure in respect of a Measurement Period and where Consolidated Total Net Borrowings are also equal to or less than zero at the end of that Measurement Period. |
22. | GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS |
22.1 | General |
Each Obligor agrees to be bound by the undertakings set out in this Clause 22 relating to it and, where an undertaking is expressed to apply to other members of the Group, each Obligor must ensure that its relevant Subsidiaries perform that undertaking, provided that for the purposes of this Clause 22, the Group shall not include any Consolidated Structured Entities.
22.2 | Authorisations |
Each Obligor must promptly:
68
(a) | obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and |
(b) | upon request by the Facility Agent, supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of, any Authorisation required under any applicable law or regulation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document. |
22.3 | Compliance with laws |
Each Obligor must comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.
22.4 | Pari passu ranking |
Each Obligor must ensure that its payment obligations under the Finance Documents at all times rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.
22.5 | Negative pledge |
(a) | In this Clause 22.5, Quasi-Security Interest means an arrangement or transaction described in paragraph (c) below. |
(b) | Except as provided below, no member of the Group may create or allow to exist any Security Interest over any of its assets. |
(c) | Except as provided below, no member of the Group may: |
(i) | sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to a person which is not a member of the Group on terms where they are or may be leased to, re-acquired or acquired by a member of the Group; |
(ii) | sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms; |
(iii) | enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or |
(iv) | enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect, in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset. |
(d) | Paragraphs (b) and (c) above do not apply to any Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest listed below: |
(i) | any Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest listed in Schedule 13 (Existing Security) except to the extent the principal amount secured by that Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest exceeds the amount stated in that Schedule; |
(ii) | any cash-management, netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements; |
(iii) | any payment or close-out netting or set-off arrangement pursuant to any hedging transaction entered into by a member of the Group for the purpose of: |
69
(A) | hedging any risk to which any member of the Group is exposed in its ordinary course of trading; or |
(B) | its interest rate or currency management operations which are carried out in the ordinary course of business and for non-speculative purposes only, excluding, in each case, any Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest under a credit support arrangement in relation to a hedging transaction; |
(iv) | any lien arising by operation of law or in the ordinary course of trading; |
(v) | any Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest over or affecting any asset acquired by a member of the Group after the Signing Date if: |
(A) | the Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest was not created in contemplation of, or since, the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group; |
(B) | the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of, or since, the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group; and |
(C) | the Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest is removed or discharged as soon as commercially reasonable following the relevant acquisition and in any event within six Months of the date of acquisition of that asset; |
(vi) | any Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest over or affecting any asset of any company which becomes a member of the Group after the Signing Date, where the Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest is created before the date on which that company becomes a member of the Group, if: |
(A) | the Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that company; |
(B) | the principal amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that company; and |
(C) | the Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest is removed or discharged as soon as commercially reasonable following the relevant acquisition and in any event within six Months of that company becoming a member of the Group; |
(vii) | any Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest entered into pursuant to any Finance Document; |
(viii) | any Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest arising as a result of a disposal which is permitted pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 22.6 (Disposals); |
(ix) | any Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied to a member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading and on the supplier's standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group; or |
(x) | any Security Interest securing or Quasi-Security Interest relating to indebtedness the principal amount of which (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other indebtedness which has the benefit of a Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest given by any member of the |
70
Group other than any permitted under paragraphs (i) to (viii) above) does not exceed USD40,000,000 or its equivalent in another currency or currencies at any time.
22.6 | Disposals |
(a) | Except as provided below, no member of the Group will, either in a single transaction or in a series of transactions (whether related or not), dispose of any asset. |
(b) | Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any disposal: |
(i) | made in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity; |
(ii) | of any assets by a member of the Group (other than the Company) to another member of the Group; |
(iii) | of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality; |
(iv) | of assets which are obsolete, redundant or no longer required for the Company or relevant member of the Group's business or operations; |
(v) | arising as a result of any Security Interest or Quasi-Security Interest permitted in accordance with paragraph (d) of Clause 22.5 (Negative pledge); |
(vi) | required by law or regulation or any order of any governmental entity, provided that this does not result in an Event of Default; |
(vii) | of tax assets or losses payable by the Company or any member of the Group to any member of the Group; |
(viii) | arising in connection with the making of a lawful distribution; |
(ix) | of cash for any purpose not prohibited by any Finance Document; |
(x) | with the consent of the Majority Lenders; or |
(xi) | of assets where the higher of the market value or consideration receivable (when aggregated with the higher of the market value or consideration receivable for any other disposal not allowed under the preceding paragraphs) does not exceed an amount representing 10% or more of the total assets of the Company (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) in any financial year of the Company. |
22.7 | Restriction on Subsidiary Financial Indebtedness |
(a) | Except as provided below, no member of the Group other than an Obligor may incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness. |
(b) | Paragraph (a) above does not apply to: |
(i) | any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents; |
(ii) | any Financial Indebtedness owed by a member of the Group to another member of the Group; |
(iii) | any derivative transaction protecting against or benefiting from fluctuations in any rate or price entered into in the ordinary course of business (but excluding transactions that are entered into for purely speculative purposes); |
71
(iv) | any Financial Indebtedness incurred under intra-day facilities for dealer accounts held by any member of the Group; |
(v) | any Financial Indebtedness of the Original Guarantor represented by the 2025 Senior Notes or the Senior Convertible Notes; or |
(vi) | other Financial Indebtedness which in aggregate does not exceed USD60,000,000 or its equivalent in another currency or currencies at any time. |
22.8 | Mergers |
(a) | No member of the Group may enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction. |
(b) | Paragraph (a) above does not apply to the Merger, merger or corporate reconstruction between members of the Group or any disposal permitted pursuant to Clause 22.6 (Disposals). |
22.9 | Change of business |
The Company must ensure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Company or the Group from that carried on at the Merger Completion Date.
22.10 | Restriction of dividends |
Except as required by law or regulation, no member of the Group shall make or enter into any contractual arrangement which would have the result of restricting the payment of dividends from any member of the Group to another member of the Group.
22.11 | Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions |
(a) | The Company will take reasonable measures to ensure compliance by it and its Subsidiaries with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions. |
(b) | The Company will not request any Loan, and the Company shall not use, and shall ensure that its Subsidiaries shall not use, the proceeds of any Loan (A) in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws in any material respect, (B) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or (C) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto in any material respect. |
22.12 | U.S. laws |
(a) | In this Clause 22.12: |
Margin Regulations means Regulations U and X issued by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System.
Margin Stock means "margin stock" as defined in Regulation U of the Margin Regulations.
(b) | No Obligor may: |
(i) | extend credit for the purpose, directly or indirectly, of buying or carrying Margin Stock; or |
(ii) | use any Loan, directly or indirectly, to buy or carry Margin Stock or for any other purpose in violation of the Margin Regulations. |
72
(c) | Each Obligor must promptly upon becoming aware of it notify the Facility Agent of the occurrence of an ERISA Event that, individually or when aggregated with all other ERISA Events, would have or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. |
(d) | An Obligor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not allow, or permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to allow, any ERISA Event to occur with respect to any Employee Plan to the extent that any ERISA Event, individually or when aggregated with all other ERISA Events, would have a Material Adverse Effect. |
23. | EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
23.1 | Events of Default |
Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 23 is an Event of Default (other than Clause 23.17 (Acceleration)).
23.2 | Non-payment |
An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document in the manner and at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable, unless:
(a) | its failure to pay is caused by: |
(i) | administrative or technical error; or |
(ii) | a Disruption Event; and |
(b) | payment is made within five Business Days of its due date. |
23.3 | Financial covenants |
Any requirement of Clause 21 (Financial covenants) is not satisfied.
23.4 | Other obligations |
(a) | An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 23.2 (Non-payment) or Clause 23.3 (Financial covenants)). |
(b) | No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 21 Business Days of the earlier of (i) the Facility Agent giving notice to the Company of the failure to comply and (ii) any Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply. |
23.5 | Misrepresentation |
Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or in any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made, unless the circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation, breach of warranty or misstatement:
(a) | are capable of remedy; and |
(b) | are remedied within 21 Business Days of the earlier of the Facility Agent giving notice of the misrepresentation, breach of warranty or misstatement to the Company and any Obligor becoming aware of the misrepresentation, breach of warranty or misstatement. |
73
23.6 | Cross-default |
(a) | Any of the following occurs in respect of any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary: |
(i) | any of its Financial Indebtedness is not paid when due (after the expiry of any originally applicable grace period and the obligation to pay is not being disputed in good faith); |
(ii) | any of its Financial Indebtedness is validly declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable before its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described); or |
(iii) | any of its creditors becomes entitled to declare any of its Financial Indebtedness due and payable before its specified maturity as a result of any event of default (however described). |
(b) | No Event of Default will occur under paragraph (a) above if: |
(i) | the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within all or any of paragraphs (a)(i) to (a)(iii) above is less than USD25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies); or |
(ii) | the Financial Indebtedness is intra-Group debt. |
23.7 | Insolvency |
(a) | Any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary: |
(i) | is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due; |
(ii) | is deemed or is declared for the purposes of any applicable law to be unable to pay its debts as they fall due; |
(iii) | suspends making payments on any of its debts; or |
(iv) | by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness. |
(b) | A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary. |
23.8 | Insolvency proceedings |
(a) | Except as provided below, any corporate action, legal proceedings or other formal procedure or step is taken in relation to: |
(i) | the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any Material Subsidiary; |
(ii) | a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary; |
(iii) | the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any other Obligor or any Material Subsidiary or any material part of its assets; |
74
(iv) | enforcement of any Security Interest over any material part of the assets of any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary; or |
(v) | any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction. |
(b) | Paragraph (a) above does not apply to a petition for winding-up presented by a creditor which is frivolous or vexatious or which is being contested in good faith and with due diligence, and, in each case, is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement. |
23.9 | Creditors' process |
Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous event affects any asset or assets of any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary having an aggregate value of USD25,000,000 and is not discharged within 30 days of commencement.
23.10 | Cessation of business |
Any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on business except as a result of any disposal allowed under this Agreement or (in the case of a Material Subsidiary only) where such business or part of its business is transferred to, or assumed by, another member of the Group.
23.11 | Ownership of the Obligors |
After the Merger Completion Date, an Obligor (other than the Company) is not or ceases to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.
23.12 | Unlawfulness |
(a) | It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents. |
(b) | Any Finance Document is not effective in accordance with its terms or is alleged by an Obligor to be ineffective in accordance with its terms for any reason. |
23.13 | Repudiation |
An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.
23.14 | Material adverse change |
Any event or series of events occurs which has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
23.15 | Employee Plans |
Any ERISA Event shall have occurred and the liability of any Obligor or its ERISA Affiliates, individually or when aggregated with all other ERISA Events, would have or would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
23.16 | United States Bankruptcy Laws |
(a) | In this Clause 23.16: |
75
U.S. Bankruptcy Law means the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other United States Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.
(b) | Any of the following occurs in respect of a U.S. Debtor |
(i) | it makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; |
(ii) | it commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any U.S. Bankruptcy Law; or |
(iii) | an involuntary case under any U.S. Bankruptcy Law is commenced against it and is not controverted within 30 days or is not dismissed or stayed within 60 days after commencement of the case; or |
(iv) | an order for relief or other order approving any case or proceeding is entered under any U.S. Bankruptcy Law. |
23.17 | Acceleration |
(a) | If an Event of Default is continuing, the Facility Agent may, and must if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company: |
(i) | cancel all or part of the Total Commitments; |
(ii) | declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable; and/or |
(iii) | declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and any such notice will take effect in accordance with its terms. |
(b) | If an Event of Default described in Clause 23.16 (United States Bankruptcy Laws) occurs, the Total Commitments will, if not already cancelled under this Agreement, be immediately and automatically cancelled and all amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents will be immediately and automatically due and payable, without the requirement of notice or any other formality. |
24. | CHANGES TO THE LENDERS |
24.1 | Assignments and transfers by the Lenders |
Subject to the other provisions of this Clause 24, a Lender (the Existing Lender) may:
(a) | assign any of its rights; or |
(b) | transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations, under the Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution (the New Lender). |
24.2 | Conditions of assignment or transfer |
(a) | The prior written consent of the Company is required for an assignment or transfer unless the assignment or transfer is: |
(i) | to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender (subject to paragraph (c)(ii) below); or |
76
(ii) | effected at a time when an Event of Default is continuing. |
(b) | The consent of the Company to an assignment or transfer (if required) must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Company will be deemed to have given its consent ten Business Days after the Company is given notice of the request unless consent is expressly refused by the Company within that time. |
(c) | For the avoidance of the doubt: |
(i) | the Company's withholding of consent on the basis of the credit rating of an assignee or transferee shall be deemed to be reasonable; and |
(ii) | the Company may restrict transfers to any Affiliate of a Lender who does not, in the ordinary course of its business, lend facilities of this type and does not have a credit profile deemed by the Company to be reasonable. |
(d) | An assignment will only be effective on: |
(i) | receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will, in relation to the assigned rights, assume obligations to the other Parties equivalent to those it would have been under if it had been an Original Lender; and |
(ii) | performance by the Facility Agent of any "know your customer" checks or other similar checks required under any applicable law or regulation in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent must notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender promptly. |
(e) | If the consent of the Company is required for any assignment or transfer, the Facility Agent is not obliged to enter into a Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement if the Company withholds its consent (irrespective of whether it is being reasonable in withholding that consent). |
(f) | A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 24.5 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with. |
(g) | If: |
(i) | a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and |
(ii) | as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a Tax Payment or a payment relating to Increased Costs, then the relevant Obligor need only make that Tax Payment or payment relating to Increased Costs to the same extent that it would have been obliged to pay if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (g) will not apply: |
(A) | in respect of an assignment or transfer made as a result of Clause 16 (Mitigation by the Lenders); or |
(B) | in relation to Clause 13 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) in respect of an assignment or transfer to a Treaty Lender that has included a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (g)(ii)(B) of Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up) if the Obligor making the payment has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing (as defined in paragraph (a) of Clause 13.1 (Definitions)) in respect of that Treaty Lender. |
77
(h) | Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms that: |
(i) | the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or before the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement; and |
(ii) | it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender. |
24.3 | Assignment, transfer and accordion accession fees |
Unless the Facility Agent otherwise agrees, a New Lender or an Accession Lender must, on or before the date on which an assignment or transfer or Accordion Increase (as the case may be) takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of USD3,500.
24.4 | Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders |
(a) | Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for: |
(i) | the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents; |
(ii) | the financial condition of any Obligor; |
(iii) | the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or |
(iv) | the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document, and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded. |
(b) | Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it: |
(i) | has made (and must continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities (including the nature and extent of any recourse against any Party or its assets) in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and |
(ii) | will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. |
(c) | Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to: |
(i) | accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 24; or |
(ii) | support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise. |
78
24.5 | Procedure for transfer |
(a) | Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 24.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent must, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate. |
(b) | The Facility Agent is only obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied with the results of any "know your customer" checks or other similar checks required under any applicable law or regulation in relation to the transfer to such New Lender. |
(c) | Subject to Clause 24.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date: |
(i) | to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents, each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender will be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents will be cancelled (being the Discharged Rights and Obligations); |
(ii) | each of the Obligors and the New Lender will assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender; |
(iii) | each Administrative Party, the New Lender and other Lenders will acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent each Administrative Party and the Existing Lender will each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and |
(iv) | the New Lender will become a Party as a Lender. |
(d) | Each Party (other than the Existing Lender and the New Lender) irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent to enter into and deliver any duly completed Transfer Certificate on its behalf. |
24.6 | Procedure for assignment |
(a) | Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 24.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer), an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent must, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement. |
(b) | The Facility Agent is only obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied with the results of any "know your customer" checks or other similar checks required under any applicable law or regulation in relation to the assignment to such New Lender. |
(c) | Subject to Clause 24.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date: |
79
(i) | the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender the rights under the Finance Documents expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement; |
(ii) | the Existing Lender will be released by each Obligor and the other Finance Parties from the obligations owed by it (the Relevant Obligations) and expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement; |
(iii) | the New Lender will become a Party as a Lender and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations; |
(iv) | if the assignment relates only to part of the Existing Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans, that part will be separated from the Existing Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans, made an independent debt and assigned to the New Lender as a whole debt; and |
(v) | the Facility Agent's execution of the Assignment Agreement as agent for the Company will constitute notice to the Company of the assignment. |
(d) | Each Party (other than the Existing Lender and the New Lender) irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent to enter into and deliver any duly completed Assignment Agreement on its behalf. |
(e) | Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 24.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 24.5 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 24.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer). |
24.7 | Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to the Company |
The Facility Agent must, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement or an Increase Confirmation, send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation.
24.8 | Security over Lenders' rights |
In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 24, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender to a federal reserve or central bank, except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest will:
(i) | release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or |
(ii) | require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents. |
24.9 | Pro rata interest settlement |
(a) | If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a pro rata basis to Existing Lenders and New Lenders, then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 24.5 (Procedure for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 24.6 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of that notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period): |
80
(i) | any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time will continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (Accrued Amounts) and will become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and |
(ii) | the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that: |
(A) | when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and |
(B) | the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 24.9, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts. |
(b) | In this Clause 24.9, references to Interest Periods will be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees. |
24.10 | Affiliates of Lenders |
(a) | Each Lender may fulfil its obligations in respect of any Loan through an Affiliate if: |
(i) | the relevant Affiliate is specified in this Agreement as a Lender or becomes a Lender by means of a Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement in accordance with this Agreement; and |
(ii) | the Loan or Loans in which that Affiliate will participate are specified in this Agreement or in a notice given by that Lender to the Facility Agent and the Company. |
In this event, the Lender and its Affiliate will participate in such Loan or Loans in the manner provided for in the notice referred to in paragraph (ii) above.
(b) | If paragraph (a) above applies, the Lender and its Affiliate will be treated as having a single Commitment and a single vote, but, for all other purposes, will be treated as separate Lenders. |
(c) | Any Affiliate nominated under this Clause 24.10 must be notified to the Facility Agent. |
25. | CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS |
25.1 | Assignment and transfers by Obligors |
No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents without the prior consent of all the Lenders.
25.2 | Additional Guarantors |
(a) | Subject to compliance with paragraph (d) below, if a Subsidiary is to become an Additional Guarantor, the Company must notify the Facility Agent (and the Facility Agent must notify the Lenders promptly of its receipt of that notice). That Subsidiary will, subject to paragraph (b) below, become an Additional Guarantor if: |
(i) | in the case of a Subsidiary that is not incorporated in the same jurisdiction as an existing Obligor, that Subsidiary has been approved by all Lenders; |
81
(ii) | the Company delivers to the Facility Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; and |
(iii) | the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in relation to that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent. |
(b) | The relevant Subsidiary will become an Additional Guarantor when the Facility Agent notifies the other Finance Parties and the Company that it has received all of the documents and other evidence referred to in paragraphs (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) above. The Facility Agent must give this notification as soon as reasonably practicable. |
(c) | Except to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (b) above, each Lender authorises (but does not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent will not be liable for any cost, loss or liability whatsoever any person incurs as a result of the Facility Agent giving any such notification. |
(d) | If the accession of an Additional Guarantor requires any Finance Party or prospective new Lender to carry out "know your customer" checks or other similar checks under any applicable law or regulation in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company must, promptly on request by any Finance Party, supply, or procure the supply of, any documentation or other evidence reasonably requested by that Finance Party (whether for itself, or on behalf of any other Finance Party or any prospective new Lender) to enable a Finance Party or prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of those checks. |
25.3 | Repetition of representations |
Delivery of an Accession Letter to the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the Repeating Representations are correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.
25.4 | Resignation of a Guarantor |
(a) | The Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Company) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Facility Agent a Resignation Letter. |
(b) | The Facility Agent must accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders promptly of its acceptance if: |
(i) | no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Company has confirmed this is the case); |
(ii) | no amount owing by that Guarantor under any Finance Document is outstanding; and |
(iii) | all the Lenders have consented to the Company's request. |
(c) | The Guarantor will cease to be a Guarantor when the Facility Agent gives the notification to the Company referred to in paragraph (b) above. |
(d) | In the case of the Original Guarantor only, the Original Guarantor shall cease to be a Guarantor and shall be released from its obligations as a Guarantor under the Finance Documents upon the receipt by the Facility Agent of a duly completed Resignation Letter in respect of the Original Guarantor together with a confirmation that: |
82
(i) | the Original Guarantor has no outstanding obligations under the 2025 Senior Notes or the Senior Convertible Notes; and |
(ii) | no Default is continuing or would result from the resignation of the Original Guarantor. |
26. | ROLE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE PARTIES |
26.1 | The Facility Agent |
(a) | Each other Finance Party appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents. |
(b) | Each other Finance Party authorises the Facility Agent to: |
(i) | perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and |
(ii) | enter into and deliver each Finance Document expressed to be entered into by the Facility Agent. |
26.2 | Instructions |
(a) | The Facility Agent: |
(i) | must exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by: |
(A) | all Lenders if a Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; |
(B) | the relevant Finance Party or group of Finance Parties if a Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties; and |
(C) | in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and |
(ii) | will not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with paragraph (i) above. |
(b) | The Facility Agent may request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates that the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and it may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any instructions or clarification that it has requested. |
(c) | Except in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Facility Agent by the Majority Lenders will override any conflicting instructions given by any other Party or Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties. |
(d) | Paragraph (a) above does not apply: |
(i) | where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document; |
83
(ii) | where a Finance Document requires the Facility Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action; and |
(iii) | in respect of any provision which protects the Facility Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Facility Agent including, without limitation, Clause 26.5 (No fiduciary duties) to Clause 26.10 (Exclusion of liability) and Clause 26.13 (Confidentiality) to Clause 26.17 (Notice period). |
(e) | If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would (in the Facility Agent's opinion) have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 35 (Amendments and waivers), the Facility Agent will not act in accordance with those instructions unless it obtains consent to do so from each Party whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver. |
(f) | The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions. |
(g) | Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 26.2, in the absence of instructions the Facility Agent may act (or refrain from taking any action) as it considers to be in the best interests of all the Finance Parties. |
(h) | The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. |
26.3 | Duties of the Facility Agent |
(a) | The duties, obligations and responsibilities of the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature. |
(b) | Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Facility Agent must promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party. |
(c) | Without prejudice to Clause 24.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to the Company), paragraph (b) above does not apply to any Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation. |
(d) | Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party. |
(e) | If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it must promptly notify the other Finance Parties. |
(f) | If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than an Administrative Party) under this Agreement, it must promptly notify the other Finance Parties. |
(g) | The Facility Agent has only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is a party (and no others will be implied). |
84
26.4 | Role of the Arrangers |
Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, no Arranger has any obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.
26.5 | No fiduciary duties |
(a) | Nothing in any Finance Document makes an Administrative Party a trustee or fiduciary of any other person. |
(b) | No Administrative Party will be bound to account to any other Finance Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account. |
26.6 | Business with the Group |
(a) | Each Administrative Party may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group or its related entities. |
(b) | If it is also a Lender, each Administrative Party has the same rights and powers under the Finance Documents as any other Lender and may exercise those rights and powers as though it were not an Administrative Party. |
(c) | Each Administrative Party may carry on any business with any member of the Group or its related entities (including acting as an agent or a trustee in connection with any other financing). |
26.7 | Rights and discretions |
(a) | The Facility Agent may: |
(i) | rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; |
(ii) | assume that: |
(A) | any instructions it receives from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Party or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and |
(B) | unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and |
(iii) | without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (ii) above, rely on a certificate from any person: |
(A)as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or (B)to the effect that the person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing, as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.
(b) | The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as Facility Agent) that: |
85
(i) | no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 23.2 (Non-payment)); |
(ii) | any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and |
(iii) | any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors. |
(c) | The Facility Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts selected by it (including those representing a Party other than the Facility Agent). |
(d) | Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Facility Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Facility Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Facility Agent, in its reasonable opinion, deems this to be necessary. |
(e) | The Facility Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Facility Agent or by any other Party) and will not be liable for any cost, loss or liability whatsoever any person incurs or any diminution in value arising as a result of the Facility Agent so relying. |
(f) | Each Administrative Party may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents. |
(g) | Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents. |
(h) | Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary: |
(i) | no Administrative Party is obliged to do or omit to do anything (including disclosing any information) if it would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality or otherwise be actionable by any person; and |
(ii) | an Administrative Party may do anything which, in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation. |
(i) | Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, no Administrative Party is obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of those funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, that risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. |
26.8 | Responsibility for documentation |
(a) | No Administrative Party is responsible or liable for: |
(i) | the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any statement or information (whether oral or written) made, given or supplied by any person in or in connection with any Finance Document or the Information Memorandum or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; |
86
(ii) | the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, completeness or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; or |
(iii) | any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise. |
(b) | Except as provided above, the Facility Agent has no duty: |
(i) | either initially or on a continuing basis to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the risks arising under or in connection with the Finance Documents (including any information relating to the financial condition or affairs of any Obligor or its related entities or the nature or extent of recourse against any Party or its assets) whether coming into its possession before, on or after the Signing Date; or |
(ii) | unless specifically requested to do so by a Lender in accordance with a Finance Document, to request any certificate or other document from any Obligor. |
26.9 | No duty to monitor |
The Facility Agent is not obliged to monitor or enquire as to:
(a) | whether a Default has occurred; |
(b) | the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or |
(c) | whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred. |
26.10 | Exclusion of liability |
(a) | Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of any Administrative Party), no Administrative Party will be liable (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) for: |
(i) | any cost, loss or liability whatsoever any person incurs or any diminution in value arising as a result of the Administrative Party taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence, wilful misconduct or fraud; |
(ii) | exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into or made under or in connection with, or executed in anticipation of, any Finance Document, other than by reason of its gross negligence, wilful misconduct or fraud; or |
(iii) | without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any cost, loss or liability whatsoever any person incurs or any diminution in value (whether caused by the Administrative Party's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever, but not including any claim based on fraud of the Administrative Party) arising as a result of: |
(A) | any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or |
(B) | the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, |
87
including (in each case and without limitation) any such cost, loss, liability or diminution in value arising as a result of:
I. | nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental action; |
II. | any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; |
III. | market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); |
IV. | breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or other systems; |
V. | any natural disaster or act of God; |
VI. | war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or |
VII. | any strike or industrial action. |
(b) | No Party (other than the relevant Administrative Party) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of an Administrative Party in respect of any claim it might have against that Administrative Party or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document. |
(c) | Any officer, employee or agent of an Administrative Party may enforce and enjoy the benefit of any Clause which expressly confers rights on it, subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 1.3 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act. |
(d) | The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if it has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by it for that purpose. |
(e)(i)Nothing in this Agreement obliges any Administrative Party to:
(A) | perform any "know your customer" checks or other similar checks in relation to the identity of any person; or |
(B) | check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party, on behalf of any Finance Party. |
(ii) | Each Finance Party confirms to each Administrative Party that it is solely responsible for any "know your customer" checks or other similar checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to those checks made by any Administrative Party. |
(f) | Without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of any Administrative Party, any liability of an Administrative Party arising under or in connection with any Finance Document is limited to the amount of actual loss suffered (as determined by reference to the date of that Administrative Party's default or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of the default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to that Administrative Party at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event will an Administrative Party be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or |
88
anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not that Administrative Party was advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.
26.11 | Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent |
(a) | Without limiting the liability of any Obligor under the Finance Documents, each Lender must (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately before their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Facility Agent (other than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence, wilful misconduct or fraud) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 29.11 (Disruption to payment systems), notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever, but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document). |
(b) | Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Company must immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above. |
(c) | Paragraph (b) above does not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Facility Agent to an Obligor. |
26.12 | Resignation of the Facility Agent |
(a) | The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates (acting through an office in the UK) as its successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company. |
(b) | Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the other Finance Parties and the Company) may appoint a successor Facility Agent. |
(c) | If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent (after consultation with the other Finance Parties and the Company) may appoint a successor Facility Agent. |
(d) | If the Facility Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Facility Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Facility Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Facility Agent may (subject to the prior consent of the Company) agree with the proposed successor Facility Agent amendments to this Clause and any other term of this Agreement or any other Finance Document dealing with the rights or obligations of the Facility Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the facility agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Facility Agent's normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties. |
(e) | The retiring Facility Agent must, at its own cost: |
(i) | make available to the successor Facility Agent any documents and records and provide any assistance the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents; and |
(ii) | enter into and deliver to the successor Facility Agent those documents and effect any registrations as may be reasonably required for the transfer or assignment of all of its rights and benefits under the Finance Documents to the successor Facility Agent. |
89
(f) | The Facility Agent's resignation will only take effect on the appointment of a successor. |
(g) | When its resignation takes effect: |
(i) | the retiring Facility Agent will be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but will remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 15.3 (Indemnity to the Facility Agent) and this Clause 26; |
(ii) | the Company must immediately pay to the retiring Facility Agent any facility agency fees that have accrued for the account of the retiring Facility Agent and no further agency fees will accrue for the account of the retiring Facility Agent; and |
(iii) | any successor and each of the other Parties will have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party. |
(h) | After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by giving notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign under paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Facility Agent must resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. |
(i) | The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either: |
(i) | the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 13.8 (FATCA information) and the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; |
(ii) | the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 13.8 (FATCA information) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or |
(iii) | the Facility Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date, and, in each case, the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Company or that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign. |
26.13 | Confidentiality |
(a) | In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent will be regarded as acting through its agency division which will be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments. |
(b) | If information is received by another division or department of the Facility Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Facility Agent will not be deemed to have notice of it. |
(c) | The Facility Agent is not obliged to disclose to any person any confidential information supplied to it by or on behalf of a member of the Group solely for the purpose of evaluating whether any waiver or amendment is required in respect of any term of the Finance Documents. |
90
26.14 | Relationship with the Lenders |
(a) | Subject to Clause 24.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office: |
(i) | entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and |
(ii) | entitled to receive and act on any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day, unless it has received not less than five Business Days' notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. |
(b) | The Facility Agent may at any time, and must if requested to do so by the Majority Lenders, convene a meeting of the Lenders. |
(c)(i)Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents.
(ii) | Any such notice: |
(A) | must contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under this Agreement) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made); and |
(B) | will be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address (or such other information), and department or officer, by that Lender for the purposes of the Finance Documents. |
(iii) | The Facility Agent is entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender. |
26.15 | Credit appraisal by the Lenders |
Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Administrative Parties that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including without limitation:
(a) | the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group; |
(b) | the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; |
(c) | whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and |
91
(d) | the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of the Information Memorandum and any other information provided by the Facility Agent, any other Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document. |
26.16 | Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent |
If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents, that Party will be regarded as having received the amount so deducted.
26.17 | Notice period |
Unless expressly provided to the contrary, where this Agreement specifies a minimum period of notice to be given to the Facility Agent, the Facility Agent may, at its discretion, accept a shorter notice period.
27. | CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES |
No provision of any Finance Document will:
(a) | interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (Tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit; |
(b) | oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or |
(c) | oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (Tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax. |
28. | SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES |
28.1 | Payments to Finance Parties |
If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment mechanics) and applies that amount to a payment due under a Finance Document, then:
(a) | the Recovering Finance Party must, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Facility Agent; |
(b) | the Facility Agent must determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have received had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and |
(c) | the Recovering Finance Party must pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the Sharing Payment) equal to that receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 29.6 (Partial payments). |
92
28.2 | Redistribution of payments |
The Facility Agent must treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the Sharing Finance Parties) in accordance with Clause 29.6 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.
28.3 | Recovering Finance Party's rights |
(a) | On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 28.2 (Redistribution of payments), the Recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in that redistribution. |
(b) | If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights under paragraph (a) above, the relevant Obligor will owe the Recovering Finance Party a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable. |
28.4 | Reversal of redistribution |
If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:
(a) | each Sharing Finance Party must, on request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the Redistributed Amount); |
(b) | at the time of the request by the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above, the Sharing Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Recovering Finance Party in respect of the relevant Redistributed Amount; and |
(c) | if and to the extent that the Sharing Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights under paragraph (b) above as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor. |
28.5 | Exceptions |
(a) | This Clause 28 will not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause 28, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor. |
(b) | A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings if: |
(i) | it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and |
(ii) | that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings. |
93
29. | PAYMENT MECHANICS |
29.1 | Payments to the Facility Agent |
(a) | On each date on which a Party is required to make a payment to the Facility Agent under a Finance Document, that Party must make the payment available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent to the Party concerned as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment. |
(b) | Unless a Finance Document specifies that payments under it are to be made in another manner, each payment must be made to such account: |
(i) | in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant currency; or |
(ii) | in relation to a payment in euro, in the principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Facility Agent, and with such bank as the Facility Agent, in each case, specifies. |
29.2 | Distributions by the Facility Agent |
Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party must, except as provided in this Clause 29, be paid by the Facility Agent to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office) as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt, to such account:
(a) | in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant currency; or |
(b) | in relation to a payment in euro, in the principal financial centre of such Participating Member State or London, as specified by that Party, and with such bank as that Party, in each case, may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice. |
29.3 | Distributions to an Obligor |
The Facility Agent may (with the consent of an Obligor or in accordance with Clause 30 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (promptly on receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents. For this purpose, the Facility Agent may apply the received sum in or towards the purchase of any amount of any currency to be paid.
29.4 | Clawback and pre-funding |
(a) | Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum. |
(b) | Unless, paragraph (c) below applies, if the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent has not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent must on demand refund that amount to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds. |
94
(c) | If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Company before receiving funds from the Lenders, then if and to the extent that the Facility Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Company: |
(i) | the Facility Agent must notify the Company promptly of that Lender's identity and the Company must on demand refund it to the Facility Agent; and |
(ii) | the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Company must on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount (as certified by the Facility Agent) which will indemnify the Facility Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender. |
29.5 | Impaired Agent |
(a) | If, at any time, the Facility Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Facility Agent may instead either: |
(i) | pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or |
(ii) | if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit-enhanced debt obligations of A+ or higher by Standard & Poor's Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A1 or higher by Moody's Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment (the Paying Party) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the Recipient Party). |
In each case the payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.
(b) | All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account will be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements. |
(c) | A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 29 will be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and will not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account. |
(d) | Promptly on the appointment of a successor Facility Agent under this Agreement, each Paying Party must (other than to the extent that the relevant Party has given an instruction under paragraph (e) below) give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Facility Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with the Finance Documents. |
(e) | A Paying Party must, promptly on request by a Recipient Party and to the extent: |
(i) | that it has not given an instruction under paragraph (d) above; and |
(ii) | that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party, give instructions to the bank with which the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party. |
95
29.6 | Partial payments |
(a) | If the Facility Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent must apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order: |
(i) | first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid amount owing to the Administrative Parties under the Finance Documents; |
(ii) | secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fees or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement; |
(iii) | thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal sum due but unpaid under this Agreement; and |
(iv) | fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents. |
(b) | The Facility Agent must, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (a)(iv) above. |
(c) | Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor. |
29.7 | No set-off by Obligors |
All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents will be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.
29.8 | Business Days |
(a) | Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day will be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). |
(b) | During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement, interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date. |
29.9 | Currency of account |
(a) | Unless a Finance Document specifies otherwise, the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document. |
(b) | A repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum will be made in the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated under this Agreement on its due date. |
(c) | Each payment of interest must be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated under this Agreement when that interest accrued. |
(d) | Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes must be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred. |
(e) | Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency will be paid in that other currency. |
96
29.10 | Change of currency |
(a) | Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then: |
(i) | any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country will be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Company); and |
(ii) | any translation from one currency or currency unit to another will be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably). |
(b) | If a change in any currency of a country occurs (including where there is more than one currency or currency unit recognised at the same time as the lawful currency of a country), the Finance Documents will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Market and otherwise reflect the change in currency. |
29.11 | Disruption to payment systems |
(a) | If the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred: |
(i) | the Facility Agent may, and must if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Facility Agent may decide are necessary in the circumstances; |
(ii) | the Facility Agent is not obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, is not obliged to agree to any changes; and |
(iii) | the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes but is not obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances. |
(b) | Any agreement between the Facility Agent and the Company will (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding on the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, a waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 35 (Amendments and waivers). |
(c) | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Facility Agent will not be liable (whether in contract, tort or otherwise and whether caused by the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever, but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) for any cost, loss or liability whatsoever any person incurs or any diminution in value arising as a result of the Facility Agent taking or not taking any action under or in connection with this Clause 29.11. |
(d) | The Facility Agent must notify the Finance Parties promptly of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above. |
97
29.12 | Timing of payments |
If a Finance Document does not provide for when a particular payment is due, that payment will be due within three Business Days of demand by the person to whom the payment is to be made (or, if that person is a Finance Party, the Facility Agent).
30. | SET-OFF |
While an Event of Default is continuing, a Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off. That Finance Party will promptly notify that Obligor of any such set-off or conversion.
31. | NOTICES |
31.1 | Communications in writing |
Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents must be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.
31.2 | Addresses |
(a) | Except as provided below, the contact details of each Party for any communication to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are those notified by that Party for this purpose to the Facility Agent on or before the date it becomes a Party. |
(b) | The contact details of the Company for this purpose are: |
Address:201 Bishopsgate, London, EC2M 3AE
Fax number:+44 (0)20 7818 1819
Email:roger.thompson@henderson.com and jacqui.irvine@henderson.com
Attention: | Roger Thompson (CFO) and Jacqui Irvine (General Counsel and Company Secretary). |
(c) | The contact details of the Original Guarantor for this purpose are: |
Address:151 Detroit Street, Denver, Colorado 80504 USA
Fax number: | +1 (303) 316-5651 |
Email: | Brennan.Hughes@janus.com and Michelle.Rosenberg@janus.com |
Attention: | Brennan Hughes and Michelle Rosenberg |
(d) | The contact details of the Facility Agent for this purpose are: |
Address:26 Elmfield Road, Bromley Kent BR1 1LR
Fax number:+44 20 8313 2149
Email:emea.7115loansagency@bankofamerica.com
Attention:Loans Agency
(e) | Any Party may change its contact details by giving five Business Days' notice to the Facility Agent or (in the case of the Facility Agent) to the other Parties. |
98
31.3 | Delivery |
(a) | Except as provided below, any communication made or delivered by one Party to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective: |
(i) | if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or |
(ii) | if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address, and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 31.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer. |
(b) | Any communication to be made or delivered to the Facility Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Facility Agent. |
(c) | All communications from or to an Obligor must be sent through the Facility Agent. |
(d) | All communications from or to an Obligor (other than the Company) must be sent through the Company. |
(e) | Each Obligor (other than the Company) irrevocably appoints the Company to act as its agent: |
(i) | to give and receive all communications under or in connection with the Finance Documents; |
(ii) | to exercise any rights or discretions on its behalf under the Finance Documents; |
(iii) | to supply all information concerning itself to any Finance Party; and |
(iv) | to sign all documents on its behalf under or in connection with the Finance Documents. |
(f) | Any communication made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause 31 will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors. |
(g) | Each Finance Party may assume that any communication made by the Company (or by the Company on behalf of an Obligor) is made with the consent of each other Obligor. |
(h) | Any communication which would otherwise become effective on a non-working day or after business hours in the place of receipt will be deemed only to become effective on the next working day in that place. |
31.4 | Notification of address and fax number |
Promptly on receipt of notification of a Party's contact details or a change of a Party's contact details, the Facility Agent must notify the other Parties.
31.5 | Electronic communication |
(a) | Any communication or document to be made or delivered by one Party to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made or delivered by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website), if those two Parties: |
(i) | notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and |
99
(ii) | notify each other of any change to their electronic mail address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice. |
(b) | Any electronic communication or delivery as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between an Obligor and a Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is an accepted form of communication or delivery. |
(c) | For the purposes of the Finance Documents, an electronic communication or delivery will be treated as being in writing. |
(d) | Any electronic communication or document as specified in paragraph (a) above made or delivered by one Party to another will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication or document made or delivered by a Party to the Facility Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent may specify for this purpose. |
(e) | Any electronic communication which would otherwise become effective, in accordance with paragraph (d) above, after 5:00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication or document is sent (or made available) has its address for the purposes of this Agreement will be deemed only to become effective on the next working day in that place. |
(f) | Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received or a document being delivered will be construed to include that communication or document being made available in accordance with this Clause 31.5. |
31.6 | Communication when Facility Agent is Impaired Agent |
If the Facility Agent is an Impaired Agent, the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Facility Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Facility Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Document which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Facility Agent will be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision will not operate after a replacement Facility Agent has been appointed.
31.7 | English language |
(a) | Any communication made under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English. |
(b) | All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be: |
(i) | in English; or |
(ii) | if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document. |
32. | CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES |
32.1 | Accounts |
In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.
100
32.2 | Certificates and determinations |
Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.
32.3 | Day count conventions and interest calculation |
(a) | Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and the amount of any such interest, commission or fee is calculated: |
(i) | on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days (or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Market differs, in accordance with that market practice); and |
(ii) | subject to paragraph (b) below, without rounding. |
(b) | The aggregate amount of any accrued interest, commission or fee which is, or becomes, payable by an Obligor under a Finance Document shall be rounded to two decimal places. |
33. | PARTIAL INVALIDITY |
If, at any time, any term of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, that will not affect:
(a) | the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other term of any Finance Document; or |
(b) | the legality, validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other term of any Finance Document. |
34. | REMEDIES AND WAIVERS |
No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document will operate as a waiver, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law and may be waived only in writing and specifically.
35. | AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS |
35.1 | Required consents |
(a) | Except as provided in this Clause 35, any term of or any right or remedy under a Finance Document may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Company and the Majority Lenders and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all the Parties. |
(b) | The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 35. The Facility Agent must notify the other Parties promptly of any amendment or waiver effected by it under this paragraph (b). |
(c) | Each Guarantor agrees to any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 35 which is agreed to by the Company. |
101
35.2 | All Lender matters |
Subject to Clause 35.4 (Changes to Reference Rates), an amendment or waiver of any term of or any right or remedy under a Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:
(a) | the definition of Majority Lenders in Clause 1.1 (Definitions); |
(b) | other than pursuant to Clause 2.5 (Extension), an extension of the date of payment of any amount to or for the account of a Lender under the Finance Documents; |
(c) | a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fee or other amount payable to or for the account of a Lender under the Finance Documents; |
(d) | other than pursuant to Clause 2.3 (Increase) or Clause 2.4 (Accordion Increase in Commitments), an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments or an extension of the Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility; |
(e) | a release of an Obligor other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; |
(f) | any provision of a Finance Document which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; |
(g) | Clause 2.2 (Finance Parties' rights and obligations), Clause 8.2 (Change of control), Clause 8.10 (Application of prepayments), Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 28 (Sharing among the Finance Parties), Clause 39 (Governing Law), Clause 42.1 (Jurisdiction) or this Clause 35; or |
(h) | the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 18 (Guarantee and indemnity), may only be made with the prior consent of all the Lenders. |
35.3 | Other exceptions |
(a) | An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of an Administrative Party may only be made with the consent of that Administrative Party, as the case may be. |
(b) | Notwithstanding Clause 35.2 (All Lender matters), a Fee Letter may be amended or waived with the agreement of each Administrative Party that is a party to that Fee Letter and the Company. |
35.4 | Changes to reference rates |
(a) | Subject to paragraph (a) of Clause 35.3 (Other exceptions), if a Published Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to any Published Rate for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to: |
(i) | providing for the use of a Replacement Reference Rate in relation to that currency in place of that Published Rate; and |
(ii)(A)aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Reference Rate;
(B) | enabling that Replacement Reference Rate to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes |
102
required to enable that Replacement Reference Rate to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);
(C) | implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Reference Rate; |
(D) | providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Reference Rate; or |
(E) | adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Reference Rate (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation), may be made with the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Company. |
(b) | An amendment or waiver that relates to, or has the effect of, aligning the means of calculation of interest on a Compounded Rate Loan in any currency under this Agreement to any recommendation of a Relevant Nominating Body which: |
(i) | relates to the use of a risk-free reference rate on a compounded basis in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets; and |
(ii) | is issued on or after the Signing Date, may be made with the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Company. |
(c) | If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above within ten Business Days (or any longer period the Company and the Facility Agent agree in relation to any request) of that request being made: |
(i) | its Commitment(s) will not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the Facility when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and |
(ii) | its status as a Lender will be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request. |
(d) | In this Clause 35.4: |
Published Rate means:
(a) | the Alternative Term Rate for any Quoted Tenor; |
(b) | the Primary Term Rate for any Quoted Tenor; or |
(c) | an RFR. |
Published Rate Replacement Event means, in relation to a Published Rate:
(a) | the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Published Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, materially changed; |
103
(b)(i)(A)the administrator of that Published Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or
(B) | information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Published Rate is insolvent, provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Published Rate; |
(ii) | the administrator of that Published Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease to provide that Published Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Published Rate; |
(iii) | the supervisor of the administrator of that Published Rate publicly announces that such Published Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or |
(iv) | the administrator of that Published Rate or its supervisor announces that that Published Rate may no longer be used; or |
(v) | the supervisor of the administrator of that Primary Term Rate makes a public announcement or publishes information stating that that Primary Term Rate for that Quoted Tenor is no longer, or as of a specified future date will no longer be, representative of the underlying market or economic reality that it is intended to measure and that representativeness will not be restored (as determined by such supervisor); or |
(c) | the administrator of that Published Rate (or the administrator of an interest rate which is a constituent element of that Published Rate) determines that that Published Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either: |
(i) | the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company) temporary; |
(ii) | that Published Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than the period specified as the "Published Rate Contingency Period" in the Reference Rate Terms relating to that Published Rate; or |
(d) | in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors, Term SOFR has become generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets, is available for each Interest Period and is appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement; or |
(e) | in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, that Published Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement. |
Relevant Nominating Body means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.
Replacement Reference Rate means a reference rate which is:
(a) | formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Published Rate by: |
104
(i) | the administrator of that Published Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such reference rate measures is the same as that measured by that Published Rate); or |
(ii) | any Relevant Nominating Body, |
and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the "Replacement Reference Rate" will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;
(b) | in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Published Rate; or |
(c) | in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, an appropriate successor to a Published Rate. |
Term SOFR means, with respect to any Loan for any Interest Period, the forward-looking term rate for a period comparable to such Interest Period based on SOFR that is published by an information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Facility Agent in its reasonable discretion at approximately a time and as of a date prior to the commencement of such Interest Period determined by the Facility Agent in its reasonable discretion in a manner substantially consistent with market practice.
35.5 | Replacement of a Defaulting Lender |
(a) | The Company may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 15 Business Days' notice to the Facility Agent and that Lender: |
(i) | replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and that Lender must) transfer in accordance with this Agreement all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; |
(ii) | require that Lender to (and that Lender must) transfer in accordance with this Agreement all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of that Lender; or |
(iii) | require that Lender to (and that Lender must) transfer in accordance with this Agreement all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations in respect of the Facility, to a Lender or other bank or financial institution (a Replacement Lender) selected by the Company, and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either: |
(A) | in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of that Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Facility Agent has not given a notification under Clause 24.9 (Pro rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation to that Commitment under the Finance Documents; or |
(B) | in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Company and which does not exceed the amount described in paragraph (A) above. |
(b) | Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender under this Clause 35.5 is subject to the following conditions: |
(i) | the Company has no right to replace the Facility Agent; |
105
(ii) | neither the Facility Agent nor the Defaulting Lender will have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender; |
(iii) | the transfer must take place no later than 15 days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above; |
(iv) | in no event will the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender under the Finance Documents; and |
(v) | the Defaulting Lender will only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations under paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" checks or other similar checks required under any applicable law or regulation in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender. |
(c) | The Defaulting Lender must perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and must notify the Facility Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks. |
35.6 | Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders |
(a) | For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining: |
(i) | the Majority Lenders; or |
(ii) | whether: |
(A) | any given percentage (including, for unanimity) of the Total Commitments; or |
(B) | the agreement of any specified group of Lenders, has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender's Commitment under the relevant Facility will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments under the relevant Facility and, to the extent that the reduction results in that Defaulting Lender's Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender will be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above. |
(b) | For the purposes of this Clause 35.6, the Facility Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders: |
(i) | any Lender which has notified the Facility Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; and |
(ii) | any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) of the definition of Defaulting Lender has occurred, unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Facility Agent) or the Facility Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender. |
106
36. | CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION |
36.1 | Confidentiality |
(a) | Each Finance Party must keep all Confidential Information confidential and not disclose it to any person, save to the extent permitted by Clause 36.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 36.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers). |
(b) | Each Finance Party must ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information. |
36.2 | Disclosure of Confidential Information |
Any Finance Party may disclose:
(a) | to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party considers appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there is no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information; |
(b) | to any person: |
(i) | to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as an Administrative Party and, in each case, to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers; |
(ii) | with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers; |
(iii) | appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 26.14 (Relationship with the Lenders)); |
(iv) | who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above; |
(v) | to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange, listing authority or similar body, or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation; |
107
(vi) | to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes; |
(vii) | to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security Interests (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 24.8 (Security over Lenders' rights); |
(viii) | who is a Party or a member of the Group; or |
(ix) | with the consent of the Company, in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party considers appropriate if: |
(A) | in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there is no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information; |
(B) | in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; |
(C) | in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there is no requirement to inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; |
(c) | to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including, without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party; and |
(d) | to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors. |
36.3 | Disclosure to numbering service providers |
(a) | Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information: |
(i) | the names of the Obligors; |
108
(ii) | the country of domicile of the Obligors; |
(iii) | the place of incorporation of the Obligors; |
(iv) | the Signing Date; |
(v) | the governing law of this Agreement; |
(vi) | the names of the Facility Agent and the Arrangers; |
(vii) | the date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement; |
(viii) | the amount and name of the Facility (and any tranches); |
(ix) | the amount of the Total Commitments; |
(x) | the currencies of the Facility; |
(xi) | the type of the Facility; |
(xii) | the ranking of the Facility; |
(xiii) | the Termination Date for the Facility; |
(xiv) | changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xiii) above; and |
(xv) | such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company, to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services. |
(b) | The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider. |
36.4 | Entire agreement |
This Clause 36:
(a) | constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information; and |
(b) | supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information. |
36.5 | Inside information |
Each Finance Party acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse, and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.
109
36.6 | Notification of disclosure |
Each Finance Party agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:
(a) | of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 36.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and |
(b) | on becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 36. |
36.7 | Continuing obligations |
The obligations in this Clause 36 are continuing and, in particular, will survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:
(a) | the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and |
(b) | the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party. |
37. | CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES |
37.1 | Confidentiality and disclosure |
(a) | The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate confidential and not to disclose it to any person, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below. |
(b) | The Facility Agent may disclose: |
(i) | any Funding Rate to the Company pursuant to Clause 9.6 (Notifications); and |
(ii) | any Funding Rate to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender. |
(c) | The Facility Agent may disclose any Funding Rate, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to: |
(i) | any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there is no requirement to so inform the recipient if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it; |
(ii) | any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or |
110
regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there is no requirement to so inform the recipient if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
(iii) | any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there is no requirement to so inform the recipient if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and |
(iv) | any person with the consent of the relevant Lender, as the case may be. |
37.2 | Related obligations |
(a) | The Facility Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse, and the Facility Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate for any unlawful purpose. |
(b) | The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender: |
(i) | of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 37.1 (Confidentiality and disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and |
(ii) | on becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 37. |
37.3 | No Event of Default |
No Event of Default will occur under Clause 23.4 (Other obligations) by reason only of an Obligor's failure to comply with this Clause 37.
38. | COUNTERPARTS |
Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts. This has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.
39. | CONTRACTUAL RECOGNITION OF BAIL-IN |
Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:
(a) | any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation): |
(i) | a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability; |
(ii) | a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and |
111
(iii) | a cancellation of any such liability; and |
(b) | a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability. |
In this Clause:
Article 55 BRRD means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.
Bail-In Action means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.
Bail-In Legislation means:
(a) | in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; |
(b) | in relation to the United Kingdom, the UK Bail-In Legislation; and |
(c) | in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country and the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation. |
EEA Member Country means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.
EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.
Resolution Authority means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.
UK Bail-In Legislation means Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).
Write-down and Conversion Powers means:
(a) | in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; |
(b) | in relation to the UK Bail-In Legislation, any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and |
(c) | in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation: |
112
(i) | any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and |
(ii) | any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation. |
40. | GOVERNING LAW |
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.
41. | WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY |
Each party waives any right it may have to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action in connection with any Finance Document or any transaction contemplated by any Finance Document. This Agreement may be filed as a written consent to trial by court.
42. | ENFORCEMENT |
42.1 | Jurisdiction |
(a) | Unless specifically provided in another Finance Document in relation to that Finance Document, the English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of any Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document) (a Dispute). |
(b) | The Parties agree that the English courts are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary. |
(c) | This Clause 42.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, to the extent permitted by law: |
(i) | no Finance Party will be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction; and |
(ii) | the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions. |
42.2 | Service of process |
(a) | Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales and other than the Original Guarantor): |
(i) | irrevocably appoints Henderson Administration Limited as its agent under the Finance Documents for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and |
(ii) | agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned. |
113
(b) | Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Original Guarantor: |
(i) | irrevocably appoints Janus Capital International Limited as its agent under the Finance Documents for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and |
(ii) | agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Original Guarantor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned. |
(c) | If any person appointed as process agent under this Clause 42.2 is unable for any reason so to act, the Company (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within ten days of the event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another process agent for this purpose. |
43. | USA PATRIOT ACT |
Each Finance Party that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act hereby notifies each Obligor that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Obligors, which information includes the name and address of the Obligors and other information that will allow such Finance Party to identify the Obligors in accordance with the USA Patriot Act. Each Obligor agrees that it will provide each Finance Party with such information as it may request in order for such Finance Party to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.
THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
114
SCHEDULE 1
ORIGINAL PARTIES
| | Treaty passport scheme reference |
Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) | 45,000,000.00 | N/A |
Citibank, N.A., London Branch | 45,000,000.00 | N/A |
BNP Paribas London Branch | 30,000,000.00 | N/A |
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited | 30,000,000.00 | N/A |
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association | 30,000,000.00 | 13/W/61173/DTTP U.S. |
State Street Bank and Trust Company | 20,000,000.00 | 13/S/201919/DTTP U.S. |
| _____________ 200,000,000.00 | |
1 | Each of these must be included if the Original Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply under the Agreement. |
115
SCHEDULE 2
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
PART 1
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION
[retained for information purposes only]
1. | Corporate documentation |
(a) | A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor, including in respect of the Company, the consent issued to the Company under the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Order 1958. |
(b) | A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor: |
(i) | approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party; |
(ii) | authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and |
(iii) | authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party. |
(c) | A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolutions referred to in paragraph (b) above. |
(d) | A certificate of an authorised signatory of each Original Obligor: |
(i) | confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that Original Obligor to be breached; and |
(ii) | certifying that each copy document specified in this Schedule 2 relating to it is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the Signing Date. |
(e) | A copy of a certificate required to be given by an authorised signatory of the Company in connection with the legal opinion referred to in paragraph 2(b) below. |
2. | Legal opinions |
The following legal opinions:
(a) | a legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, legal advisers to the Arrangers and the Facility Agent in England; |
(b) | a legal opinion of Mourant Ozannes, legal advisers to the Arrangers and the Facility Agent in Jersey; and |
(c) | a legal opinion of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP, New York, legal advisers to the Company, |
116
each substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement, and addressed to the Finance Parties at the date of that opinion.
3. | Other documents and evidence |
(a) | Evidence that the agent for service of process in England and Wales referred to in Clause 42.2 (Service of process), has accepted its appointment. |
(b) | A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Company prior to the Signing Date) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. |
(c) | A copy of the Original Financial Statements of each Original Obligor. |
(d) | Evidence that all fees, costs and expenses then due and payable from the Company under the Finance Documents have been or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date. |
(e) | Evidence that the Merger Completion Date has occurred. |
(f) | Evidence that the USD200,000,000 revolving credit facility agreement originally dated 25 November 2013 and made between, among others, Janus Group Capital Group Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as amended and restated from time to time will be prepaid and cancelled in full on or before the first Utilisation Date. |
117
PART 2
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR
1. | Corporate documentation |
(a) | An Accession Letter, duly executed by the Additional Guarantor and the Company. |
(b) | A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Guarantor. |
(c) | A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Guarantor: |
(i) | approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Letter and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute the Accession Letter; |
(ii) | authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Letter on its behalf; and |
(iii) | authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents. |
(d) | A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolutions referred to in paragraph (c) above. |
(e) | To the extent required by law or constitutional documents, a copy of a resolution, signed by all the holders of the issued shares in the Additional Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Additional Guarantor is a party. |
(f) | To the extent required by law or constitutional documents, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder in the Additional Guarantor approving the resolution referred to in paragraph (e) above. |
(g) | A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Guarantor: |
(i) | confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be breached; and |
(ii) | certifying that each copy document specified in this Part 2 of this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter. |
2. | Legal opinions |
The following legal opinions:
(a) | a legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, legal advisers to the Facility Agent in England; |
(b) | subject to paragraphs (c) and (d) below, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Facility Agent in the jurisdiction of the Additional Guarantor; |
(c) | if any Additional Guarantor is incorporated or organised under the laws of any state of the United States of America, customary legal opinions of the legal advisers to such Additional Guarantor; and |
118
(d) | if any Additional Guarantor is executing a Finance Document which is governed by the law of any state of the United States of America, customary legal opinions of the legal advisers to such Additional Guarantor, each substantially in the form distributed to the Lenders before signing the Accession Letter, and addressed to the Finance Parties at the date of that opinion. |
3. | Other documents and evidence |
(a) | In the case of an Additional Guarantor not incorporated in England and Wales, evidence that the agent for service of process in England and Wales referred to in Clause 42.2 (Service of process), if not an Original Obligor, has accepted its appointment in relation to the Additional Guarantor. |
(b) | A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. |
(c) | If available, a copy of the latest audited accounts of the Additional Guarantor. |
(d) | Evidence that all expenses due and payable from the Company under this Agreement in respect of the Accession Letter have been paid. |
119
SCHEDULE 3
FORM OF UTILISATION REQUEST
To: | BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as Facility Agent |
From:JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC
Date:[⚫]
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC – USD200,000,000 Credit Agreement
dated 16 February 2017 (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the Agreement)
1. | We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request. |
2. | We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms: |
(a) | Proposed Utilisation Date: [⚫] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day); |
(b) | Currency of Loan: [⚫]; |
(c) | Amount: [CURRENCY][⚫] or, if less, the Available Facility; and |
(d) | Interest Period: [⚫]. |
3. | We confirm that each condition precedent under the Agreement which is required to be satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request is satisfied. |
4. | The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account]. |
5. | This Utilisation Request is irrevocable. |
By:
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC
120
SCHEDULE 4
FORM OF ACCORDION INCREASE CONFIRMATION
To: | BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as Facility Agent |
From: | [⚫] as Original Lender(s), and each person listed as an Accordion Lender in the Schedule (each, an Accordion Lender) |
Date:[⚫]
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC – USD200,000,000 Credit Agreement
dated 16 February 2017 (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the Agreement)
We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accordion Increase Confirmation. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accordion Increase Confirmation unless given a different meaning in this Accordion Increase Confirmation.
1. | We refer to Clause 2.4 (Accordion Increase in Commitments) of the Agreement, and to the Accordion Request dated [⚫]. |
2. | Each Accordion Lender confirms that it has agreed, with effect from the Accordion Increase Date, to assume the Accordion Commitment specified opposite its name in the Schedule, in accordance with Clause 2.4 (Accordion Increase in Commitments) of the Agreement. |
3. | The proposed Accordion Increase Date is [⚫]. |
4. | By countersigning below, each Accordion Lender confirms that: |
(a) | it agrees, with effect from the date of counter-signature of this Accordion Increase Confirmation by the Facility Agent or if later, to become an Accordion Lender and to assume an Accordion Commitment in the amount(s) specified opposite its name in the Schedule; and |
(b) | it has performed all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the Company and the assumption by it of the Accordion Commitment(s). |
5. | [The Accordion Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to either Obligor, that it is: |
(a) | [a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender);] |
(b) | [a Treaty Lender;] |
(c) | [not a Qualifying Lender].23 |
6. | The Accordion Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to it in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either: |
(a) | a company resident in the UK for UK tax purposes; or |
(b) | a partnership each member of which is: |
2 | Include paragraphs 5 to 7 if the Accordion Lender is a new lender. |
3 | Delete as applicable – each new Accordion Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within. |
121
(i) | a company so resident in the UK; or |
(ii) | a company not so resident in the UK which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or |
(c) | a company not so resident in the UK which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]4 |
7. | [The Accordion Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [⚫]) and is tax resident in [⚫]5, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax, and notifies the Company that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.]6 |
8. | The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to each Accordion Lender for the purposes of Clause 31.2 (Addresses) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule. |
9. | This Accordion Increase Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Accordion Increase Confirmation. |
10. | This Accordion Increase Confirmation and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. |
11. | This Accordion Increase Confirmation has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this certificate. |
4 | Include only if Accordion Lender is a UK Non-Bank Lender. |
5 | Insert jurisdiction of tax residence. |
6 | Include if Accordion Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement. |
122
THE SCHEDULE
Accordion Commitments/rights and obligations to be assumed
Accordion Lender | Accordion Commitment |
[⚫] | [⚫] |
[⚫] | [⚫] |
[insert Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]
[Accordion Lender] | [Accordion Lender] |
By: | By: |
[Accordion Lender] | [Accordion Lender] |
By: | By: |
This Accordion Increase Confirmation is accepted by the Facility Agent, and the Accordion Increase Date is confirmed as [⚫].
Facility Agent | |
By: | |
123
SCHEDULE 5
FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
To: | BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as Facility Agent |
From:[EXISTING LENDER] (the Existing Lender) and [NEW LENDER] (the New Lender)
Date:[⚫]
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC – USD200,000,000 Credit Agreement
dated 16 February 2017 (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the Agreement)
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.
1. | The Existing Lender transfers by novation to the New Lender the Existing Lender's rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule below in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. |
2. | The proposed Transfer Date is [⚫]. |
3. | The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations in respect of this Transfer Certificate contained in the Agreement. |
4. | The administrative details of the New Lender for the purposes of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule. |
5. | The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to either Obligor, that it is: |
(a) | [a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender);] |
(b) | [a Treaty Lender;] |
(c) | [not a Qualifying Lender].7 |
6. | [The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to it in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either: |
(a) | a company resident in the UK for UK tax purposes; or |
(b) | a partnership each member of which is: |
(i) | a company so resident in the UK; or |
(ii) | a company not so resident in the UK which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or |
(c) | a company not so resident in the UK which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in |
7 | Delete as applicable – each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within. |
124
computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]8
7. | [The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [⚫]) and is tax resident in [⚫]9, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax, and notifies the Company that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.]10 |
8. | This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate. |
9. | This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. |
8 | Include only if New Lender is a UK Non-Bank Lender. |
9 | Insert jurisdiction of tax residence. |
10 | Include if New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement. |
125
THE SCHEDULE
Rights and obligations to be transferred by novation
[insert relevant details, including applicable Commitment (or part)]
Administrative details of the New Lender
[insert details of Facility Office, address for notices and payment details etc.]
[EXISTING LENDER] | [NEW LENDER] |
By: | By: |
The Transfer Date is confirmed by the Facility Agent as [⚫].
BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY
(as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited)
as Facility Agent for and on behalf of
each of the parties to the Agreement
(other than the Existing Lender and
the New Lender)
By:
126
SCHEDULE 6
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
To: | BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as Facility Agent and the Company for and on behalf of each Obligor |
From:[EXISTING LENDER] (the Existing Lender) and [NEW LENDER] (the New Lender)
Date:[⚫]
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC – USD200,000,000 Credit Agreement
dated 16 February 2017 (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the Agreement)
We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.
1. | In accordance with the terms of the Agreement: |
(a) | the Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender specified in the Schedule; |
(b) | to the extent the obligations referred to in paragraph (c) below are effectively assumed by the New Lender, the Existing Lender is released from its obligations under the Agreement specified in the Schedule; |
(c) | the New Lender assumes obligations equivalent to those obligations of the Existing Lender under the Agreement specified in the Schedule; and |
(d) | the New Lender becomes a Lender under the Agreement and is bound by the terms of the Agreement as a Lender. |
2. | The proposed Transfer Date is [⚫]. |
3. | The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations in respect of this Assignment Agreement contained in the Agreement. |
4. | The administrative details of the New Lender for the purposes of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule. |
5. | The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to either Obligor, that it is: |
(a) | [a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender);] |
(b) | [a Treaty Lender;] |
(c) | [not a Qualifying Lender].11 |
6. | [The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to it in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either: |
(a) | a company resident in the UK for UK tax purposes; or |
11 | Delete as applicable – each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within. |
127
(b) | a partnership each member of which is: |
(i) | a company so resident in the UK; or |
(ii) | a company not so resident in the UK which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or |
(c) | a company not so resident in the UK which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]12 |
7. | [The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [⚫]) and is tax resident in [⚫]13, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax, and notifies the Company that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.14 |
8. | This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Facility Agent (on behalf of the Company and each Finance Party) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement. |
9. | This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Assignment Agreement. |
10. | This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. |
12 | Include only if New Lender is a UK Non-Bank Lender. |
13 | Insert jurisdiction of tax residence. |
14 | Include if New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement. |
128
THE SCHEDULE
Rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, assumption and release
[insert relevant details, including applicable Commitment (or part)]
Administrative details of the New Lender
[insert details of Facility Office, address for notices and payment details etc.]
[EXISTING LENDER] | [NEW LENDER] |
By: | By: |
The Transfer Date is confirmed by the Facility Agent as [⚫].
BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY
(as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited)
as Facility Agent, for and on behalf of
each of the parties to the Agreement
(other than the Existing Lender and
the New Lender)
By:
129
SCHEDULE 7
FORM OF ACCESSION LETTER
To: | BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as Facility Agent |
From:JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC and [PROPOSED GUARANTOR]
Date:[⚫]
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC – USD200,000,000 Credit Agreement
dated 16 February 2017 (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the Agreement)
1. | We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Letter unless given a different meaning in this Accession Letter. |
2. | [Name of company] agrees to become an Additional Guarantor and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional Guarantor. [Name of company] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction]. |
3. | [Name of company]'s administrative details are as follows: [⚫]. |
4. | This Accession Letter is intended to take effect as a deed. |
5. | This Accession Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. |
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC
By:
130
SCHEDULE 8
FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER
To: | BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as Facility Agent |
From:JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC and [RESIGNING GUARANTOR]
Date:[⚫]
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC – USD200,000,000 Credit Agreement
dated 16 February 2017 (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the Agreement)
1. | We refer to the Agreement. This is a Resignation Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter. |
2. | We request that [resigning Guarantor] be released from its obligations as a Guarantor under the Agreement. |
3. | We confirm that: |
(a) | no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; |
(b) | as at the date of this Resignation Letter [no amount owing by [resigning Guarantor] under any Finance Document as a Guarantor is outstanding]; and |
(c) | [⚫]. |
4. | This Resignation Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. |
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC | [RESIGNING GUARANTOR] |
By: | By: |
The Facility Agent confirms that this resignation takes effect on [⚫].
BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as Facility Agent
By:
131
SCHEDULE 9
FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION
To: | BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as Facility Agent and JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC |
From: | [the Increase Lender] (the Increase Lender) |
Dated: | [⚫] |
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC – USD200,000,000 Credit Agreement
dated 16 February 2017 (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the Facility Agreement)
1. | We refer to the Facility Agreement. This agreement (the Agreement) shall take effect as an Increase Confirmation for the purpose of the Facility Agreement. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement. |
2. | We refer to Clause 2.3 (Increase) of the Facility Agreement. |
3. | The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the Relevant Commitment) as if it was an Original Lender under the Facility Agreement. |
4. | The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the Increase Date) is [⚫]. |
5. | On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the relevant Finance Documents as a Lender. |
6. | The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause 31.2 (Addresses) of the Facility Agreement are set out in the Schedule. |
7. | The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders' obligations referred to in Clause 2.3 (Increase) of the Facility Agreement. |
8. | The Increase Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to either Obligor, that it is: |
(a) | [a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender);] |
(b) | [a Treaty Lender;] |
(c) | [not a Qualifying Lender].15 |
[9]. | [The Increase Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either: |
(a) | a company resident in the UK for UK tax purposes; |
(b) | a partnership each member of which is: |
(i) | a company so resident in the UK; or |
15 | Delete as applicable – each Increase Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within. |
132
(ii) | a company not so resident in the UK which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or |
(c) | a company not so resident in the UK which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]16 |
[9]. | [The Increase Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [⚫]) and is tax resident in [⚫]*, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Parent notify the Company that it wishes the scheme to apply to the Facility Agreement.]** |
[9/10]. | This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement. |
[10/11]. | This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. |
[11/12]. | This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement. |
16 | Include only if New Lender is a UK Non-Bank Lender i.e. falls within paragraph (ii) of the definition of "Qualifying Lender" in Clause 13.1 (Definitions). |
* | Insert jurisdiction of tax residence. |
** | This confirmation must be included if the Increase Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facility Agreement. |
133
THE SCHEDULE
Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender
[insert relevant details]
[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]
[Increase Lender] | |
By: | |
This Agreement is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Facility Agreement by the Facility Agent, and the Increase Date is confirmed as [ ].
Bank of America Europe Designated Activity Company (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) |
By: |
|
134
SCHEDULE 10
REFERENCE RATE TERMS
PART 1
DOLLARS
CURRENCY: | Dollars. | ||
| | ||
Cost of funds as a fallback | | ||
Cost of funds will not apply as a fallback. | |||
| |||
Definitions | | ||
| | ||
Additional Business Days: | An RFR Banking Day. | ||
| | ||
Baseline CAS: | Length of Interest Period or other period | Baseline CAS (per cent. per annum) | |
| Less than or equal to one Month | 0.11448 | |
| More than one Month but less than or equal to two Months | 0.18456 | |
| More than two Months but less than or equal to three Months | 0.26161 | |
| More than three Months but less than or equal to six Months | 0.42826 | |
| | | |
Break Costs: | None specified. | ||
Business Day Conventions (definition of "Month" and Clause 10.2 (Non-Business Days)): | (a) If any period is expressed to accrue by reference to a Month or any number of Months then, in respect of the last Month of that period: |
| (i) subject to paragraph (iii) below, if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; (ii) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that |
135
| period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and (iii) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end. |
| (b) If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). |
Central Bank Rate: | (a) The short-term interest rate target set by the US Federal Open Market Committee as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York from time to time; or (b) if that target is not a single figure, the arithmetic mean of: (i) the upper bound of the short-term interest rate target range set by the US Federal Open Market Committee and published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; and (ii) the lower bound of that target range. |
Central Bank Rate Adjustment: | In relation to the Central Bank Rate prevailing at close of business on any RFR Banking Day (relevant to that RFR), 20 per cent. trimmed arithmetic mean (calculated by the Facility Agent) of the Central Bank Rate Spreads for the five most immediately preceding RFR Banking Days (relevant to that RFR) for which the relevant RFR is available. |
Central Bank Rate Spread: | In relation to any RFR Banking Day, the difference (expressed as a percentage rate per annum) calculated by the Facility Agent of: (a) the RFR for that RFR Banking Day; and (b) the Central Bank Rate prevailing at the close of business on that RFR Banking Day (relevant to that RFR). |
Daily Rate: | The Daily Rate for any RFR Banking Day is: |
| (a) the RFR for that RFR Banking Day; or |
136
| (b) if the RFR is not available for that RFR Banking Day, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of: (i) the Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day; and (ii) the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment; or (c) if paragraph (b) above applies but the Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day is not available, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of: (i) the most recent Central Bank Rate for a day which is no more than five RFR Banking Days before that RFR Banking Day; and (ii) the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment, rounded, in either case, to five decimal places and if, in either case, the aggregate of that rate and the applicable Baseline CAS is less than zero, the Daily Rate shall be deemed to be such a rate that the aggregate of the Daily Rate and the applicable Baseline CAS is zero. |
Lookback Period: | Five RFR Banking Days. |
Market Disruption Rate: | None specified. |
Relevant Market: | The market for overnight cash borrowing collateralised by US Government securities. |
Reporting Day: | The Business Day which follows the day which is the Lookback Period prior to the last day of the Interest Period. |
RFR: | The secured overnight financing rate (SOFR) administered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other person which takes over the publication of that rate). |
RFR Banking Day: | Any day other than: (a) a Saturday or Sunday; and (b) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (or any successor organisation) recommends that the |
137
| fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in US Government securities. |
| |
Interest Periods | |
Periods capable of selection as Interest Periods (paragraph (b) of Clause 10.1 (Selection of Interest Periods)): | One, two, three or six Months. |
138
PART 2
STERLING
CURRENCY: | Sterling. | |
| | |
Cost of funds as a fallback | | |
Cost of funds will not apply as a fallback. | | |
| | |
Definitions | | |
| | |
Additional Business Days: | An RFR Banking Day. | |
| | |
Break Costs: | None specified. | |
| | |
Baseline CAS: | Length of Interest Period or other period | Baseline CAS (per cent. per annum) |
| Less than or equal to one Month | 0.0326 |
| More than one Month but less than or equal to two Months | 0.0633 |
| More than two Months but less than or equal to three Months | 0.1193 |
| More than three Months but less than or equal to six Months | 0.2766 |
Business Day Conventions (definition of "Month" and Clause 10.2 (Non-Business Days)): | (a) If any period is expressed to accrue by reference to a Month or any number of Months then, in respect of the last Month of that period: (i) subject to paragraph (iii) below, if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; (ii) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and (iii) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end. (b) If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead |
139
| end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). | |
| | |
Central Bank Rate: | The Bank of England's Bank Rate as published by the Bank of England from time to time. | |
| | |
Central Bank Rate Adjustment: | In relation to the Central Bank Rate prevailing at close of business on any RFR Banking Day (relevant to that RFR), 20 per cent. trimmed arithmetic mean (calculated by the Facility Agent) of the Central Bank Rate Spreads for the five most immediately preceding RFR Banking Days (relevant to that RFR) for which the relevant RFR is available. | |
| | |
Central Bank Rate Spread: | In relation to any RFR Banking Day, the difference (expressed as a percentage rate per annum) calculated by the Facility Agent of: (a) the RFR for that RFR Banking Day; and (b) the Central Bank Rate prevailing at the close of business on that RFR Banking Day (relevant to that RFR). | |
| | |
Daily Rate: | The Daily Rate for any RFR Banking Day is: (a) the RFR for that RFR Banking Day; or (b) if the RFR is not available for that RFR Banking Day, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of: (i) the Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day; and (ii) the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment; or (c) if paragraph (b) above applies but the Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day is not available, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of: (i) the most recent Central Bank Rate for a day which is no more than five RFR Banking Days before that RFR Banking Day; and (ii) the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment, rounded, in either case, to four decimal places and if, in either case, the aggregate of that rate and the applicable Baseline CAS is less than zero, the Daily Rate shall be deemed to be such a rate that the aggregate of the Daily Rate and the applicable Baseline CAS is zero. | |
| | |
| | |
Lookback Period: | Five RFR Banking Days. | |
| | |
Market Disruption Rate: | None specified. | |
| | |
Relevant Market: | The sterling wholesale market. |
140
Reporting Day: | The day which is the Lookback Period prior to the last day of the Interest Period or, if that day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day. |
| |
RFR: | The sterling overnight index average (SONIA) reference rate displayed on the relevant screen of any authorised distributor of that reference rate. |
| |
RFR Banking Day: | A day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London. |
Interest Periods | |
Periods capable of selection as Interest Periods (paragraph (b) of Clause 10.1 (Selection of Interest Periods)): | One, two, three or six Months. |
141
PART 3
EURO
CURRENCY: | Euro. |
| |
Compounded Reference Rate as a fallback Compounded Reference Rate will not apply as a fallback. | |
| |
Cost of funds as a fallback Cost of funds will apply as a fallback. | |
| |
Definitions | |
| |
Additional Business Days: | A TARGET Day. |
| |
Alternative Term Rate: | None specified. |
| |
Alternative Term Rate Adjustment: | None specified. |
| |
Break Costs: | The amount (if any) by which: (a) the interest (excluding Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period; exceeds: (b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period. |
Business Day Conventions (definition of "Month" and Clause 10.2 (Non-Business Days)): | (a) If any period is expressed to accrue by reference to a Month or any number of Months then, in respect of the last Month of that period: (i) subject to paragraph (iii) below, if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; (ii) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and |
142
143
PART 4
AUD
CURRENCY: | AUD. | |
Compounded Reference Rate as a fallback Compounded Reference Rate will not apply as a fallback. | ||
Cost of funds as a fallback Cost of funds will apply as a fallback. | ||
Definitions | | |
Break Costs: | 1The amount (if any) by which: (a) the interest (excluding Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period; exceeds: (b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period. | |
Additional Business Day: | Any day on which banks are open for general business in Sydney. | |
1Business Day Conventions (definition of "Month" and Clause 10.2 (Non-Business Days)): | (a) If any period is expressed to accrue by reference to a Month or any number of Months then, in respect of the last Month of that period: (i) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period will end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; and (ii) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period will end on the last Business Day in that calendar month. |
144
(b) If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). (c) If the Facility Agent agrees, the Company may select an Interest Period which ends on a day other than the last day of a Month (but no more than five days before or after the last day of the relevant Month), where necessary to ensure that the Interest Period is in the same half-month maturity pool used by market convention for determining rates that would have applied had the selection of either or both of the maturity pool or the selection of the Interest Period not followed a modified following business day convention. | ||
Fallback Interest Period: | One Month. | |
Quotation Day: | The first day of that period (unless market practice differs in the Relevant Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Market (and if quotations would normally be given on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days)). | |
Quotation Time: | Quotation Day as at or about 10:10 a.m. (Sydney time) but no later than 10:30 a.m. (Sydney time). | |
Relevant Market: | The Australian interbank market for bank accepted bills and negotiable certificates of deposit. | |
Reporting Day: | The Quotation Day. |
Market Disruption Rate: | The Term Reference Rate. |
Primary Term Rate: | The Australian bank bill swap reference rate (BBSW) administered by the Australian Financial Markets Association (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page BBSW of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate). |
Interest Periods | |
Periods capable of selection as Interest Periods for a Loan (paragraph (c)(d) of Clause 10.1 (Selection of Interest Periods)): | One or six Months. |
145
Reporting times | |
Deadline for Lenders to report market disruption (Clause 11.3 (Market Disruption)): | Close of business in London on the Reporting Day for the relevant Interest Period. |
Deadline for Lenders to report their cost of funds in accordance with Clause 11.4 (Cost of funds): | Close of business on the date falling two Business Days after the Reporting Day for the relevant Loan (or, if earlier, on the date falling two Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of the Interest Period for that Loan). |
146
SCHEDULE 11
Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate
The Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for any RFR Banking Day "i" during an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan is the percentage rate per annum (without rounding) calculated as set out below:
where:
UCCDRi means the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that RFR Banking Day i;
UCCDRi-1 means, in relation to that RFR Banking Day i, the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for the immediately preceding RFR Banking Day (if any) during that Interest Period;
dcc means 360 or, in any case where market practice in the Relevant Market is to use a different number for quoting the number of days in a year, that number;
ni means the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day i up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day; and
the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for any RFR Banking Day (the Cumulated RFR Banking Day) during that Interest Period is the result of the below calculation (without rounding):
where:
ACCDR means the Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that Cumulated RFR Banking Day;
tni means the number of calendar days from, and including, the first day of the Cumulation Period to, but excluding, the RFR Banking Day which immediately follows the last day of the Cumulation Period;
Cumulation Period means the period from, and including, the first RFR Banking Day of that Interest Period to, and including, that Cumulated RFR Banking Day;
dcc has the meaning given to that term above; and
the Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that Cumulated RFR Banking Day is the percentage rate per annum (without rounding) calculated as set out below:
where:
d0 means the number of RFR Banking Days in the Cumulation Period;
Cumulation Period has the meaning given to that term above;
i means a series of whole numbers from one to d0, each representing the relevant RFR Banking Day in chronological order in the Cumulation Period;
147
DailyRatei-LP means, for any RFR Banking Day i in the Cumulation Period, the Daily Rate for the RFR Banking Day which is the applicable Lookback Period prior to that RFR Banking Day i;
ni means, for any RFR Banking Day i in the Cumulation Period, the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day i up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day;
dcc has the meaning given to that term above; and
tni has the meaning given to that term above.
148
SCHEDULE 12
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
To: | BANK OF AMERICA EUROPE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY (as successor in title to Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited) as Facility Agent |
From:JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC
Date:[⚫]
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC – USD200,000,000 Credit Agreement
dated 16 February 2017 (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the Agreement)
1. | We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate. |
2. | We confirm that as at [relevant testing date or for the Measurement Period ending on that date]: |
[Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA was [⚫] and Consolidated Total Net Borrowings were [⚫]; therefore, the ratio of Consolidated Total Net Borrowings to Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA was [⚫]:1; and]
3. | [We set out below calculations establishing the figures in paragraph 2 above: |
[⚫].]
4. | [We confirm that the following companies were Material Subsidiaries at [relevant testing date]: |
[⚫].]17
5. | [We confirm that as at [relevant testing date] [no Default is continuing]/[the following Default[s] [is/are] continuing and the following steps are being taken to remedy [it/them]: |
[⚫]].]
JANUS HENDERSON GROUP PLC
By:
17 | To be included in the Compliance Certificate that accompanies the Company's annual audited financial statements only. |
149
SCHEDULE 13
EXISTING SECURITY
NONE
150
SCHEDULE 14
TIMETABLES
151
Loans in euro | Loans in sterling | Loans in other currencies | |
| | | |
EURIBOR is fixed. | Quotation Day 11:00 a.m. (Brussels time). | - | - |
BBSW is fixed. | - | - | Quotation Day as at or about 10:10 a.m. (Sydney time) but no later than 10:30 a.m. (Sydney time). |
| | | |
152
SIGNATORIES
[intentionally removed]
Exhibit 10.19
SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT
DATE:18 November 2021
PARTIES:
(1)You:Richard M Weil
(2) | The Company: Janus Capital Management LLC whose registered office is at 151 Detroit St, Denver Co, 80206 |
WHEREAS
(1) | The Company is duly authorised to enter into this Agreement on its own behalf and as agent for any Group Company. |
(2) | Without admission of liability by either party, the Company and you have agreed on the terms set out in this Agreement by way of settlement of all claims you have or may have against the Company (or any Group Company) arising out of your employment and the termination of your employment and (if relevant to you) any Directorships and Offices or their termination or cessation. The Company also confirms that it is not aware of any claims it might have against you. |
(3) | You are seconded to Janus Henderson Group plc pursuant to a secondment agreement between the Company and Janus Henderson Group plc dated 14 December 2018 and you are employed by the Company under the Contract of Employment. |
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1. | Definitions |
1.1 | In this Agreement the following words and expressions will (unless they are inconsistent with the context) have the following meanings: |
Associated Company | An associated employer within the meaning of section 231 of the Employment Rights Act 1996; |
Contract of Employment | The letter agreement between you and the Company dated 1 August 2018, as amended; |
Directorships and Offices Further Tax | Directorships or offices of any Group Company and directorships, trusteeships and offices of, or partnerships in, any company, trust or entity (i) connected with the Janus Henderson Group or its business or (ii) which you hold at the request or instruction of the Janus Henderson Group; Any income tax, employee National Insurance contributions, interest, penalties, charges and/or costs arising in respect of taxable payments or benefits under this Agreement which you are liable to pay and/or which HMRC requires the Company to pay; |
LON42368545/2 153295-0037
Janus Henderson Group | The Company, or any company which controls the Company from time to time, or any Subsidiary from time to time of the Company, or of any company which controls the Company, or any company having, whether directly or indirectly, a parent company in common with the Company, or any Associated Company of the Company (each, a Group Company); |
| |
Second Settlement Agreement | A settlement agreement in the form attached at Schedule 2; and |
Termination Date | 30 June 2022. |
2. | Termination of Employment/Payment of Salary/Holiday Pay/Benefits |
2.1 | You will continue to carry out your normal role and duties as Chief Executive Officer between the date of this Agreement and 31 March 2022. |
2.3 | During the Transition Period you should not undertake any other business or profession without our prior written consent, or be or become an employee, officer or agent of any other firm, company or person. You and the Company acknowledge and agree that during the Transition Period, many of your principal responsibilities may be transferred to the new CEO and other Group Company employees and, that, therefore, your day-to-day job functions may change substantially as the Transition Period progresses. You and the Company also acknowledge and agree that it may be inappropriate or unnecessary to include you in all executive team meetings that the Company may conduct during the Transition Period and you shall attend such meetings as the Company may reasonably request. |
2.4 | You undertake to co-operate fully with the Company, any Group Company and its or their advisers in relation to the comprehensive, timely and accurate handover of your duties. The Company shall provide you with all reasonable support to enable you to effect an orderly transition and hand over of your duties in accordance with SYSC 4.9.7. |
2.6.1 | you shall be entitled to participate in all savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs, in each case on terms and conditions no less favourable than the terms and conditions generally applicable to similar level employees. Vesting of any Company contributions to your account in the Janus Capital Group 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the 401(k) Plan) shall be in accordance with the terms of the 401(k) plan; |
2
2.6.2 | you and your spouse and dependents, as the case may be, shall be eligible for active employee participation in, and shall receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company and its affiliates (including without limitation, medical, vision, prescription, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and programs) (Welfare Benefit Plans) on terms and conditions no less favourable than the terms and conditions generally applicable to similar level employees. If you are enrolled in the Company's health plans on the Termination Date, you will have the option of electing continued coverage yourself and any eligible dependents under the federal law known as COBRA to the extent of you/their eligibility. Your participation in all other Company benefit plans for active employees will terminate on the Termination Date. |
2.7 | The Company shall reimburse you promptly for your reasonable and authorized business expenses related to your employment with the Company through the Termination Date, consistent with the Company's policies and conditioned on your presentation to the Company, on or before the Termination Date, of documentation verifying such expenses. |
2.8 | In your final payroll you will be entitled to receive the sum of monies which represents payment for any accrued and untaken holiday as at the Termination Date. Your P45 will be issued to you following the Termination Date. |
2.9 | You and the Company will enter into the Second Settlement Agreement on, or within 5 days of, the Termination Date. |
3. | Tax |
3.1 | The Company will account to HMRC for the income tax/National Insurance so deducted. Any liability for Further Tax will be yours alone. |
3.2 | You undertake that if the Company is called upon to account to HMRC for any Further Tax in respect of your employment or its termination and if the Company pays the Further Tax to HMRC and notifies you of the fact, you will without delay pay to the Company an amount equal to the Further Tax. No payment of Further Tax will be made to HMRC without particulars of any proposed payment being given to you prior to such payment being made to HMRC. |
4. | No Derogatory Statements |
4.1 | You undertake that you will not make public or otherwise communicate any disparaging or derogatory statements whether in writing or otherwise concerning the Company or any Group Company or any of its or their officers or employees. |
4.2 | In return, the Company shall instruct those involved in the termination not to authorise or encourage any of the employees or officers of any Group Company to make (and will instruct members of the Executive Committee of Janus Henderson Group plc) not to make, public or otherwise communicate any disparaging or derogatory statements whether in writing or otherwise concerning you. |
5. | Permitted Disclosures |
5.1.1 | Nothing in this Agreement prevents the parties from making a disclosure: |
5.1.2 | that your employment with the Company terminated by reason of retirement on the Termination Date; |
5.1.3 | which amounts to a protected disclosure within the meaning of section 43A of the Employment Rights Act 1996; |
5.1.4 | in order to report an offence to a law enforcement agency or to co-operate with a criminal investigation or prosecution; |
3
5.1.5 | for the purposes of reporting misconduct, or a serious breach of regulatory requirements, to any body responsible for supervising or regulating the matters in question; |
5.1.6 | if and to the extent required by law; or |
5.1.7 | to the Equality and Human Rights Commission. |
5.2 | All other terms of this agreement are to be read subject to clause 6.1. |
6. | Confidentiality |
6.1.1 | the Company's (or any Group Company's) products, sales and marketing strategies, plans, training programmes, instructions, client care policies, pricing structures, client details, and management practice; |
6.1.2 | any person who at the Termination Date or formerly was an employee or client of the Company or any Group Company, |
and will not at any time in the future use any such trade secrets or information for your own benefit nor divulge them to any individual, organisation, firm or company without the prior written consent of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt this clause does not apply to any information which is in or has entered the public domain otherwise than as a result of a direct or indirect disclosure by you.
7. | Warranties |
7.1 | You warrant and represent that: |
7.1.1 | you have not at any time to your knowledge committed a repudiatory breach of your Contract of Employment or any other agreement between you and the Company which would entitle the Company to terminate your employment without notice; |
7.1.2 | on or before the Termination Date, you will return to the Company all property (including your Company identification), Company credit card, office keys, mobile telephone equipment, computer equipment, blackberry records, correspondence, documents, files, client lists, client records and other information (whether originals copies or extracts and whether in written or in computer readable form) belonging to the Company or any Group Company; |
7.1.3 | you will not retain any copies (in any form) of any such records, correspondence, documents, files, client lists, client records or other information referred to in clause 7.1.2; |
7.1.4 | you will erase and procure the erasure of all data (in so far as this is feasible without specialist IT assistance) relating to the business of the Company from any computer to which you have access and which is not under the custody or control of the Company and will destroy any paper copies made of such data; and |
7.1.5 | you have not and will not commence any action or issue any legal proceedings arising out of your employment or its termination against the Company or any of its respective officers or employees in any court or Tribunal. |
7.2 | The Company is under no obligation to make the payments provided for in clause 9 or 10 in the event that you are in breach of any of the warranties in this clause 7, or if on or before the |
4
Termination Date, you do or fail to do anything which amounts to a repudiatory breach of the express or implied terms of your employment with the Company. In the event that the Company considers to be in breach of any of the warranties in this clause 7, it will bring such breach to your attention and (if remediable) give you a reasonable opportunity to remedy such breach. |
8. | Legal Expenses |
Subject to receipt of a signed copy of this Agreement from you, the Company will, within 30 days of production of an appropriate copy VAT invoice (addressed to you but marked payable by the Company), pay to your solicitors your legal expenses relating exclusively to advice on your rights in connection with this Agreement and the Second Settlement Agreement, up to a maximum of £2,700 plus VAT.
9. | Treatment of Bonus/Incentive on Separation |
9.2 | Subject to your material compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the Second Settlement Agreement, the Company shall pay you a 2022 bonus award (2022 Award), The 2022 award will be subject to mandatory deferral under the terms of the Company's current deferral scheme to the extent applicable and, accordingly, may be delivered in the form of shares/ share units in Janus Henderson Group plc or fund unit awards. This 2022 Award will be calculated pro rata for the period 1 January 2022 through 31 March 2022, and the amount of the 2022 Award shall be determined in accordance with normal payroll processes and business practice, taking into consideration firm, department and individual performance. Further, the Company shall not use any diminution of your duties, title or authority during the Transition Period as a factor supporting or as justification for reducing the amount of the 2022 Award. The 2022 Award will be subject to all income tax and employee National Insurance which the Company is by law obliged to deduct. |
10. | Treatment of Share Awards on Separation |
10.1 | In consideration of your assistance with an effective transition as outlined in clause 2.2, all fund unit awards, restricted stock unit awards and performance based share unit awards granted pursuant to the terms of the Janus Henderson Group plc Third Amended and Restated 2010 Deferred Incentive Plan (or any predecessor plan) (collectively, the Awards) which are outstanding as of the Termination Date shall continue to vest in accordance with the schedules set forth in the respective award agreements related to a termination of employment due to retirement, subject to your complying with the obligations set forth in each such award agreement; provided that, the performance based share unit awards granted to the Executive in each of February 2020 and February 2021 shall be eligible to vest in accordance with the termination without cause provisions applicable to such awards. |
10.2 | All provisions in this clause are strictly subject to the rules of the relevant plan from time to time in force. |
10.3 | You agree that the provisions set out in this clause will take effect provided that you ensure that the Company has your up-to-date personal email address at all times so that the plans' trustees and administrators can maintain contact with you. |
5
11. | Reference |
11.1 | Subject to (i) its obligations to any relevant regulatory body and (ii) any further information coming to the Company’s attention which it considers should properly be reflected in the reference, the Company will, if requested by a potential employer, supply a reference in its standard form from time to time in use confirming that so far as it is currently aware it has no concerns in respect of your fitness and propriety. A specimen of the Company’s current standard reference is attached as (i) Schedule 1 Part A to this Agreement in respect of a role which would not require you to be a Senior Manager or Certified Person; and (ii) Schedule 1 Part B to this Agreement in respect of a role which would require you to be a Senior Manager or a Certified Person. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company reserves the right to: |
11.1.1 | make such disclosures about you; and |
11.1.2 | issue an updated reference in respect of you, |
as required by law or by any securities exchange or regulatory or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company or any Group Company, whether or not the requirement has the force of law and notwithstanding the fact that any such disclosure or updated reference may deviate from the terms of any agreed reference.
12. | Restrictive Covenants |
12.1 | In consideration for the bonus payments set out at clause 9 (from which the Company will deduct such income tax and employee National Insurance which it is by law obliged to deduct) you agree that you continue to be bound by the provisions of express confidentiality and post termination obligations contained in clauses 15 and 21 of your Contract of Employment. |
13. | Liability Coverage |
Your coverage under all insurance policies that cover the Company and any parent company, affiliate or subsidiary of the Company, including those for directors and officers of such entities, shall remain in place under current terms during the Transition Period. Insurance coverage will extend to any future claims relating to your employment, before or during the Transition Period. The Company also agrees to indemnify you, to the extent covered in accordance with the terms and conditions of such insurance policies and subject to the Companies Act 2006, against any and all actions, claims, costs, proceedings or expenses brought against or incurred by you personally arising out of such directorships or other offices other than in relation to any wilful negligence, wilful default, fraud, wilful breach of duty or wilful breach of trust committed by you.
14. | Resignation from Directorships and Offices |
14.1 | Where you hold any Directorships and Offices, you confirm that you will sign a letter resigning your Directorships and Offices and/or execute any documents necessary to give effect to such resignation in a form prescribed by the Company and will return this/these to the Company together with the signed copies of this Agreement. You agree to take (at the Company's expense) all actions deemed reasonably necessary by the Company to effect or evidence such resignations. The Company agrees to take responsibility for filing all resignations in the relevant jurisdictions. |
15. | Claims against the Company or any Group Company |
6
15.2 | In particular, but without limitation, the waiver and release contained in clause 15.1 extends to: |
15.2.1 | any claim for damages for breach of contract (whether brought before an Employment Tribunal or otherwise); and |
15.2.2 | any claim for compensation for the loss of any rights or benefits under any share option, bonus, long-term incentive plan or other similar scheme operated by the Company or any Group Company other than as set out in clause 10; and |
15.2.3 | any statutory claims which you have or may have as follows: |
(a) | a claim of unfair dismissal under sections 93 and 111 of the Employment Rights Act 1996; |
(b) | a claim for a redundancy payment, under section 163 of the Employment Rights Act 1996; |
(c) | a claim in relation to equal terms under section 2 of the Equal Pay Act 1970 and/or sections 120 and 127 of the Equality Act 2010; |
(d) | a claim of unlawful deductions under section 23 of the Employment Rights Act 1996; |
(e) | a claim in relation to working time or holiday pay under regulation 30 of the Working Time Regulations 1998; |
(f) | a claim in relation to time off work under sections 51, 54, 57, 57B, 60, 63 and 63C of the Employment Rights Act; |
(g) | a claim in relation to parental rights and/or flexible working under sections 80 and 80H of the Employment Rights Act 1996; |
(h) | a claim in relation to discrimination relating to religion or belief under regulation 28 of the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003 and/or section 120 of the Equality Act 2010; |
(i) | a claim under section 48 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 in respect of detriment suffered in relation to making a protected disclosure, under section 47B; |
(j) | a claim under section 48 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 in respect of detriment suffered in relation to the right to be accompanied, under section 10 of the Employment Relations Act 1999; |
(l) | a claim for damages for distress, anxiety or financial loss caused by harassment under Section 3 of the Protection from Harassment Act 1997; and |
(m) | for damages under the Data Protection Act 1998, EU General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 or Data Protection Act 2018, as applicable. |
The claims specified in these clauses 15.1 and 15.2 (together the Employee Claims) are claims which it is recognised you have or may have arising out of the circumstances surrounding your employment and/or its termination.
15.3 | In signing this Agreement, you confirm that you are not aware of any other claims other than those specified in clause 15 or facts or circumstances that may give rise to any claim against the Company or its employees in relation to any other matters. |
15.4 | By your signature of this Agreement you agree that you will not institute or commence any claims, actions or proceedings against the Company or any Group Company or any officer or employee of the Company or any Group Company in relation to the Identified Issues before any |
7
Employment Tribunal or court whether in respect of the Employee Claims or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company acknowledges that nothing in this Agreement affects your accrued pension rights, or right to enforce this Agreement or the Second Settlement Agreement or right to bring a claim in respect of personal injury and you represent and warrant that as at the date of signature of this Agreement, you are not aware of any circumstances which give rise or may give rise to any claim in relation to personal injury. |
15.5 | You represent and warrant that: |
15.5.2 | the name of the independent adviser referred to in clause 15.5.1 above is Meriel Schindler of Withers LLP. |
15.5.3 | you are advised by the independent adviser that there is in force and was at the time you received the advice referred to above an insurance policy covering the risk of a claim by you in respect of loss arising in consequence of that advice. |
You acknowledge that the Company has acted in reliance on these warranties when entering into this Agreement.
15.6 | You agree and acknowledge that the conditions regulating settlement and compromise agreements contained in section 147 of the Equality Act 2010, section 203 of the Employment Rights Act 1996, section 77 of the Sex Discrimination Act 1975, section 72 of the Race Relations Act 1976, section 9 of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995, section 288 of the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992, Regulation 35 of the Working Time Regulations 1998, Regulation 9 of the Part-Time Workers (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2000, Regulation 10 of the Fixed-Term Employees (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2002, Schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003, Schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003, Schedule 5 of the Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006 Regulation 40 of the Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 2004, paragraph 12 of the schedule to the Occupational and Personal Pension Schemes (Consultation by Employers and Miscellaneous Amendment) Regulations 2006, the Pensions Act 2008 and any other similar relevant statutory provisions relating to the compromising of statutory claims are intended to be and have been satisfied. |
15.7 | You agree that if you materially breach any provision in this Agreement or pursue a claim against the Company or any Group Company relating to your employment or its termination, an amount equal to the loss (including consequential loss and any legal fees or costs) which the Company and/or any Group Company suffers or incurs as a result will be immediately payable to the Company upon demand and the Company will be released from any continuing obligation under this Agreement. |
16. | Interpretation |
16.1 | The headings to clauses are for convenience only and have no legal effect. |
17. | Whole Agreement |
17.1 | Each party for the behalf of itself and, in the case of the Company, as agent for each Group Company, agrees with the other that (i) this Agreement sets out the entire agreement and |
8
17.2 | Nothing in this Agreement will, however, operate to limit or exclude any liability for fraud. |
18. | Applicable Law and Jurisdiction |
18.1 | This Agreement will be construed in accordance with English law and the parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts to settle any dispute which may arise in connection with this Agreement. |
19. | Miscellaneous |
19.2 | This Agreement although marked ‘Without Prejudice’ and ‘Subject to Contract’ will upon |
19.3 | signature by both parties be treated as an open document evidencing an agreement binding on the parties. |
19.4 | This Agreement may consist of one or more counterparts, each signed by one or more parties to this Agreement. If so, the signed counterparts are treated as making up one document, the date on which the last counterpart is executed will be the date of the Agreement and when executed and delivered each counterpart is treated as an original and together will constitute one document. |
………………………………………………
SIGNED by Richard Weil
………………………………………………
SIGNED for and on behalf of Janus Capital Management LLC
9
CERTIFICATE
I, Meriel Schindler of Withers LLP of 20 Old Bailey London EC4M 7AN confirm that I have given independent legal advice to Richard Weil as to the terms and effect of the above Agreement and in particular its effect on the ability of Richard Weil to pursue his rights before an Employment Tribunal.
I confirm that I am a Solicitor of the Senior Courts of England & Wales holding a current Practising Certificate and that there is and was at the time I gave the advice referred to above in force a policy of insurance or an indemnity provided for members of a profession or professional body covering the risk of a claim by Richard Weil in respect of any loss arising in consequence of that advice.
Signed………………………………………………
Dated………………………………………………
Schedule 1
PART A
Our Reference:
[Date]
Private & Confidential
Dear [NAME]
Thank you for your letter of [DATE]. It is Janus Henderson Group plc policy to issue a certificate of employment only in response to a reference request [if relevant: and I am therefore unable to provide all the information you requested.]
CERTIFICATE OF EMPLOYMENT
Name: | Richard Weil |
Dates of employment: | 1 February 2010 to 30 June 2022 |
Last position held: | Chief Executive Officer of the Janus Henderson Group |
Under no circumstances must the information be divulged to the subject of the reference or any other third party without our consent.
Yours sincerely/ faithfully
Janus Henderson HR Administration
Schedule 1
PART B
[Regulated Reference]
Our reference:
Your reference:
[Date]
Private & Confidential
Dear [Name]
Please find enclosed a Regulated Reference for Richard Weil.
We confirm that Richard Weil was employed by Janus Management Holdings Corporation from 1 February 2010 to 30 June 2022. The last position they held was Chief Executive Officer of the Janus Henderson Group. The attached reference will cover the required period for Regulatory References (in line with the FCA rules).
This reference is given in the strictest of confidence, solely for the purpose for which it was requested and without liability on the part of Henderson Administration Limited or any employee of Henderson Administration Limited except as required by FCA Rules. It is for you to assess the appropriateness or suitability of Richard Weil for any position for which you may be considering him in light of the information supplied in this reference and Henderson Administration Limited expresses no opinion in this regard.
Yours sincerely/ faithfully
Janus Henderson HR Administration
The answers to Questions A to F cover the period beginning six years before the date of your request for a reference and ending on the date of this reference. | ||
Question | Response | |
A | Has the individual: 3)Performed a certification function for our firm; or 4)been an approved person for our firm. | |
B | Has the individual performed one or more of the following roles in relation to our firm: 1)notified non-executive director; 2)credit union non-executive director; or 3)key function holder (other than a controlled function); or 4)board director. | |
C | If we have answered ‘yes’ to either Question A or B above, we set out the details of each position held, including: 1)what the controlled function, certification function or key function holder role is or was; 2)(in the case of a controlled function) whether the approval is or was subject to a condition, suspension, limitation, restriction or time limit; 3)whether any potential FCA governing function is or was included in a PRA controlled function; and 4)the dates during which the individual held the position. | |
D | Has the individual performed a role for our firm other than the roles referred to in Questions A and B above: If ‘yes’, we have provided summary details of the other role(s), e.g. job title, department and business unit. | |
E | Have we concluded that the individual was not fit and proper to perform a function: If ‘yes’, and associated disciplinary action was taken as a result, please refer to Question F below. If ‘yes’, and no associated disciplinary action was taken as a result, we have set out below the facts which led to our conclusion. | |
F | We have taken disciplinary action against the individual that: 1) relates to an action, failure to act, or circumstances, that amounts to a breach of any individual conduct requirements that: a. apply or applied to the individual; or b. (if the individual is or was a key function holder a notified non-executive director or a credit union non-executive director for your firm) the individual is or was required to observe under PRA rules (including if applicable, PRA rules in force before 7 March 2016); or 2) relates to the individual not being fit and proper to perform a function If ‘yes’, we have provided a description of the breaches (including dates of when they occurred) and the basis for, and outcome of, the subsequent disciplinary action. | |
G | Are we aware of any other information that we reasonably consider to be relevant to your assessment of whether the individual is fit and proper? This disclosure is made on the basis that we shall only disclose something that: 1) occurred or existed: a. in the six years before your request for a reference; or b. between the date of your request for the reference and the date of this reference; or | |
2) is serious misconduct If yes, we have provided the relevant information. |
Schedule 2
WITHOUT PREJUDICE
SUBJECT TO CONTRACT
SECOND SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT
DATE:
PARTIES:
(1)You:Richard M Weil
(2) | The Company: Janus Capital Management LLC whose registered office is at 151 Detroit St, Denver Co, 80206 |
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1. | Definitions |
1.1 | Capitalised terms used herein shall have the meaning given to them in the settlement agreement between you and the Company dated______________ (the First Settlement Agreement) |
2. | Payments |
2.1 | Subject to the terms and conditions set out in the First Settlement Agreement, the Company will make the payment set out therein. |
3. | Claims against the Company or any Group Company |
3.1 | Without any admission of liability by the Company, you agree to accept the terms set out in this Agreement in full and final settlement of any and all claims, demands, costs, expenses or rights of action which you have or may have against the Company and/or any Group Company or any of its or their officers or employees, whether at common law, statutory, pursuant to European Union law or otherwise, however arising, in connection with your employment and/or its termination (the Identified Issues). |
3.2 | In particular, but without limitation, the waiver and release contained in clause 3.1 extends to: |
3.2.1 | any claim for damages for breach of contract (whether brought before an Employment Tribunal or otherwise); and |
3.2.2 | any claim for compensation for the loss of any rights or benefits under any share option, bonus, long-term incentive plan or other similar scheme operated by the Company or any Group Company other than as set out in the First Settlement Agreement; and |
3.2.3 | any statutory claims which you have or may have as follows: |
(a) | a claim of unfair dismissal under sections 93 and 111 of the Employment Rights Act 1996; |
(b) | a claim for a redundancy payment, under section 163 of the Employment Rights Act 1996; |
(c) | a claim in relation to equal terms under section 2 of the Equal Pay Act 1970 and/or sections 120 and 127 of the Equality Act 2010; |
(d) | a claim of unlawful deductions under section 23 of the Employment Rights Act 1996; |
(e) | a claim in relation to working time or holiday pay under regulation 30 of the Working Time Regulations 1998; |
(f) | a claim in relation to time off work under sections 51, 54, 57, 57B, 60, 63 and 63C of the Employment Rights Act; |
(g) | a claim in relation to parental rights and/or flexible working under sections 80 and 80H of the Employment Rights Act 1996; |
(h) | a claim in relation to discrimination relating to religion or belief under regulation 28 of the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003 and/or section 120 of the Equality Act 2010; |
(i) | a claim under section 48 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 in respect of detriment suffered in relation to making a protected disclosure, under section 47B; |
(j) | a claim under section 48 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 in respect of detriment suffered in relation to the right to be accompanied, under section 10 of the Employment Relations Act 1999; |
(l) | a claim for damages for distress, anxiety or financial loss caused by harassment under Section 3 of the Protection from Harassment Act 1997; and |
(a) | for damages under the Data Protection Act 1998, EU General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 or Data Protection Act 2018, as applicable. |
The claims specified in these clauses 3.1 and 3.2 (together the Employee Claims) are claims which it is recognised you have or may have arising out of the circumstances surrounding your employment and/or its termination.
In signing this Agreement, you confirm that you are not aware of any other claims other than those specified in clause 3 or facts or circumstances that may give rise to any claim against the Company or its employees in relation to any other matters.
3.3 | By your signature of this Agreement you agree that you have not and you will not institute or commence any claims, actions or proceedings against the Company or any Group Company or any officer or employee of the Company or any Group Company in relation to the Identified Issues before any Employment Tribunal or court whether in respect of the Employee Claims or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company acknowledges that nothing in this Agreement affects your accrued pension rights, or right to enforce this Agreement or right to bring a claim in respect of personal injury and you represent and warrant that as at the date of signature of this Agreement, you are not aware of any circumstances which give rise or may give rise to any claim in relation to personal injury. Furthermore nothing in this Second Settlement Agreement shall affect your right to enforce the terms of your First Settlement Agreement and any such action shall not be construed as a breach of either the First Settlement Agreement or the Second Settlement Agreement. |
3.4 | You represent and warrant that: |
3.4.1 | you have received independent legal advice from a relevant independent adviser (as defined by section 203 of the Employment Rights Act 1996) as to the terms and effect of this Agreement and in particular its effect on your ability to pursue a claim in relation to the Identified Issues and you have previously notified any and all potential claims of any nature you have or may have against the Company or any Group Company (or any of its or their officers or employees) to the Company in writing and that you have no other complaints or grounds for any claim whatsoever against the Company in relation to the Identified Issues, including without limitation the Employee Claims; |
3.4.2 | the name of the independent adviser referred to in clause 3.4.1 above is Meriel Schindler of Withers LLP. |
3.4.3 | you are advised by the independent adviser that there is in force and was at the time you received the advice referred to above an insurance policy covering the risk of a claim by you in respect of loss arising in consequence of that advice. |
You acknowledge that the Company has acted in reliance on these warranties when entering into this Agreement.
3.5 | You agree and acknowledge that the conditions regulating settlement and compromise agreements contained in section 147 of the Equality Act 2010, section 203 of the Employment Rights Act 1996, section 77 of the Sex Discrimination Act 1975, section 72 of the Race Relations Act 1976, section 9 of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995, section 288 of the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992, Regulation 35 of the Working Time Regulations 1998, Regulation 9 of the Part-Time Workers (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2000, Regulation 10 of the Fixed-Term Employees (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2002, Schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003, Schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003, Schedule 5 of the Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006 Regulation 40 of the Information and Consultation of Employees Regulations 2004, paragraph 12 of the schedule to the Occupational and Personal Pension Schemes (Consultation by Employers and Miscellaneous Amendment) Regulations 2006, the Pensions Act 2008 and any other similar relevant statutory provisions relating to the compromising of statutory claims are intended to be and have been satisfied. |
3.6 | For the avoidance of doubt, you confirm that the First Settlement Agreement remains in full force and effect notwithstanding the execution of this Agreement. |
3.7 | You agree that if you materially breach any provision in this Agreement or pursue a claim against the Company or any Group Company relating to your employment or its termination, an amount equal to the loss (including consequential loss and any legal fees or costs) which the Company and/or any Group Company suffers or incurs as a result will be immediately payable to the Company upon demand and the Company will be released from any continuing obligation under this Agreement. |
4. | Interpretation |
4.1 | The headings to clauses are for convenience only and have no legal effect. |
5. | Applicable Law and Jurisdiction |
5.1 | This Agreement will be construed in accordance with English law and the parties irrevocable submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts to settle any dispute which may arise in connection with this Agreement. |
6. | Miscellaneous |
6.1 | If the amount of any payment or the vesting of any award under this Agreement exceeds any maximum pursuant to any relevant law or regulation or is in any other respect prohibited, your entitlement under this Agreement will be reduced to the maximum allowed under such law or regulation and the Company's obligations to make any such payment or vest any such award will be reduced accordingly. |
6.2 | This Agreement is entered into by the Company for itself and in trust for each Group Company with the intention that each such company will be entitled to enforce it directly. The parties agree that each Group Company will be entitled to enforce the benefit of this Agreement in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. Other than as stated in this clause 6.2, no person other than a party to this Agreement will have any rights to enforce any term of this Agreement. |
6.3 | This Agreement although marked ‘Without Prejudice’ and ‘Subject to Contract’ will upon signature by both parties be treated as an open document evidencing an agreement binding on the parties. |
6.4 | This Agreement may consist of one or more counterparts, each signed by one or more parties to this Agreement. If so, the signed counterparts are treated as making up one document, the date on which the last counterpart is executed will be the date of the Agreement and when executed and delivered each counterpart is treated as an original and together will constitute one document. |
………………………………………………
SIGNED by Richard Weil
………………………………………………
SIGNED for and on behalf of Janus Capital Management LLC
CERTIFICATE
I, Meriel Schindler of Withers LLP confirm that I have given independent legal advice to Richard Weil as to the terms and effect of the above Agreement and in particular its effect on the ability of Richard Weil to pursue his rights before an Employment Tribunal.
I confirm that I am a Solicitor of the Senior Courts of England & Wales holding a current Practising Certificate and that there is and was at the time I gave the advice referred to above in force a policy of insurance or an indemnity provided for members of a profession or professional body covering the risk of a claim by Richard Weil in respect of any loss arising in consequence of that advice.
Signed………………………………………………
Dated………………………………………………
Exhibit 21.1
List of Subsidiaries
The following is a list of subsidiaries included in our consolidated financial statements and the state or country of incorporation of each:
Organization | Percentage of ownership | State or other jurisdiction of ownership |
Alphagen Capital Limited | 100 | UK |
Gartmore Group Limited | 100 | Cayman Islands |
Gartmore Investment Limited | 100 | UK |
Gartmore Investment Management Limited | 100 | UK |
Gartmore Investment Services Limited | 100 | UK |
Gartmore Services Limited | 100 | Jersey (Channel Islands) |
Henderson Administration Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Alternative Investment Advisor Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Asset Management Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Equity Partners (GP) Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Equity Partners Funds Limited | 100 | Jersey (Channel Islands) |
Henderson Equity Partners India Private Limited | 100 | India |
Henderson Equity Partners Jersey (GP) Limited | 100 | Jersey (Channel Islands) |
Henderson Equity Partners Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Fund Management (Luxembourg) SA | 100 | Luxembourg |
Henderson Fund Management Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Global Group Limited | 100 | Ireland |
Henderson Global Investors (Brand Management) Sarl | 100 | Luxembourg |
Henderson Global Investors (Holdings) Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Global Investors (International Holdings) BV | 100 | Netherlands |
Henderson Global Investors (Ireland) Limited | 100 | Ireland |
Henderson Global Investors (North America) Inc | 100 | Delaware |
Henderson Global Investors Asset Management Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Global Investors Geneva (Luxembourg) Finance SA | 100 | Luxembourg |
Henderson Global Investors Geneva Finance Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Global Investors Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Group Holdings Asset Management Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Holdings Group BV | 100 | Netherlands |
Henderson Holdings Group Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Holdings Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson International Inc | 100 | Delaware |
Henderson Investment Funds Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Management SA | 100 | Luxembourg |
Henderson Nominees Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Secretarial Services Limited | 100 | UK |
Henderson Unit Trusts Limited | 100 | UK |
HEP (GP) Limited | 100 | UK |
HGI (Investments) Limited | 100 | UK |
HGI Asset Management Group Limited | 100 | UK |
Janus Henderson (Holdings) Limited | 100 | UK |
HGP2 Limited | 100 | UK |
HPC Nominees Limited | 100 | UK |
INTECH Investment Management LLC | 97.1 | Delaware |
Janus Capital (Schweiz) LLC | 100 | Switzerland |
Janus Capital Group Inc. | 100 | Delaware |
Janus Capital Institutional Advisers LLC | 100 | Delaware |
Janus Capital International Limited | 100 | UK |
Janus Capital Management LLC | 100 | Delaware |
Janus Capital Singapore Pte. Limited | 100 | Singapore |
Janus Capital Trust Manager Limited | 100 | Ireland |
Janus Distributors LLC | 100 | Delaware |
Janus Henderson Indices LLC | 100 | Delaware |
Janus Henderson Investment Consulting (Beijing) Limited | 100 | China |
Janus Henderson Investors (Australia) Funds Management Limited | 100 | Australia |
Janus Henderson Investors (Australia) Institutional Funds Management Limited | 100 | Australia |
Janus Henderson Investors (Australia) Limited | 100 | Australia |
Janus Henderson Investors (Hong Kong) Limited | 100 | Hong Kong |
Janus Henderson Investors (Japan) Limited | 100 | Japan |
Janus Henderson Investors (Jersey) Limited | 100 | UK |
Janus Henderson Investors (Schweiz) AG | 100 | Switzerland |
Janus Henderson Investors (Singapore) Limited | 100 | Singapore |
Janus Henderson Investors Taiwan Ltd. | 100 | Taiwan |
Janus Henderson Jersey (Holdings) Limited | 100 | UK |
Janus Holdings LLC | 100 | Nevada |
Janus International Holding LLC | 100 | Nevada |
Janus Management Holdings Corporation | 100 | Delaware |
Janus Services LLC | 100 | Delaware |
Janus UK Holdings Corporation Limited | 100 | UK |
Kapstream Capital Pty Limited | 100 | Australia |
New Star Asset Management (Bermuda) Limited | 100 | Bermuda |
New Star Asset Management Group Limited | 100 | UK |
Optimum Investment Management Limited | 100 | UK |
Perkins Investment Management LLC | 100 | Delaware |
UKFP (Asia) Nominees Limited | 100 | British Virgin Islands |
VS Holdings, Inc. | 100 | Delaware |
Interests in joint ventures | | |
None | | |
Certain subsidiaries which, if considered as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Regulation S-X, have been omitted.
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-252714) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-218365 and 333-236685) of Janus Henderson Group plc of our report dated February 24, 2022 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Denver, Colorado
February 24, 2022
1
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Richard Weil, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Janus Henderson Group plc;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting that are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 24, 2022 | |
| |
| |
| /s/ RICHARD WEIL |
| Richard Weil |
| Chief Executive Officer |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 302 has been provided to Janus Henderson Group plc and will be retained by Janus Henderson Group plc and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Roger Thompson, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Janus Henderson Group plc;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting that are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 24, 2022 | |
| |
| /s/ ROGER THOMPSON |
| Roger Thompson |
| Chief Financial Officer |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 302 has been provided to Janus Henderson Group plc and will be retained by Janus Henderson Group plc and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the annual report of Janus Henderson Group plc (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Richard M. Weil, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ RICHARD WEIL | |
Richard Weil | |
Chief Executive Officer | |
Date: February 24, 2022
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Janus Henderson Group plc and will be retained by Janus Henderson Group plc and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the annual report of Janus Henderson Group plc (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Roger Thompson, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ ROGER THOMPSON | |
Roger Thompson | |
Chief Financial Officer | |
Date: February 24, 2022 | |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Janus Henderson Group plc and will be retained by Janus Henderson Group plc and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.